Skip to main content

Full text of "Household textiles"

See other formats


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


BY 
CHARLOTTE    M.  GIBBS,  A.M. 


WHITCOMB   &  BARROWS 
BOSTON   1912 


COPYRIGHT  1912 
BY  WHITCOMB  &   BARROWS 


THOMAS  TODD  Co.,  PRINTERS 
14  Beacon' Street,  Boston^ 

rtOJ   KOT30 


PREFACE 

BOOKS  on  the  subject  of  textiles  have  usually  been 
written  from  the  standpoint  of  the  manufacturer  or  of 
the  textile  chemist.  It  has  been  the  purpose  of  the  writer 
to  bring  together  in  this  book  the  general  facts  of  most 
interest  to  the  consumer.  Those  points  have  been  chosen 
which  will  give  a  broader  understanding  of  the  textile 
market  and  aid  in  the  selection  and  use  of  textile  fabrics. 
Technical  terms  and  manufacturing  processes  have  been 
given  only  in  so  far  as  they  give  a  general  understanding 
of  the  conversion  of  fibers  into  cloth  and  throw  light  on 
the  possibilities  of  adulteration. 

Information  has  been  gathered  from  many  sources, 
from  books,  government  reports,  visits  to  factories,  shops, 
and  museums.  Suggestions  and  references  for  a  more 
extended  study  have  been  given. 

The  study  of  textiles  is  related  to  many  other  sub- 
jects, which  can  merely  be  suggested  in  a  work  of  this 
size.  The  writer  has  endeavored  to  give  that  information 
which  the  lay  student  may  understand  and  which  may 
lead  to  a  larger  field  of  investigation. 

A  chapter  on  the  Arts  and  Crafts  movement  has 
been  included  to  give  a  broader  appreciation  of  the  field 
of  textile  art 

It  is  hoped  that  the  book  may  serve  as  a  text  in  high 
school  courses  in  textiles  and,  with  supplementary  read- 
ing, as  an  outline  for  college  work. 

iii 

250787 


IV  PREFACE 

The  author  wishes  to  express  her  appreciation  to  the 
Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts  for  the  photographs  of 
old  textiles :  to  the  curator  of  Pilgrim  Hall  in  Plymouth, 
Massachusetts,  for  photographs  of  implements  used  for 
spinning  and  weaving:  to  the  Lowell  Textile  School 
for  the  picture  of  the  Jacquard  loom  and  the  worsted 
card ;  and  also  to  Mr.  Fenwick  Umpleby,  of  the  Bradford 
Durfee  Textile  School,  Fall  River,  for  reading  certain 
chapters  in  proof. 

CHARLOTTE  M.  GIBBS. 
•    July,  1912. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.     EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  TEXTILE  ARTS     .  i 

II.     SPINNING  AND  WEAVING 21 

III.  CLASSIFICATION  OF  FIBERS  .....  38 

IV.  COTTON .  47 

V.     WOOL 65 

VI.     SILK 90 

VII.     LINEN •      .         .  109 

VIII.     BLEACHING  AND  DYEING 122 

IX.     ADULTERATIONS  AND  BUYING    ....  143 
X.     HYGIENE  OF  CLOTHING  MATERIALS  .        .        .163 

XL     DESIGN  AND  COLOR  IN  TEXTILE  FABRICS  .        .  172 
XII.     LABOR  CONDITIONS  AND  EFFORTS  TO  IMPROVE 

THEM 190 

XIII.     THE  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS  MOVEMENT  .         .         .  208 
APPENDIX  A.    LABORATORY  TESTS  FOR  TEXTILE 

FIBERS 224 

APPENDIX  B.    BIBLIOGRAPHY     ....  229 
INDEX  .                                           ... 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIGURE  PAGE 
FRONTISPIECE,  FLEMISH  TAPESTRY         . 

1.  EARLY  EGYPTIAN  LINEN 3 

2.  PERUVIAN  FABRIC 5 

3.  NAVAJO  BLANKET,  LOOM,  AND  INDIAN  BASKETS,  8 

4.  BASKETS,  FANS,  AND  GOURDS,  PACIFIC  ISLANDS,  9 

5.  PRIMITIVE  FABRICS  FROM  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS   .  10 

6.  BOBBIN  USED  IN  MAKING  GOBELIN  TAPESTRY     .  16 

7.  (SEE  FRONTISPIECE) 

8.  HOMESPUNS  FROM  BEREA  COLLEGE        ...  19 

9.  FLAX  WHEEL .23 

10.  WOOL  WHEEL,  REEL  ._....         .         .         .         .  25 

11.  YARN  WINDER 26 

12.  HAND  LOOM  OF  COLONIAL  DAYS    .  ..      .         .         .  30 

13.  JACQUARD  LOOM 35 

14.  WOOL  AND 'COTTON  FIBERS      .        .        ..       .        .  41 

15.  LINEN  FIBERS 41 

16.  RAMIE  FIBERS 43 

17.  JUTE  FIBERS 43 

18.  COTTON  FIBERS 53 

19.  MERCERIZED  COTTON  FIBERS 62 

20.  GRADES  OF  WOOL 68 

21.  WORSTED  CARDING 78 

22.  PROCESSES  IN  WOOLEN  MANUFACTURE  ...  79 

23.  PROCESSES  IN  WORSTED  MANUFACTURE  81 

24.  RAW  SILK  FIBER,  GUM  ADHERING  ....  94 

25.  SILK  FIBER,  GUM  BOILED  OFF      ....  94 

26.  WILD  SILK  FIBER  ....  95 


Vlll  ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIGURE  PAGE 

27.  MULBERRY  LEAF  AND  SILKWORM  EGGS    ...  97 

28.  SILK  COCOONS  AND  SKEINS 103 

29.  ARTIFICIAL  SILK 107 

30.  FLAX,  RETTED,  SCUTCHED,  ETC 114 

31.  YARN  WINDER,  FLAX  HATCHEL,  QUILLING  WHEEL,  1 17 

32.  BLOCK  FOR  PRINTING 138 

33.  COTTON  PRINTS 141 

34.  IMITATION  DOTTED  Swiss 149 

35.  SHODDY    ....                         ...  151 

36.  WORSTED  SAMPLE  ANALYZED 153 

37.  MOHAIR 154 

38.  SAMPLE  OF  SILK  AND  ASH  FROM  SAME  .        .        .  157 

39.  JAPANESE  SILK 174 

40.  PERSIAN  BROCADE .  175 

41.  SCALE  OF  VALUES  AND  COLORS      .        .        .        .176 

42.  COLOR  WHEEL 178 

43.  CONSUMERS'  LEAGUE  LABEL 202 

44.  SWEDISH  AND  ENGLISH  LINENS    .        .        .        .  217 

45.  COTTON  FIBER  IN  SCHWEITZER'S  REAGENT     .        .  226 


CHAPTER  I 

EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE 
TEXTILE  ARTS 

THE  strict  definition  of  textile  is  "a^fabric  made_by._ 
weavingi^ijic  "a  material  capable  of  being  woven." 
For  convenience,  in  the  study  of  cloth,  we  include  under 
the  word  " textile"  not  only  the  fibers  capable  of  being- 
woven,  and  woven  cloth,  but  also  other  materials  closely 
resembling  woven  cloth,  such  as  felt,  bark  cloth,  knitted 
and  embroidered  fabrics. 

The  modern  textile  industry  is  so  enormous  and  its 
processes  so  complicated  that  one  cannot  understand 
its  mechanism  without  long  and  careful  study,  and 
observation  of  the  actual  working  machinery.  The  foun- 
dation principles,  however,  are  the  same  as  those  of  the 
savage  woman  working  in  the  forest  with  the  crudest 
implements,  and  the  results  differ  only  in  degree  of  re- 
finement. A  slow  but  steady  evolution  may  be  traced 
in  this,  one  of  the  earliest  industries  known  to  mankind. 
A  much  more  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  modern 
processes  may  be  gained  through  a  study  of  the  ancient 
industry  and  of  the  gradual  development  of  implements 
and  processes  up  to  modern  times. 

Likewise,  there  is  a  marked  evolution  in  the  art  of 
color  and  design  displayed  in  woven  fabrics,  and  the 
highly  developed  sense  of  color  and  design  is  better 
appreciated  when  the  primitive  love  of  crude  color  has 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

'been'  studied.  Main' in  the  forests  of  Asia  expressed  him- 
self in  his  arts  and  strove  to  meet  his  needs  through  his 
industries,  just  as  man  today  expresses  his  love  for  color 
and  his  appreciation  of  beauty  through  beautiful  fabrics, 
and  manufactures  cloth  to  protect  his  body  and  to  make 
his  home  more  comfortable.  Among  primitive  races 
woman  is  the  inventor,  the  pioneer  in  industries.  Man 
has  replaced  her  in  modern  manufacture,  but  she  dis- 
covered the  first  principles.  Modern  science  uses  the 
materials  which  the  savage  woman  found  to  be  best. 
She  learned  from  nature  what  materials  and  what  forms 
to  use.  The  debt  we  owe  to  her  cannot  be  overestimated, 
for  the  hundreds  of  years  of  patient  toil  and  invention 
by  these  founders  of  our  race  laid  a  firm  foundation  for 
modern  progress. 

Prehistoric  Textiles.  In  attempting  to  learn  some- 
thing of  the  beginnings  of  weaving  and  spinning,  we  are 
carried  back  to  the  earliest  written  records,  and  here  we 
find  descriptions  of  an  industry  already  well  developed. 
For  the  earliest  beginnings  we  must  search  farther  into 
the  dim  past,  where  we  have  only  dusty  relics  to  instruct 
us ;  and  even  then  we  find  that  the  birth  of  our  industry 
is  lost  in  past  ages.  As  man  first  began  to  emerge  from  a 
state  more  animal  than  human,  and  felt  a  need  for  some- 
thing more  than  the  food  and  shelter  provided  by  nature, 
he  doubtless  began  to  devise  implements,  clothing,  and 
habitations  of  some  sort;  and  while  the  skins  of  animals 
and  the  bark  and  leaves  of  trees  first  supplied  his  needs, 
slowly  he  developed  the  ability  to  make  use  of  the  reeds 
and  grasses  about  him,  and  then  the  wool,  flax,  and  other 
fibers  that  nature  provided,  and  to  combine  these  twigs 


pEVELOPMENT    OF    TEXTILE    ARTS 


and  fibers  into  baskets,  mats,  and  cloth.  Whether  the 
earliest  need  was  for  shelter,  for  decoration,  or  to  express 
modesty,  we  know  that  decoration  soon  followed  the  early 
textile  industry,  and  through  the  ages  this  art  and  indus- 
try have  developed  side  by  side.  Though  information  be 
scattered  and  evidences  slight, 
they  are  sufficient  to  throw 
light  thousands  of  years  into 
the  past. 

It  has  been  the  custom 
among  primitive  peoples  to 
bury  with  their  dead  various 
tools,  weapons,  and  clothing 
which  they  considered  man 
might  need  in  whatever  jour- 
ney he  was  to  take  in  the  life 
to  follow.  Thousands  of 
years  later  the  graves  of  these 
prehistoric  men  have  been 
opened,  and  the  •  tools  which 
they  buried  have  come  to 
light,  giving  much  informa- 
tion concerning  the  occu- 
pations of  the  times'.  Among  these  tools  are  spindles, 
shuttles,  crude  looms,  combs,  and  other  implements  used 
in  spinning  and  weaving.  In  some  localities,  because  of 
peculiar  conditions  of  climate  or  soil,  not  only  have  stone 
and  wooden  implements  been  preserved,  but  pottery, 
basketry,  and  even  textile  fabrics  have  been  found. 

In  the  tombs  of  ancient  Egypt,  where  bodies  were, 
wrapped  in  cloth  and  then  embalmed,  we  have  examples 


FIG.  i.  —  EGYPTIAN  LINEN 

Sixth  to  Seventh  Century  A.  D. 


\  . 


4  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

of  textile  fabrics  four  thousand  years  old.  These  are 
mostly  linen,  rather  coarse  in  weave,  but  decorated  with 
color  in  stripes  and  with  crude  representations  of  living 
creatures.  The  Egyptians  worshiped  plants,  animals,  and 
material  things,  and  they  portrayed  these  in  their  de- 
signs. Some  of  the  fabrics  are  embroidered,  but  more 
commonly  the  designs  are  woven  in.  Figure  I  shows  the 
character  of  Egyptian  design  when  more  fully  developed 
in  the  early  Christian  era. 

On  the  coast  of  Peru,  where  the  dry  saline  sands  are 
excellent  preservatives,  there  have  recently  been  opened 
graves  containing  relics  of  great  interest.  The  Incas,  a 
powerful  race  of  Peruvians,  had  carried  the  textile  art 
to  a  high  degree  of  perfection  in  the  thirteenth  and 
fourteenth  centuries,  and  they  buried  with  their  dead 
many  fabrics  of  linen,  cotton,  and  wool,  embroidered, 
intricate  in  design,  and  ornamented  with  precious  metals. 
A  valuable  collection  of  Peruvian  textiles  is  in  the 
Natural  History  Museum  in  New  York,  the  most  perfect 
piece  being  a  poncho  of  wool,  very  silky  in  its  fineness. 
Its  surface  is  divided  into  squares,  each  filled  with  simple, 
geometric  designs  of  animal  and  plant  form.  This  poncho 
was  buried  in  a  stone  box,  and  has  come  out  apparently 
as  perfect  in  color  and  texture  as  it  went  in.  Nets  show- 
ing different  weaves  and  meshes,  elaborate  head  dresses, 
tassels,  and  ornaments  of  various  sorts,  as  well  as  patch- 
work in  gorgeous  colors,  are  among  the  collections  in  this 
museum,  and  also  in  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts. 

The  looms  used  by  the  Peruvians  were  very  simple, 
as  were  those  used  by  the  Egyptians.  Some  of  the  former 
have  been  found  in  the  graves  with  partly  finished  cloth 


DEVELOPMENT    OF   TEXTILE   ARTS  5 

in  them,  while  the  latter  are  pictured  on  the  walls  of 
temple  or  tomb.  The  colors  and  the  designs  are  quite 
similar  in  Egyptian  and  Peruvian  relics,  although  one 
industry  existed  some  hundreds  of  years  B.C.  and  the 
other  about  1300  A.D. 


FIG.  2.  —  PERUVIAN  FABRIC 

Figure  2  shows  a  remnant  of  a  Peruvian  fabric  with 
characteristic  design  and  fringe. 

In  parts  of  Switzerland,  during  the  Bronze  Age, 
men  built  their  homes  on  piles  driven  into  the  bottoms 
of  lakes.  When  these  houses  decayed  and  fell  into  the 
lake,  or  were  partly  destroyed  by  fire,  tools  and  fabrics 


6  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

fell  also,  and  gradually  covered  by  a  layer  of  peat  have 
been  preserved  there  for  thousands  of  years.  Sometimes 
several  layers  have  been  found,  separated  by  layers  of 
mud,  illustrating  different  periods  of  history.  The  mate- 
rials found  in  these  lakes  are  very  fragmentary,  but  serve 
to  show  that  the  lake  dwellers  knew  how  to  spin  and 
weave  and  had  crude  implements  to  work  with. 

Associated  Arts.  Aside  from  these  and  other  remains 
of  early  textile  art  itself,  we  are  able  to  learn  much  from 
the  associated  arts  of  the  same  periods.  We  find  decora- 
tion on  potteries,  made  by  the  imprint  of  the  woven  cloth 
or  basketry  used  for  holding  the  vessel  in  shape,  some- 
times probably  molded  there  merely  for  decoration. 
Sometimes  the  decoration  shows  designs  clearly  devel- 
oped for  use  in  weaving,  but  not  necessarily  produced 
in  this  way.  The  Mound  Builders  of  this  country  furnish 
us  with  examples  of  this  sort.  Basketry  is  an  art  prac- 
ticed by  many  primitive  peoples  and  is  closely  related  to 
cloth  weaving,  since  the  decorations  and  some  of  the 
weaves  are  the  same  in  both.  Architecture,  too,  shows 
the  influence  of  textile  art,  some  of  the  designs  used  in 
decoration  of  stone  showing  clearly  their  textile  origin. 
Evidently  the  two  arts  developed  side  by  side  for  ages, 
the  woven  fabrics  serving  to  embellish  the  architecture, 
or  making  a  real  part  of  the  structure,  when  used  for 
partitions  and  walls.  Pictorial  decoration  on  architecture 
and  on  pottery,  stones,  and  tools  frequently  portrays  the 
arts  and  industries  of  the  times.  Weaving,  spinning,  dye- 
ing, and  preparation  of  fibers  are  all  shown  in  a  manner 
crude,  but  distinct  nevertheless.  We  find  such  decoration 
abundant  in  Egypt,  Assyria,  Greece,  and  other  countries. 


DEVELOPMENT    OF    TEXTILE    ARTS  7 

All  of  these  sources  furnish  us  with  unquestionable 
evidences  of  an  art  and  an  industry  existing  long  before 
written  records  were  left.  New  evidences  of  this  past  life 
are  brought  to  light  from  time  to  time  in  many  parts 
of  the  globe,  adding  their  proof  that  spinning  and  weav- 
ing were  commonly  practiced  among  our  prehistoric 
ancestors. 

Primitive  Peoples  of  Today.  Had  we  no  history  to 
read  and  no  relics  to  study,  if  we  look  about  us  today 
we  may  see  many  examples  of  the  early  stages  in  devel- 
opment of  the  textile  art.  Tribes  of  people  still  exist 
whose  civilization  has  not  yet  advanced  to  the  age  of 
manufacture  by  complicated  processes  or  by  machinery. 
The  baskets,  mats,  and  blankets  woven  by  aboriginal 
peoples  are  recognized  as  being  among  the  most  beauti- 
ful produced.  The  workmanship  of  primitive  peoples  is 
marvelous  when  handling  reeds  or  rushes.  Their  colors 
are  natural  colors  and  their  forms  are  copied  directly 
from  nature.  The  gourd,  the  nest,  the  spider,  the  reptile, 
and  other  natural  forms,  furnish  shapes  and  designs. 
An  art  which  thus  keeps  close  to  nature,  knowing  no 
other  art  to  copy,  is  sure  to  be  beautiful.  The  primitive 
woman  is  thoroughly  acquainted  with  her  materials  and 
understands  their  limitations.  Add  to  this  the  beauty  of 
usefulness  and  the  result  is  excellent.  The  food  and 
water  baskets  of  the  Pima  Indian  are  graceful  in  line 
and  shape,  and  the  designs,  though  simple  and  often 
crude,  are  successful,  while  for  durability  the  baskets  are 
unsurpassed.  (See  Figure  3.) 

The  Indian  loom,  while  one  of  the  simplest  in  con- 
struction, produces,  under  the  skillful  touch  of  the  Indian 


8  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

man  or  woman,  a  blanket  or  rug  so  closely  and  thickly 
woven  as  often  to  be  waterproof.  Narrow  looms  are 
used  to  weave  wonderful  belts,  saddle  girts,  and  small 


FIG.  3.  —  NAVAJO  BLANKET.    SMALL  BLANKET  LOOM.     APACHE 
OLLA.    PIMA  FOOD  BASKET 

cloths,  for  there  is  no  waste  by  cutting  in  the  making 
of  the  aborigines'  costume.  The  design  is  carried  in  the 
weaver's  head,  the  yarns,  carefully  dyed  beforehand,  being 
skillfully  woven  to  produce  intricate  geometric  figures. 
There  is  a  strength  and  honesty  about  the  work  which 


DEVELOPMENT    OF    TEXTILE   ARTS  9 

give  it  a  place  among  artistic  productions.  The  blanket 
shown  in  Figure  3  is  gray,  red,  and  white,  very  thick  and 
firm.  The  small  loom,  with  partly  woven  blanket,  is  a 
model  of  the  larger  blanket  looms.  The  baskets  are  illus- 
trations of  wonderful  skill.  Both  blanket  and  baskets 
show  the  characteristic  geometric  designs  produced  in 
accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  material. 

The   Islands  of  the   Pacific   Ocean   furnish   another 
interesting  source  of  primitive  textiles.    Figure  4  shows 


FIG.  4. —  BASKETS,  FANS,  AND  GOURDS  WITH  CARRYING  NETS 

From  Samoa  and  Hawaiian  Islands 

Samoan  and  Hawaiian  baskets  and  fans,  and  food  vessels 
from  the  gourd  and  calabash  wood,  with  carrying  nets. 
The  simplicity  of  form  and  design  is  notable.  Mats 
woven  by  the  South  Sea  Islanders  from  the  Marshall 
Islands  (Figure  5)  show  some  knowledge  of  numbers  in 
the  counting  necessary  to  carry  out  the  design,  and  very 
skillful  manipulation  of  the  material,  which  consists  of 
Pandanus  leaves  slit  into  strands  and  woven  by  the  savage 
without  a  loom.  Tapa,  or  bark  cloth  from  Hawaii  and 
Samoa,  is  produced  in  a  curious  manner  from  a  species 


10 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


of  mulberry  tree.  The  art  of  making  this  paper-like  cloth 
is  now  almost  lost,  but  was  formerly  much  practiced. 
The  bark  of  the  shoots  of  these  trees  is  carefully  peeled 


FIG.  5.  —  PRIMITIVE  FABRICS  FROM  PACIFIC  ISLANDS 


A.  Mat  from  Marshall  Islands 

B.  Tapa  Cloth  from  Hawaii 


C.  Tol  from  Gilbert  Islands 

D.  Mallet  used  in  beating  Tapa 


off,  the  outer  bark  scraped  away  and  the  under  bark 
beaten  with  a  grooved  mallet  until  it  is  very  thin  and 
smooth.  The  surface  of  the  finished  cloth  shows  the 
marks  of  the  mallet,  and  is  either  dyed  a  solid  color  or 
decorated  with  geometric  designs,  or  with  fern  leaves 


DEVELOPMENT    OF    TEXTILE    ARTS  I  I 

or  other  plant  forms,  which  are  dipped  in  dye  and  then 
laid  on  the  surface  of  the  fabric. 

Whether  we  have  passed  through  just  the  stage  of 
civilization  in  which  we  find  the  Eskimo,  the  American 
Indian,  and  the  South  Sea  Islander  may  be  a  matter  of 
some  doubt,  but  probably  our  ancestors,  thousands  of 
years  ago,  carried  on  their  arts  and  industries  in  a  some- 
what similar  manner,  and  the  study  of  these  primitive 
peoples  serves  to  give  us  the  stages  in  the  development 
of  the  higher  forms  of  industry.  We  must,  however, 
bear  in  mind  that  few  peoples  today  are  entirely  un- 
affected by  modern  civilization  and  the  commercial  spirit 
which  follows  in  its  train.  An  example  of  this  is  the 
Navajo  Indian,  an  excellent  type  of  primitive  man,  living 
and  working  in  his  primitive  way.  His  blankets  have 
been  one  of  our  best  examples  of  a  simple  and  beautiful 
art,  the  art  of  a  people  untutored  in  the  modern  theories 
of  color  and  design,  the  product  of  the  individual  influ- 
enced by  generations  of  his  ancestors,  but  not  by  any 
foreign  art.  Unfortunately,  the  modern  curiosity  hunter 
has  brought  the  Navajo  too  much  before  the  public  eye; 
his  art  has  become  commercialized,  and  the  demand  for 
his  wares  has  caused  him  to  produce  faster  than  he  can 
produce  well.  He  has  borrowed  from  the  white  man  dyes 
which  he  does  not  know  how  to  use,  and  he  works  now 
for  the  public  rather  than  for  himself.  The  consequence 
is  that  it  is  difficult  to  find  the  true  Navajo  blanket, 
the  expression  of  the  individual  making  the  best  product 
he  can.  So  it  is  with  other  peoples  in  other  parts  of  the 
world;  and  as  civilization  spreads,  it  will  not  be  many 
decades  before  the  primitive  man,  uninfluenced  by  modern 


12  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

times  and  conditions,  will  be  a  creature  of  the  past,  and 
his  art  will  be  a  bygone  art. 

Before  turning  to  written  history,  let  us  sum  up  the 
results  of  our  search  into  the  dim  past. 

At  first,  among  the  oldest  remains,  crude  implements 
for  spinning  and  weaving  have  been  found ;  then  potteries 
with  the  imprint  of  woven  material,  either  basketry  or 
coarse  cloth,  used  in  molding  or  for  decoration;  next, 
scraps  of  cloth,  coarse  and  irregular,  but  requiring  in- 
ventiveness and  manual  skill  for  its  production ;  and  later, 
woven  cloths  of  greater  beauty  and  fineness.  All  of  these 
furnish  sufficient  evidence  to  prove  the  existence  of  spin- 
ning and  weaving  at  a  very  early  time,  and  the  gradual 
development  of  these  arts. 

Basketry  and  mat  weaving,  since  the  materials  are 
coarser,  probably  preceded  the  making  of  textile  fabrics ; 
but  we  find  beautiful  textiles  among  peoples  who,  so  far 
as  we  can  ascertain,  have  not  excelled  in  basketry,  neither 
was  development  simultaneous  in  all  countries.  In  Egypt, 
two  thousand  years  ago,  fabrics  were  made  similar  in 
many  respects  to  those  produced  by  the  Incas  in  Peru 
in  the  thirteenth  century  A.D.,  while  those  of  Peru  are 
far  superior  in  fineness  of  weave,  in  design,  and  color 
to  the  manufactures  of  the  American  Indian  of  today. 
Links  in  the  chain  of  evolution  are  often  missing,  but 
the  progress  from  the  coarse,  crude  cloth  found  at  the 
bottom  of  the  Swiss  lakes  to  the  finest  Egyptian  mummy 
cloths  must  have  been  a  steady  one.  Remnants  of  Egyp- 
tian and  Peruvian  burial  cloths  are  interesting  as  a  step 
in  the  development  of  the  use  of  different  fibers,  but 
much  more  so  as  showing  the  skill  to  which  the  races  had 


DEVELOPMENT   OF    TEXTILE    ARTS  13 

attained  in  the  perfection  of  weaving,  in  the  use  of  dyes, 
and  in  the  combination  of  colors. 

Wall  paintings  also  show  that  the  dress  of  the  ancient 
Egyptian,  though  simple  in  construction,  was  elaborate 
in  color  and  design.  Hangings  of  great  elegance  were 
used  in  the  houses  of  the  wealthy,  and  the  court  of  the 
king  was  a  gorgeous  assemblage. 

Historic  Textiles.  At  the  time  when  the  most  ancient 
records  were  written,  textiles  were  being  woven  in  parts 
of  the  Orient  which  in  intricacy  of  design,  richness 
of  material,  and  splendor  of  color  have  perhaps  never 
been  surpassed.  Silk,  wool,  cotton,  and  linen  were  all  in 
use.  Quotations  from  the  Bible,  from  the  Greek  writers, 
Herodotus  and  Homer,  and  from  the  Roman  Pliny  show 
that,  four  or  five  centuries  before  the  time  of  Christ, 
the  countries  of  Arabia,  Syria,  Persia,  and  Palestine 
excelled  in  weaving  beautiful  materials.  Still  more  an- 
cient records  of  India  and  China  tell  of  wonderful  fab- 
rics made  in  these  countries.  Purple  and  gold  was  a 
sign  of  royalty  and  nobility.  The  purple  dye  was  labo- 
riously obtained  from  a  shell  fish,  first  discovered  on  the 
shores  of  Tyre.  The  gold  beaten  into  very  thin  .plates 
was  then  cut  into  strips  which  were  either  woverr  flat  or 
wound  about  threads  of  some  fiber. 

"The  joyful  mother  plies  her  learned  hands 
And  works  all  o'er  the  trabea  golden  bands ; 
Draws  the  thin  strips  to  all  their  length  of  gold 
To  make  the  metal  meaner  threads  enfold." 

When  woven  separately  or  with  silk,  these  produced 
the  most  gorgeous  fabrics. 

These  various  products  of  the  loom  furnished  one  of 


14  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

the  chief  articles  of  commerce  of  the  Phoenicians  and 
also  of  the  extensive  trade  of  the  interior  of  the  Orient. 

Homer,  about  900  B.C.,  tells  of  the  elaborate  embroid- 
ery executed  by  Helen  of  Troy.  The  designs  at  this  time 
were  not  simple  and  conventional,  but  portrayed  historic 
events,  the  scenes  of  battle  or  legends.  When  Pericles 
was  beautifying  Athens,  men  and  women  whose  names 
have  long  since  perished  were  providing  magnificent 
fabrics  to  embellish  the  walls  and  floors  of  the  wonderful 
buildings.  Gradually  these  arts  spread  into  Western 
Europe,  where  for  a  long  time  simple  spinning  and 
weaving  had  been  carried  on.  Of  these  early  tapestries 
and  beautiful  materials  we  have  only  written  descriptions 
or  pictures,  but  these  are  vivid  enough  to  give  us  a 
conception  of  what  they  must  have  been.  The  Roman 
conqueror  brought  to  Rome  silks,  linens,  woolens,  cloth 
of  gold  and  silver,  decorated  with  precious  stones,  and 
tapestries,  which,  judging  from  the  descriptions,  must 
have  excelled  anything  we  can  imagine  in  luxury  and 
richness. 

It  is  said  that  "the  wife  of  the  Emperor  Honorius 
died  sometime  about  the  year  400,  and  when  her  grave 
was  opened  in  1544,  the  golden  tissues  in  which  her  body 
had  been  shrouded  were  taken  out  and  melted,  amount- 
ing in  weight  to  thirty-six  pounds."  * 

In  Rome,  show  and  luxury  caused  many  arts  to "  de- 
cline. This  was  true  also  of  the  textile  art,  since  decline 
of  taste  is  shown  in  extravagance  of  dress  and  house 
furnishings  as  in  other  ways. 

Gradually  Italy  began  to  produce  her  own   fabrics. 

/•  / 

1Rock.    Textile  Fabrics. 


DEVELOPMENT    OF   TEXTILE    ARTS  15 

Spain  received  the  art  from  the  Moors,  and  in  time  all 
Europe  was  making  priceless  tapestries.  This  European 
tapestry  showed  the  influence  of  Greece  and  Rome  and 
also  of  the  Orient.  Art  was  pressed  into  the  service  of 
the  church,  and  just  as  tapestries  had  previously  por- 
trayed wars,  the  stories  of  the  gods,  the  powers  of  nature 
and  mythology,  they  now  pictured  the  stories  of  the  Bible. 
Beautiful  brocades,  velvets,  and  silks  of  various  kinds 
were  made  in  Sicily.  Naples,  Florence,  and  Venice  were 
all  famous  for  their  weavers.  Heraldry  provided  designs 
for  silks,  especially  at  the  time  of  the  Crusades.  Lucca 
and  Genoa  became  famous  for  velvets  and  cloth  of  gold. 
Guilds  were  formed  to  carry  on  the  trades,  and  the  silk 
guilds  and  wool  guilds  of  Italy  were  a  prominent  factor 
in  the  cities  for  hundreds  of  years. 

The  Renaissance  in  the  thirteenth  century  gave  great 
impetus  to  all  ^art,  and  from  then  until  the  seventeenth 
century  there   was   marvelous   development   in   tapestry 
weaving.    Tapestries  as  woven  pictures  are  the  highest 
expression  of  the  weaver's  art,  and  require  the  skill  of 
both  an  artist  and  a  trained  workman.    Tapestry  weaving) 
differs  from  ordinary  weaving  in  that  the  warp  or  length-  ( 
wise  threads  are  stretched  on  a  frame,  then  the  weft  or  I 
cross  threads  are  woven  in  by  hand,  not  in  a  "continuous 
thread  from  side  to'side,  but  each  small  part  of  the  de-  | 
sign  is  woven  in  separately  as  a  different' color  is  required] 
Tapestry  might  be  called  embroidery  on  warp  threads/ 
and  because  of  the  nature  of  the  process  any  design  may 
be  produced.    The  art  of  tapestry  weaving  was  known  to 
the  ancient  Egyptians,  the   Greeks,  the  Peruvians,  and 
other  nations  with  a  high  state  of  civilization  at  an  early 


l6  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

period.  From  the  thirteenth  to  the  sixteenth  century,  the 
Flemish  and  French  produced  many  beautiful  tapestries. 
Arras,  a  village  in  Northern  France,  became  so  famous 
that  the  term  Arras  came  to  be  used  very  generally  for 
all  tapestries.  In  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
the  work  in  France  was  greatly  aided  by  the  active  sup- 
port of  the  throne.  Louis  XIV,  through  his  minister 
Colbert,  reorganized  the  Gobelin  workshop  which  had 
existed  in  Paris  since  1607,  and  made  it,  in  1662,  an 
establishment  manufacturing  for  the  crown  alone.  Since 
the  finances  of  the  industry  had  been  quite  precarious, 


FIG.  6.  —  BOBBIN  USED  IN  MAKING  GOBELIN  TAPESTRY 

this  was  a  great  step  in  making  the  Gobelin  the  perma- 
nent establishment  it  has  been  since  that  time.  A  similar 
royal  factory  was  established  at  Beauvais  in  1664.  These 
two  factories  during  the  seventeenth  century  product 
some  of  the  most  wonderful  examples  of  textile  art 
known  in  modern  history.  Those  who  wish  to  go  more 
fully  into  this  chapter  of  textile  history  are  referred  to 
the  bibliography  for  books  dealing  with  this  subject.  It 
is  significant  to  note  that  this  art  developed  along  with 
architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting.^  Like  them  it  has 
had  its  great  periods  and  its  declines,  the  greatest  decline 
being  in  the  eighteenth  century.  Since  then  the  heights 
have  not  again  been  reached. 

Reproduction  in  black  and  white  gives  little  idea  of 
the  real  beauty  of  tapestry,  but  this  specimen  from  the 


DEVELOPMENT    OF    TEXTILE    ARTS  1 7 

Flemish  (Figure  7,  frontispiece)  gives  some  suggestion 
of  the  intricateness  and  the  general  character  of  some  of 
the  greatest  woven  masterpieces. 

Before  leaving  the  textiles  of  the  twelfth  to  the 
eighteenth  century,  we  must  turn  again  to  the  Orient, 
for  there  was  and  still  is  carried  on  in  Persia,  Turkey, 
and  other  parts  of  Western  Asia  an  industry  which  is, 
in  many  ways,  the  wonder  of  all  times.  Oriental  rugs, 
which  are  so  prized  because  of  their  marvelous  construc- 
tion, their  wearing  qualities,  and  their  great  beauty,  are 

products,  not  of  a  few  great  artists,  but  of  hundreds 
of  humble  Oriental  workers,  in  their  wild  mountain 
homes.  The  best  of  these  rugs  are  not  surpassed  any- 
where for  beauty  of  color  and  design,  while  the  silkiness 
of  the  wool  or  the  fineness  of  the  silk  used  produces  the 
texture  of  finest  velvet.  Perhaps  because  the  colors  are 
softened  by  age,  the  oldest  rugs  are  among  the  finest ; 
but  many  wonderful  pieces,  some  of  them  modern,  have 
been  brought  into  European  and  American  markets  of 
late  years.  Efforts  are  continually  being  made  to  imitate 
these  rugs  in  modern  manufacture,  but  the  secrets  of 
dyeing  and  color  combination,  the  individuality  and  excel- 
lence of  design  learned  through  centuries  of  experience 
in  the  Orient,  are  not  to  be  duplicated  in  a  day,  and  the 
strength  of  hand-tied  knots  in  each  thread  of  the  pile 
of  an  Oriental  rug  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  pile  of  a 
machine-made  carpet.  Here  again,  for  a  more  complete 
study,  there  are  books  full  of  interest  and  charm. 

Chinese  and  Japanese  textile  art  has  not  changed  as 
rapidly  as  the  European  art.  For  centuries  beautiful 
silks  and  embroideries  have  been  produced  by  these  coun- 


l8  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

tries  with  a  character  quite  distinctly  their  own.  The 
Oriental  peoples  have  not  become  intermingled  as  have 
the  Occidental.  They  have  had  a  religion  which  is  retro- 
gressive rather  than  progressive,  and  until  the  invasion 
of  Western  civilization  there  was  little  change  in  customs, 
art,  or  dress.  These  peoples  have  exercised  a  wonderful 
manual  skill  in  all  their  industries,  but  they  have  not 
invented.  India  for  hundreds  of  years  has  produced 
muslins,  the  wonder  of  the  world  in  fineness,  but,  except 
when  foreign  influence  has  been  exerted,  her  methods 
are  as  crude  as  they  were  a  thousand  years  ago. 

Colonial  Home  Industries.  The  textile  industry  of 
the  later  eighteenth  and  the  early  nineteenth  century 
which  we  shall  study  is  very  different  from  the  weaving 
of  tapestry  or  of  Oriental  rugs.  It  is  the  simple  home 
industry  which  we  find  the  world  over.  In  America  it  is 
the  industry  of  the  Colonists  and  of  our  great-grand- 
mothers. In  the  early  days  of  this  country  and  well  into 
the  nineteenth  century  the  loom  was  a  common  posses- 
sion of  every  home,  and  each  housewife  was  her  own 
producer.  The  materials  made  were  excellent  woolens 
and  linens,  not  gorgeous  or  brilliant,  to  compare  with  the 
tapestries  or  rugs  of  Europe  and  the  Orient,  but  repre- 
senting the  honest  efforts  of  a  simple,  home-loving  people. 
They  are  often  beautiful  fabrics,  but  beautiful  because 
of  their  firm  and  interesting  texture,  the  simplicity  of 
design  and  color  scheme,  and  the  excellence  of  the  mate- 
rials. There  was  no  thought  of  the  value  of  time  and 
labor  which  went  into  these  materials,  the  main  object 
being  to  produce  something  durable  and  at  the  same  time 
beautiful,  if  possible.  That  the  results  attained  the  end 


DEVELOPMENT    OF    TEXTILE    ARTS  19 

sought  is  well  shown  by  the  homespun  blankets,  the  blue 
and  white  covers,  the  linen  sheets  that  remain  to  this  day 
to  tell  their  own  story.  The  rush  of  modern  times  has 
almost  destroyed  these  home  industries  in  the  United 
States,  but  they  are  still  to  be  found  in  a  few  remote 
parts  of  the  country  where  civilization,  in  its  advance, 
has  not  stamped  them  out.  Now,  realizing  that  a  certain 


in 


FIG.  8.  —  HOMESPUNS  MADE  BY  KENTUCKY  MOUNTAIN  WOMEN 

From  Berea  College 

individuality  and  expression  of  skill  found  in  the  hand- 
made is  lacking  in  the  machine-made,  many  who  appre- 
ciate the  value  of  true  homespun  are  making  serious 
effort  to  preserve  what  is  left.  Figure  8  shows  some 
of  the  productions  of  the  mountain  women  of  Kentucky, 
who  are  being  encouraged  in  their  industry  by  the 
workers  of  Berea  College. 

As  this  simple  homespun  industry  contains  the  prin- 


2O  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

ciples  of  the  modern  factory  system,  and  is  its  immediate 
predecessor,  as  well  as  the  art  from  which  all  more  com- 
plicated hand  weaving  developed,  it  will  be  worth  while 
to  dwell  on  it  more  fully  in  a  chapter  on  spinning  and 
weaving.  At  the  present  day,  machine-made  fabrics  are, 
of  course,  most  important.  Today  it  is  impossible  to 
use  hand-made  materials  for  most  purposes,  but  there 
is  a  plea  to  be  made  for  the  industry,  in  that  it  offers  a 
field  for  the  true  expression  of  the  individual,  and  there 
is  a  combination  of  honest  wearing  quality,  beauty,  and  a 
certain  distinction  in  the  fabrics,  not  to  be  found  in 
machine-made  materials.  The  machine-made  is  not  to  be 
discarded,  but  neither  should  the  hand-made  be  allowed 
to  disappear.  It  is  finding  renewed  expression  today  in 
the  Arts  and  Crafts  movement. 

REFERENCES1 

Guiffrey,  Jules.    Les  Gobelins  et  Beauvais. 

Holmes,  W.  H.    Textile  Art  in  Prehistoric  Archaeology. 

Holmes,  W.  H.    Textile  Art  in  Ancient  Peru. 

Muntz,  Eugene.    A  Short  History  of  Tapestry. 

Rock,  Daniel.    Textile  Fabrics. 

Report  of  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  1881-1882. 

Navajo  Weavers,  p. '371. 

Prehistoric  Textile  Fabrics,  p.  397. 

1  For   publishers   and   dates   see  bibliography  at   the   end   of   the 
book. 


CHAPTER  II 
SPINNING  AND  WEAVING 

EVOLUTION  of  Spinning.  Spinning  is  the  process 
whereby  fibers  are_combined  in  such  a_manner  that 
they  produce  a  continuous  thread.  The  origin  of  spin- 
ning is  lost  in  past  ages.  Just  when  or  how  man  first 
conceived  the  idea  is  unknown.  Marsden,  in  "Cotton 
Spinning,"  says  that  it  has  been  suggested  that  the 
shepherd  boy  tending  his  flocks  noticed  the  lock  of  wool 
which  had  caught  on  a  bramble,  and  twisting  it  found 
that  the  fibers  would  hold  together,  and  gradually  evolved 
a  thread.  By  many  writers,  however,  the  origin  of  spin- 
ning is  attributed  to  woman,  who  must,  besides  preparing 
food  and  utensils,  provide  some  sort  of  shelter  for  her 
child,  and  was  therefore  in  primitive  civilization  more 
inventive  than  man.  Any  theories  concerning  these  be- 
ginnings are,  however,  merely  conjecture,  but  it  is  evident 
that  spinning  is  a  very  ancient  art. 

The  simplest  method  of  making  a  thread  is  to  draw 
out  from  a  clump  of  wool  or  other  material  a  small 
amount  of  the  fiber,  twisting  as  it  is  drawn.  The  thread 
thus  formed  is  then  wound  on  a  stone  or  other  convenient 
object.  It  was  found  that  if  the  thread  was  fastened  to 
the  stone  and  the  whole  twirled,  the  thread  could  be 
twisted  faster,  and  one  hand  was  left  free  to  draw  the 
fiber  out  from  the  mass.  Among  ancient  relics,  sticks  or 
spindles,  as  they  are  called,  sometimes  of.  bone,  are  found 
with  a  slit  or  hook  at  the  end,  in  which  the  thread  was 

21 


22  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

caught.  The  spinner,  holding  her  wool  in  one  hand,  drew 
out  a  twist  of  fiber  and  fastened  it  to  the  hook  in  the 
end  of  her  spindle,  which  she  then  rubbed  between  her 
palm  and  her  hip,  causing  it  to  revolve  rapidly.  She  then 
dropped  the  spindle,  and  with  her  free  hand  regulated 
the  amount  of  fiber  which  it  should  draw  out.  Soon  it 
was  discovered  that  a  full  spindle  revolved  better  than 
an  empty  one,  so  a  disk  of  clay  or  wood,  called  a  whorl, 
was  attached.  This  simple  tool  was  used  in  all  parts  of 
the  world  for  many  centuries. 

The  next  step  in  invention  was  the  use  of  another 
simple  device  to  hold  the  bunch  of  unspun  fibers,  a  stick 
called  a  distaff,  which  could  be  slipped  into  the  bejt  or 
held  under  the  arm,  thus  leaving  both  hands  free  to 
manage  the  thread.  Not  for  several  hundred  years  was 
the  spinning  wheel  invented.  This  combined  the  spindle' 
and  the  distaff  in  one  machine  which  had  a  large  wheel, 
turned  sometimes  by  a  foot  treadle,  sometimes  by  hand  ; 
this  wheel  was  connected  by  a  string  acting  as  a  belt  with 
the  spindle,  which  in  this  case  was  placed  in  a  horizontal 
position.  In  the  end  of  the  bench  which  holds  the  wheel 
and  spindle,  and  just  above  the  latter,  was  the  distaff, 
on  which  the  raw  fiber  was  placed.  The  spinner,  or 
^"spinster,"  stood  or  sat  before  the  wheel,  and  with  skill- 
ful fingers  drew  the  fiber  out  in  a  fine  thread.  She  turned 
the  large  wheel,  which  in  turn  caused  the  spindle  to  re- 
volve ;  the  thread  was  fastened  to  the  end  of  the  spindle 
and  given  the  desired  twist.  When  sufficient  had  been 
drawn  out,  the  yarn  was  wound  upon  the  spindle  and 
the  operation  repeated.  With  the  large  wool  wheel  the 
spinner  usually  walked  back  and  forth  as  the  yarn  was 


drawn  out,  but  with  the  flax  wheel 
she  sat  beside  her  work.  In  Colo- 
nial days  every  household  had  its 
wheel,  and  the  daughters  of  the 
family  were  early  taught  to  spin. 
After  the  long  day  of  work  in 
house  and  field,  when  the  family 


FIG.  9.  —  FLAX  WHEEL 


24  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

gathered  around  the  great  hearth  before  the  blazing  logs, 
the  hum  of  the  wheel  made  a  pleasant  accompaniment  to 
the  talk  of  the  elders. 

The  spinning  wheel  is  supposed  to  have  been  intro- 
duced into  Europe  about  J^o,  although  a  manuscript  in 
the  British  Museum  dated  in  the  fourteenth  century  con- 
tains a  rude  picture  of  a  woman  spinning  with  a  wheel. 

In  the  early  days  in  Europe  and  in  this  country,  linen 
and  woolen  were  the  fibers  most  used.  Cotton  is  much 
more  difficult  to  spin  by  hand  than  are  wool  and  linen ; 
and  although  it  was  often  combined  with  linen  or  wool, 
its  great  usefulness  in  the  Western  world  dates  from  a 
later  time.  The  Hindu,  however,  has  used  cotton  for 
hundreds  of  years,  and  still  spins  the'  finest  yarns  with 
a  spindle,  although  a  very  crude  wheel  is  used  for  coarse 
work.  He  has  never  been  excelled  in  the  fineness  of  yarn 
spun  and  woven.  In  England,  one  pound  of  cotton  fiber 
was  spun  into  one  hundred  and  sixty-seven  miles  of  yarn, 
but  it  was  impossible  to  weave  this.  The  Hindu  not  only 
spins  but  weaves  into  cloth  remarkably  delicate  yarns,  so 
that  it  is  said  cotton  shawls  have  been  made  which  might 
be  drawn  through  a  finger  ring. 

To  prepare  wool  for  hand  spinning,  the  mass  of  fibers 
was  untangled  by  cards,  which  were  made  of  wires  set 
into  wood  or  more  often  leather,  and  were  employed 
like  brushes,  the  greatest  success  resulting  when  they 
were  slightly  heated. 

By  the  old  method,  the  wool  was  often  grown,  sheared, 
washed,  carded,  and  spun  by  one  household.  By  the 
modern  method,  the  long  series  of  processes  are  carried 
on  by  many  different  machines,  and  the  mill  that  spins 


SPINNING    AND    WEAVING 


the  yarn  may  be  far  removed  from  that  which  weaves  it 
into  cloth,  and  the  latter,  again,  other  than  the  one  which 
bleaches  and  dyes  it. 


FIG.  10.  —  A.  REEL.     B.  WOOL  WHEEL 

After  the  yarn  was  spun,  it  was  wound  into  skeins 
on  the  clock  reel  or  on  pegs  put  around  the  rim  of  the 
large  spinning  wheel.  Mrs.  Alice  Morse  Earle,  in  her 
"Home  Life  in  Colonial  Days,"  gives  an  attractive  picture 
of  the  spinning  industry,  with  its  poetry  and  its  quaint 
names  for  the  implements  used.  The  wheels,  reels,  and 


26 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


swifts  for  making  and  winding  the  yarn  are  interesting, 
and  much  pride  was  often  taken  in  making  swifts  for 
one's  wife  or  sweetheart.  Figures  9,  10,  and  n  show 
some  of  the  types  of  winders. 

Flax  was  more  difficult  to  pre- 
pare, since  it  must  first  be  sepa- 
rated from  the  woody  fiber  which 
surrounded  it  by  a  process. of  rot- 
ting or  retting  in  water,  then 
breaking  and  combing;  these 
processes  will  be  described  more 
fully  in  Chapter  VII,  for  the 
principles  are  the  same  at  the 
present  time. 

A  description  of  the  prepara- 
tion of  cotton  fibers  by  the  Hindu, 
whose  old  methods  of  manufac- 
ture are  still  employed  to  a  large 
extent,  may  be  interesting. 

The  cotton  gin  for  separating 
the  seeds  from  the  fiber  consists 
of  two  teak  wood  rollers,  fluted 
longitudinally,  revolving  nearly 
in  contact,  much  like  the  modern 
clothes  wringer.  The  cotton  fiber  is  put  in  at  one  side 
and  drawn  through  by  the  revolving  rollers,  which  leave 
the  seed  behind.  The  next  process,  called  bowing,  con- 
sists in  cleaning  the  cotton  by  means  of  a  long  bow, 
made  elastic  by  a  complication  of  strings.  This  bow 
is  laid  on  top  of  a  pile  of  fiber,  then  struck  with  a 
mallet,  and  the  vibration  jars  the  dirt  out  of  the  cotton 


FIG.  ii. — YARN  WINDER 


SPINNING    AND    WEAVING  2/ 

and  also  opens  the  knots.     After  bowing,  the  yarn  is 
spun  without  carding. 

Evolution  of  Weaving.  Weaving  is  the  process  of 
interlacing  two  sets  of  parallel  threads  at  right  angles 
to  each  other,  to  produce  cloth.  The  art  of  weaving  has 
gone  through  an  evolution  similar  to  that  of  spinning. 
Again,  the  first  stages  of  the  development  are  lost  in  the 
past.  The  intertwining  of  the  branches  of  trees  may  have 
suggested  weaving  in  more  branches  to  form  shelters,  or 
tree  huts.  The  rushes  from  the  river  banks  placed  on  the 
floor  of  cave  or  hut  may  have  become  entangled  and 
suggested  the  weaving  of  mats;  whatever  their  source, 
slowly  and  surely  the  suggestions  developed  and  grew  in 
the  mind  of  man,  until  eventually  woven  cloth  was  the 
result.  Early  man  wove  reeds  together  to  make  mats ; 
later,  perhaps,  he  conceived  a  basket.  Few  and  simple 
implements  were  required  to  supplement  the  skill  of 
human  hands. 

Pictures  on  the  walls  of  ancient  Egypt  show  a  very 
simple  arrangement  of  threads  stretched  between  two 
bars.  Two  weavers  worked  at  one  loom,  which  was  too 
wide  for  one  to  reach  across,  and  no  shuttle  was  used. 
The  threads  woven  in  were  only  as  long  as  the  width 
of  the  loom,  and  thus  a  fringe  was  formed  on  each  side. 
The  early  Greek  woman  stretched  her  lengthwise  threads 
or  warp  between  two  bars,  and  stood  before  them  inter- 
weaving the  weft  of  her  beautiful  .tapestry  with  infinite 
care. 

The  Navajo  Indian  loom  furnishes  us  with  the  sim- 
plest type  at  the  present  time.    It  consists  of  two  poles  \ 
between   which  the   warp   is   stretched,   one  .pole   being 


28  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

fastened  to  the  limb  of  a  tree  or  to  the  top  of  two 
uprights  set  in  the  ground,  while  the  other  is  fastened 
to  the  ground.  The  weaver  sits  on  the  ground  in  front  of 
her  loom,  and,  beginning  at  the  bottom,  works  in  her 
different  colored  yarns  with  the  assistance  of  a  simple 
shuttle.  Alternate  threads  of  the  warp  are  fastened  by 
a  cord  to  a  rod  which,  when  raised,  makes  an  opening 
for  her  filling  thread.  The  rod  is  called  the  heald,  the 
opening  the  shed.  The  shed  for  the  next  filling  thread 
is  opened  by  a  stick  which  passes  between  alternate 
threads  of  the  warp;  a  heavy  stick  serves  as  a  batten  to 
beat  the  filling  threads  together.  As  she  progresses  with 
her  blanket,  the  weaver  rolls  it  up  on  the  lower  rod  and 
the  top  one  is  lowered.  As  is  the  case  with  most  priJi- 
tive  weaving,  the  cloth  is  woven  the  size  desired,  and 
there  is  no  cutting.  An  illustration  of  a  small  Indian 
loom  is  given  on  page  8. 

Belts  are  woven  by  the  Indians  on  a  similar  loom, 
which,  however,  usually  has  one  end  attached  to  the  waist 
of  the  weaver;  the  warp  also  may  be  continuous,  so 'that 
the  finished  part  is  merely  pushed  away  from  the  worker. 

The  Hindu  loom  is  as  rude  a  piece  of  apparatus  as 
is  their  spinning  wheel.  "It  consists  of  two  bamboo 
rollers,  one  for  the  warp  and  the  other  for  the  web,  and 
a  pair  of  heddles.  The  shuttle  performs  the  double  office 
of  shuttle  and  batten,  and  for  this  purpose  is  made  like  a 
large  netting  needle,  and  of  a  length  rather  more  than 
the  breadth  of  the  web.  Sometimes  the  shuttle  is  short 
and  must  be  thrown.  This  apparatus  the  weaver  carries 
to  a  tree,  under  which  he  digs  a  hole  (which  may  be 
called  the  treadle-hole)  large  enough  to  contain  his  legs 


SPINNING   AND    WEAVING  29 

and  the  lower  tackle.  He  then  stretches  his  work  by 
fastening  his  bamboo  rollers  at  a  proper  distance  from 
each  other  by  means  of  wooden  piers.  The  heddle-jacks1 
he  fastens  to  some  convenient  branch  of  the  tree  over  his 
head ;  two  hooks  underneath,  in  which  he  inserts  his  great 
toes,  serve  instead  of  treadles ;  and  his  long  shuttle,  which 
also  performs  the  office  of  lay,1  draws  the  weft  through 
the  warp  and  afterwards  strikes  it  home  to  the  fell."2 
"There  is  not  so  much  as  an  expedient  for  rolling  up  the 
warp;  it  is  stretched  out  to  the  full  length  of  the  web, 
which  makes  the  house  of  the  weaver  insufficient  to  con- 
tain him.  He  is  therefore  obliged  to  work  continually 
in  the  open  air,  and  every  return  of  inclement  weather 
interrupts  him."3 

Step  by  step,  devices  have  been  added  to  the  loom ; 
originally  the  threads  were  beaten  into  place  by  a  stick 
called  the  batten,  then  a  rude  comb  was  used.  Finally, 
the  reed,  a  device  much  like  the  comb,  but  consisting  of 
a  frame  in  which  the  parallel  wires  are  set,  took  the  place 
of  both  the  simpler  devices.  The  reed  was  then  placed 
in  a  heavy  frame,  or  lay,  which  might  be  swung  back 
and  forth  to  beat  the  thread  into  place.  The  heddle  re- 
placed the  heald  rod,  and  consisted  of  a  frame  of  wooden 
rods  with  a  hole  in  each,  one  thread  going  through  the 
hole,  the  next  through  the  space  between  the  bars.  Alter- 
nate threads  could,  by  means  of  this  implement,  first  be 

1  NOTE.  —  Heddle  and  lay  are  explained  in  next  paragraph. 
Heddle-jacks  are  pulleys  and  ropes  on  which  heddles  are  raised  and 
lowered. 

-  The  History  of  Silk,  Cotton,  Linen,  Wool,  etc.  Published  by 
C.  M.  Sexton. 

3  Mill.    History    of    British    India.    Book    II.    Chapter    8. 


3O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

raised  above  the  others,  making  an  opening,  or  shed,  for 
the  shuttle  to  pass  through ;  then  pushed  below  the  others, 


FIG.  12. —  HAND  LOOM  OF  COLONIAL  DAYS 

A.  Warp  Beam  B.  Cloth  Beam  C.  Harness 

making  a  different  shed.  Thus,  with  one  device,  plain 
weaving  could  be  accomplished.  The  modern  harness 
performs  the  same  function,  but  two  harnesses  are  used 


SPINNING   AND    WEAVING  3! 

>    , 

to  accomplish  the  work  of  the  heald,  each  being  raised 
in  turn.  The  harness  consists  of  a  frame  in  which  wires 
are  strung,  each  wire  having  a  loop  in  the  center  for 
the  thread  to  pass  through.  The  warp  threads  are  put 
through  two  harnesses  alternating,  first  one,  then  the 
other;  thus,  when  one  harness  is  raised  half  the  warp  is 
raised,  with  the  other  harness  the  other  half  of  the  warp. 
By  having  more  than  two  harnesses  and  varying  the 
threading  of  the  warp,  different  weaves,  as  the  twill 
weaves,  sateen  weave,  etc.,  can  be  made.  The  hand  loom 
used  in  Colonial  times  had  become  quite  a  complicated 
affair. 

The  Industrial  Revolution.  For  a  long  period  no 
great  change  came  about  in  the  machinery  used  for 
manufacturing  cloth.  The  loom  of  the  early  eighteenth 
century  did  not  differ  greatly  from  that  of  the  tenth  cen- 
tury, and  the  spinning  wheel  introduced  in  England 
about  the  fifteenth  century  was  still  in  use.  A  great 
change  was  felt  in  many  ways  in  the  middle  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  "It  was  a  time  of  new  men,  new 
methods,  and  new  conditions.  The  whole  social  and  in- 
dustrial fabric  was  undergoing  change,  and  it  was  in 
connection  with  the  cotton  trade  that  the  new  life  was 
shaping  itself  with  the  strongest  force."1  A  series  of 
remarkable  inventions  for  manufacturing  cotton  cloth 
by  machinery  revolutionized  the  whole  textile  industry 
as  their  use  spread  to  wool,  flax,  and  silk. 

The  patient,  laborious  methods  of  hand  work  were 
to  be  replaced  within  a  half  century  by  wonderful 
machines,  run  first  by  water  power,  then  by  steam.  The 

1  Burnley.    Story  of  British  Trade   and  Industry. 


32  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

spirit  of  mechanical  invention  once  thoroughly  awakened 
has  never  rested,  and  in  the  field  of  textile  industries 
some  of  its  greatest  works  began. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  by  the  eighteenth  century 
the  textile  industries  were  very  large,  employing  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  workers  in  England  alone.  These  work- 
ers were  often  banded  together  under  a  master  for  con- 
venience and  expediency.  Spinning  was  a  long,  slow 
process,  and  frequently  the  weaver  had  to  remain  idle 
because  of  the  lack  of  yarns.  This  difficulty  was  increased 
when,  in  1733,  John  Kay  invented  the  fly  shuttle,  which 
greatly  simplified  the  placing  of  the  filling  threads,  throw- 
ing the  shuttle  across  the  loom  by  a  mechanical  device. 
With  this  aid  the  weaver  could  weave  twice  as  much  cloth 
as  before.  Since  this  device  lessened  the  rate  of  wages 
of  the  weavers,  for  some  time  they  declined  to  adopt  it. 

About  the  same  time  John  Wyatt  worked  out  a  spin- 
ning machine  which  "spun  the  first  thread  of  cotton  ever 
produced  without  the  intervention  of  human  fingers," 
but  he  never  succeeded  in  perfecting  his  invention.  In 
1764,  James  Hargreaves,  a  poor  weaver,  inspired  by  an 
overturned  spinning  wheel  which  he  observed  continued 
to  revolve,  made  a  machine  which  spun  eight  threads  at  a. 
time.  This  " spinning  jenny,"  named  for  his  wife,  was 
kept  a  secret  for  some  time,  until  his  neighbors,  wonder- 
ing how  he  could  produce  so  much  yarn,  mobbed  his 
house  and  destroyed  the  machine.  Later  he  received 
£4,000  from  the  manufacturers  of  Lancashire  for  permis- 
sion to  use  a  machine  of  sixteen,  spindles.  This  machine 
was  tJie  cause  of  fierce  contention  between  workingmen 
and  masters.  In  1769,  Richard  Arkwright,  a  barber, 


SPINNING    AND    WEAVING  33 

working  with  the  idea  of  Wyatt,  perfected  a  spinning 
frame  in  which  the  thread  was  drawn  out  by  a  series  of 
rollers,  each  pair  revolving  more  rapidly  than  the  one 
before.  The  yarn  was  twisted  by  the  revolving  of  a  fly 
attached  to  the  spindle,  and  wound  on  bobbins.  In  Har- 
greaves'  jenny  the  yarn  was  drawn  out  by  a  carriage 
which  held  the  yarn  to  be  spun  and  moved  away  from  the 
spindles,  which  twisted  the  yarn  as  they  revolved.  The 
carriage  then  moved  back  and  the  yarn  >was  wound  on 
the  spindles, 

Samuel  Crompton,  another  poor  inventor,  combined 
the  principles  of  Hargreaves'  and  Arkwright's  machines 
in  the  first  spinning  mule. 

These  inventions  multiplied  many  fold  the  production 
of  the  spinners,  but  as  yet  no  improvement  had  been 
made  to  the  loom  since  the  day  of  Kay's  flying  shuttle. 

Dr.  Edmund  Cartwright,  a  country  clergyman,  after 
long  experiment  produced  in  1785  the  first  loom  run  by 
other  than  hand  power.  Many  improvements  were  made 
to  this  loom  before  it  was  wholly  efficient,  but  the  idea 
had  been  conceived.  Thus  within  fifty  years  the  whole 
industry  of  spinning  and  weaving  was  given  new  life ; 
and  although  it  took  many  years  to  establish  machinery 
thoroughly,  largely  because  of  the  opposition  of  the  work- 
ingmen,  who  thought  they  would  be  thrown  out  of  work 

•  t 

and  could  not  foresee  that  the  industry  would  only  be 
increased,  yet  the  start  had  been  made.  Add  to  these  in- 
ventions the  perfection  of  a  steam  engine  by  James  Watt, 
in  1769,  which  was  gradually  to  replace  water  power  in 
the  running  of  these  new  machines,  the  invention  of  the 
saw  gin  for  removing  cotton  seeds  by  Eli  Whitney,  in 


34  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

1794,  and  we  have  the  names  of  the  six  men  who  were 
the  chief  promoters,  in  the  textile  industry,  of  the  Indus- 
trial Revolution.  Although  five  of  these  six  inventors 
were  Englishmen,  it  was  not  long  before  the  inventions 
were  carried  to  other  countries.  Cotton,  which  up  to  this 
time  had  held  a  very  small  place  in  the  textile  world 
because  of  the  difficulty  of  removing  seeds  and  spinning 
by  hand,  now  jumped  rapidly  to  the  top,  and  with  its 
rise  flax  declined.  The  mob  riots  and  destruction  of 
machinery  gradually  died  out,  although  with  the  commer- 
cial depression  caused  by  wars  in  1811—1812  a  riotous 
band  of  workmen  called  Luddites,  in  England,  began 
again  the  fight  against  the  machine,  but  this  lasted  only 
for  a  short  time.  In  the  United  States  the  difficulty  of 
introducing  machinery  arose  from  a  different  cause.  The 
English,  during  the  period  before  the  War  of  Independ- 
ence, were  doing  everything  possible  to  destroy  the  home 
industries  of  these  colonies,  consequently  they  forbade 
the  introduction  of  spinning  machinery  into  the  country. 
It  was  not  until  after  the  Revolution  that  a  spinning 
machine  was  finally  introduced  by  Samuel  Slater,  who 
had  become  so  thoroughly  familiar  with  Arkwright's 
machines  in  England  that  he  was  able  to  construct  one 
from  memory  in  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island,  in  1790. 
Laws  still  forbade  the  bringing  of  either  models  or  draw- 
ings from  England.  The  power  loom  was  not  used  in  this 
country  until  after  the  War  of  1812. 

Thus  have  the  arts  of  spinning  and  weaving  devel- 
oped from  a  fireside  industry  to  one  of  the  greatest 
manufacturing  industries  of  our  time.  Household  arts, 
requiring  considerable  manual  skill,  they  have  developed 


FIG.  13.  —  JACQUARD  LOOM 


36  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

into  mechanical  processes,  in  which  the  skilled  intellect 
has  supplied  the  machines  and  the  unskilled  worker  super- 
intends their  running.  No  longer  does  the  blanket  on  our 
beds  express  long  hours  of  patient  labor,  the  hum  of  the 
spinning  wheel  accompanied  by  a  song,  or  the  thwack  of 
the  loom  in  the  corner  of  the  living  room.  Now  we  sleep 
under  blankets  which  represent,  it  is  true,  hours  of  labor, 
not  the  labor  of  a  loving  mother  or  sister,  but  of  many 
machines,  watched  by  human  beings  almost  machines 
themselves,  working  in  rooms  where  the  hum  of  the  spin- 
ning is  no  longer  musical,  but  its  noise  is  so  great  as  to 
be  deafening,  and  the  thwack  of  a  hundred  looms  deadens 
all  the  finer  sense  of  hearing.  The  progress  of  Western 
civilization  has  demanded  these  things.  The  hurry  and 
rush  of  modern  life  have  little  place  for  the  quiet  house- 
hold industry,  our  homes  are  no  longer  the  factories  of 
the  times ;  and  in  many  ways  it  is  well. 

The  poetic  side  of  home  industries  was  only  a  small 
part,  unfortunately.  In  this  country  conditions  had  not 
grown  as  bad  as  they  were  in  England,  where  "the 
domestic  laborer's  home,  instead  of  being  the  poetic  one, 
was  very  far  from  the  character  poetry  has  given  it. 
Huddled  together  in  his  hut,  not  a  cottage,  the  weaver's 
family  lived  and  worked,  without  conveniences,  good  air, 
good  food,  and  without  much  intelligence.  Drunkenness 
and  theft  made  each  home  the  scene  of  crime  and  want 
and  disorder.  Superstition  ruled  and  envy  swayed  the 
workers.  If  the  members  of  a  family  endowed  with  more 
virtue  and  intelligence  than  the  common  herd  tried  to  so 
conduct  themselves  as  to  secure  at  least  self-respect,  they 
were  either  abused  or  ostracized  by  their  neighbors.  The 


SPINNING   AND    WEAVING  37 

ignorance  under  the  old  system  added  to  the  squalor  of 
the  homes  under  it,  and  what  all  these  elements  failed 
to  produce  in  making  the  hut  an  actual  den  was  faithfully 
performed,  in  too  many  instances,  by  the  swine  of  the 
family.  The  reports  of  the  Poor  Laws  Commissioners 
of  England  are  truer  exponents  of  conditions  than  poetry, 
and  show  more  faithfully  the  demoralizing  agency  of 
pauperism  and  of  all  the  other  evils  which  were  so  prolific 
under  the  hand  system  of  work."1 

When  our  linens  wear  out  in  a  few  washings  and 
our  silks  split  after  a  few  wearings,  we  sometimes .  wish 
for  the  good  old  homespuns,  which  wore  for  a  hundrett 
years.  We  wish  for  the  honest,  all  wool  materials,  which 
were  not  weakened  in  the  washing  or  rotted  in  the  dye 
pot,  and  which  showed  in  every  thread  the  mark  of  the 
individual  who  made  them.  As  far  as  evenness  of  thread 
and  weave  and  beautiful  finish  can  make  it,  modern  cloth 
is  perfect  in  every  respect,  but  that  very  perfection  some- 
times grows  monotonous  and  we  long  for  the  irregular 
threads  of  the  homespun.  Since  there  are  still  many  parts 
of  this  country  where  the  art  of  hand  weaving  is^  not 
lost,  let  us  preserve  it,  not  that  its  products  may  compete 
in  the  commercial  world  with  the  factory  woven,  but  that 
we  may  still  have  an  art  which  expresses  a  simple,  honest, 
and  quiet  life. 

REFERENCES 

Earle,  Alice  Morse.    Home  Life  in  Colonial  Days. 
Mason,  O.  T.    Origins  of  Inventions. 
Mason,  O.  T.    Woman's  Share  in  Primitive  Culture. 
Marsden,  R.    Cotton  Weaving. 

1  Wright.    Industrial   Evolution   of  the  United   States,   p.   346. 


CHAPTER  III 
CLASSIFICATION  OF  FIBERS 


has  been  lavish  in  the  supply  of  materials 
that  she  has  placed  in  the  hands  of  man,  from 
which  he  may  fashion  shelter,  clothing,  implements,  and 
ornaments.  We  have  seen  how  savage  woman  learned 
the  use  of  the  reeds  and  twigs  about  her,  and  so  perfected 
their  use  that  civilized  man  cannot  surpass  her  skill. 
Primitive  woman  developed  the  art  of  spinning  and 
weaving  finer  and  finer  materials,  and  that  development 
has  gone  on  laboriously  through  the  centuries. 

Modern  manufacturing  industry  uses  only  a  small 
number  of  fibers,  those  which  have  proved  most  suitable 
for  spinning  and  weaving,  but  the  energy  and  skill  of 
designer  and  chemist  have  so  altered  the  appearance  and 
quality  of  these  few  fibers  when  woven  into  cloth  that  it 
sometimes  requires  considerable  knowledge  to  recognize 
them.  As  competition  in  industry  becomes  closer,  and 
the  demand  for  novelty  increases,  methods  of  combining 
different  fibers  and  of  covering  defects  with  the  finish 
of  the  cloth  are  constantly  improved;  and  if  one  'is  to 
choose  intelligently  from  the  offerings  of  the  market,  it 
is  necessary  to  know  something  of  the  character  of  the 
fibers  and  the  methods  used  by  the  manufacturer. 

Requirements  of  a  Fiber.  "In  order  to  be  service- 
able in  a  textile  fabric,  a  fiber  must  possess  sufficient 
length  to  be  woven  and  a  physical  structure  which 

38 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    FIBERS  39 

will  permit  of  several  fibers  being  spun  together, 
thereby  yielding  a  continuous  thread  of  considerable  ten- 
sile strength  and  pliability."1  These  characteristics  are 
present  in  greatest  degree  in  cotton,  linen,  wool,  and  silk, 
and  all  these  may  be  successfully  bleached  and  dyed.  The 
following  simple  classification  gives  the  fibers  which  may 
be  used,  according  to  their  origin,  and  aids  in  the  study 
of  characteristics. 

Vegetable  Fibers.  Cotton,  linen,  jute,  hemp,  ramie, 
pineapple,  aloe,  and  many  other  plant  fibers  used  more 
or  less  in  different  parts  of  the  globe. 

Animal  Fibers.  Silk,  the  wool  of  sheep,  alpaca, 
llama,  camel,  angora  goat,  and  other  hairs  or  wools  of 
animals  used  for  weaving  or  felting  into  cloth. 

Mineral  and  Artificial  Fibers.  This  group  is  not 
very  important  to  the  average  student  of  textiles.  Asbes- 
tos is  the  common  example,  and  is  chiefly  valuable  for 
its  non-conducting  and  fireproof  qualities.  Although  the 
use  of  asbestos  for  spinning  and  weaving  is  limited  it 
may  be  mixed  with  cotton  or  linen  and  spun,  the  vege- 
table fiber  being  removed  later  by  burning,  or  it  may  be 
spun  alone. 

Among  the  artificial  fibers  used  might  be  mentioned 
various  metallic  threads,  but  the  most  important  fiber  is 
artificial  silk.  It  is  a  derivative  either  of  cellulose  or 
of  gelatin,  and  is  sometimes  used,  as  the  name  implies, 
as  a  substitute  for  silk. 

^General  Characteristics.  Vegetable  fibers  are  plant 
cells.  Their  structure  is  simple  and  they  are  largely 
made  up  of  cellulose,  with  more  or  less  foreign  material, 

1  Matthews.    Textile    Fibres,   p.    r. 

I 


4O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

such  as  plant  waxes,  resins,  etc.  They  are  various  parts 
of  the  plants,  such  as  seed  hairs,  as  cotton;  stem  fibers, 
as  flax,  hemp,  jute,  and  ramie;  leaf  fibers,  as  Manila 
hemp  and  various  species  of  aloe ;  or  finally,  they  may 
be  fruit  fibers,  as  coir,  or  cocoanut  fiber,  which  comes 
from  the  covering  of  the  cocoanut  fruit. 

The  seed  hairs  are  single-celled  fuSers,  almost  pure 
cellulose ;  the  bast  fibers,  or  those  coming  from  the  stem 
of  the  plants,  are  multicellular,  and  must  be  separated 
from  the  woody  material  in  which  they  are  imbedded. 

Animal  fibers  are  nitrogenous  substances,  protein, 
containing  carbon,  hydrogen,  oxygen,  nitrogen,  and,  in 
some  cases,  sulphur,  phosphorus,  and  other  mineral 
matters.  They  are  either  appendages  to  the  skin  of 
animals,  as  wool  and  the  various  hair  fibers,  or  they  are 
animal  secretions,  as  silk  and  the  secretion  of  various 
spiders,  mollusks,  etc. 

The  difference  in  structure  of  the  individual  fibers 
and  classes  of  fibers,  and  the  difference  in  chemical  re- 
actions, makes  necessary  very  different  methods  in  the 
treatment  of  these  fibers  in  their  manufacture  into  cloth. 

In  physical  structure  the  fibers  differ  in  length,  diame- 
ter, strength,  elasticity,  color,  luster,  and  microscopic 
characteristics. 

Cotton  is  the  shortest  fiber,  varying  in  length  from 
one-half  inch  to  two  and  one-half  inches.  Wool  varies 
in  length  from  one  inch  to  seven  or  eight  inches.  Silk  is 
a  long  fiber,  being  continuous  for  perhaps  four  hundred 
yards  in  the  best  cocoons,  while  linen  usually  is  twelve 
to  thirty-six  inches  in  length.  The  diameter  of  the  differ- 
ent fibers  varies  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  compare  them ; 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    FIBERS 


the  finest,  however,  are  found  in  silk  and  the  coarsest  in 
wool  and  flax.  Silk  is  the  strongest  fiber,  cotton  and 
linen  coming  next  in  order.  Silk  and  wool  are  most 
elastic,  linen  being  least  so.  In  color,  cotton  may  be  pure 
white  or  nearly  yellow ;  wool  varies  from  white  to  gray, 
brown  and  black  being  less  common ;  linen,  according  to 
methods  of  treatment  in  separating  the  fiber  from  the 
stalks,  is  found  in  different  shades  of  tan,  brown,  and 


FIG.  14.  —  WOOL  AND  COTTON 
FIBERS 


FIG.  15.  —  LINEN  FIBERS 


gray.  Silk  varies  from  almost  pure  white  to  quite  a  deep 
yellow  or  tan.  Again,  silk  has  more  luster  than  other 
fibers,  and  linen  has  more  than  cotton  or  wool.  The 
luster  of  the  different  fibers  may  be  increased  by  physical 
or  chemical  treatment.  These  different  qualities  readily 
show  why  silk  is  such  a  valuable  fiber.  Wool,  because 
of  its  hygroscopic  and  non-conductive  qualities,  is  excel- 
lent for  clothing;  cotton  is  cheap  and  to  a  certain  extent 
may  replace  the  others ;  while  linen  is  valued  chiefly  for 
wearing  quality  and  texture. 

Microscopic   Characteristics.    With  the   aid   of  the 


42  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

microscope  it  is  quite  easy  to  distinguish  one  fiber  from 
another :  cotton  by  the  spiral  twist  which  the  flat,  ribbon- 
like  fiber  always  has,  wool  by  its  scale-like  surface,  linen 
by  apparent  joints  and  crosswise  markings,  and  silk  by 
it5  structureless,  transparent,  lustrous  surface. 

Since  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  cloth  made 
from  these  fibers  requires  a  careful  study  of  their  char- 
acteristics, the  method  of  manufacturing  them  into  cloth, 
the  adulterations,  etc.,  a  detailed  account  will  be  given 
of  wool,  cotton,  linen,  and  silk.  Brief  mention  may  here 
be  made  of  some  of  the  minor  fibers  which  are,  however, 
found  to  quite  a  large  extent  on  our  markets. 

Minor  Fibers 

Ramie.  One  of  the  most  promising  vegetable  fibers 
used  for  centuries  in  India  and  China  is  just  coming 
into  use  in  this  country.  Ramie  or  China  grass,  from 
the  stem  of  a  stingless  nettle,  is  a  lustrous,  strong  fiber, 
and  should  hold  a  high  place  among  vegetable  fibers. 
The  development  of  the  ramie  industry  has  been  retarded 
in  this  country  because  of  the  difficulty  of  separating 
the  fiber  from  the  woody  portion  of  the  stem.  It  is  not 
possible  to  destroy  the  gum  which  binds  the  fibers 
together  by  as  simple  a  process  as  the  retting  of  flax, 
that  is,  by  allowing  it  to  decay  in  water. 

In  India  and  China,  where  large  quantities  of  the 
fiber  are  manufactured  into  grass  linens,  the  decortica- 
tion  is  carried  out  by  hand.  A  mechanical  process  has 
been  perfected  in  this  country  for  effecting  this  separa- 
tion, and  ramie  is  now  more  commonly  used.  Up  to  the 
present  time,  however,  its  use  is  largely  for  adulteration 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    FIBERS 


43 


of  linen  or  silk,  a  fact  to  be  deplored,  since  it  has  such 
valuable  characteristics  of  its  own. 

In  strength,  ramie  stands  among  the  first  of  vegetable 
fibers ;  in  luster  and  fineness  it  approaches  silk,  and  it  is 
very  slightly  affected  by  moisture. 

Two  to  three  crops  of  ramie  may  be  produced  in  one 
year,  and  the  yield  of  fiber  per  acre  is  very  large. 


FIG.  16.  —  RAMIE  FIBERS 


FIG.  17.  —  JUTE  FIBERS 


Attempts  are  being  made  by  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture to  increase  the  production  in  this  country,  but  up 
to  the  present  time  it  has  been  grown  only  in  an  experi- 
mental way.  Climate  and  soil  seem  to  be  favorable;  the 
difficulty  apparently  is  to  arouse  interest  in  the  culture 
and  manufacture  of  the  fiber. 

Jute  is  the  bast  fiber  of  a  plant  growing  largely  in 
India  and  the  East  Indies.  The  stalk,  which  contains  the 
fiber,  grows  from  five  to  ten  feet  in  height.  It  is  freed 
from  leaves,  steeped  in  water  to  rot  the  stems,  and  the 
woody  tissue  is  removed.  The  fiber  thus  obtained  is  long, 
yellowish  in  color,  and  has  considerable  luster.  There  are 
several  uses  to  which  jute  is  put,  but  it  is  mostly  used 


44  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

for  coarse  bagging  or  for  the  back  of  carpets  and  rugs. 
Although  jute  is  strong,  takes  dyes  readily,  and  may  be 
divided  into  very  fine  fibers,  its  use  is  limited  because 
of  the  fact  that  when  wet  it  rapidly  deteriorates.  Because 
of  its  cheapness  it  is  frequently  used  to  adulterate  other 
fibers,  or  is  woven  with  cotton  or  linen  to  produce  effec- 
tive, inexpensive  upholstery  materials. 

Hemp  is  another  bast  fiber,  obtained  in  much  the 
same  way  as  flax  or  jute.  There  are  many  varieties, 
most  of  which  are  used  (or  twine,  although  fine  Manila 
hemp  is  used  in  the  Philippines  for  clothing  material. 
Large  amounts  of  Manila  hemp,  a  leaf  stalk  fiber,  are 
imported  into  this  country  for  the  manufacture  df  rope. 
This  fiber  is  much  more  valuable  than  jute,  as  it  with- 
stands the  action  of  water  and  is  very  strong.  Other 
varieties  of  hemp,  although  not  as  strong  as  Manila,  are 
also  used  for  cordage. 

Vegetable  Silk.  This  name  includes  a  number  of 
fibers,  the  downy  coverings  of  seeds  of  plants  or  trees. 
These  fibers  are  not  capable  of  being  spun,  but  are  used 
for  stuffing  mattresses  or  cushions.  Kapok,  or  silk-cot- 
ton tree,  and  milkweed  are  the  most  common ;  in  France, 
the  latter  has  been  spun  with  a  large  percentage  of  wool 
to  produce  a  very  attractive  cloth. 

Pina,  or  pineapple  cloth,  is  made  from  the  fiber 
obtained  from  the  leaf  of  the  pineapple  plant.  Woven 
with  silk  it  makes  a  beautiful  fabric.  In  the  Philippines, 
where  this  material  is  used  in  large  quantities  for  cloth- 
ing, the  natives  separate  it  from  the  leaves  by  a  laborious 
process  of  scraping. 

Coir,  or  cocoanut  fiber,  comes  from  the  shell  of  the 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    FIBERS  45 

cocoanut.  It  is  a  stiff,  harsh  fiber,  reddish  brown  in 
color,  and  is  used  for  rope  and  mats.  The  fiber  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  rest  of  the  shell  by  soaking  in  sea- water 
for  several  months,  when  the  fruit  is  rotted  and  may  be 
easily  separated.  The  separation  is  sometimes  effected 
by  steaming. 

Many  other  vegetable  fibers  are  used  in  different  parts 
of  the  world,  but  are  not  of  great  importance  to  us.  We 
are  most  interested  in  those  which  are  used  in  the  markets 
of  this  country. 

General  Process  of  Manufacture 

In  manufacturing  fibers  into  yarn  and  cloth  there  are 
many  processes  to  be  gone  through  and  many  machines 
to  carry  them  out.  Each  year  sees  improvements  •  and 
also  new  devices  of  the  manufacturer  to  cheapen  the 
process,  and  new  methods  of  adding  to  the  product  by 
adulterations  of  one  sort  or  another.  It  will  be  well  to 
study  in  some  detail  the  manufacture  of  cloth  and  some 
of  the  stages  through  which  the  fibers  must  pass.  These 
steps  may,  perhaps,  be  easier  to  understand  if  a  general 
explanation  is  given  first. 

All  fibers  as  they  are  produced  by  nature  are  com- 
bined with  more  or  less  foreign  matter  which  must  be 
removed  before  the  raw  fiber  is  obtained.  Cotton  must 
be  separated  from  pod  and  seeds,  wool  from  dirt  and 
grease,  flax  from  the  woody  stalks,  and  silk  from  part 
of  the  gum  and  the  tangled  fibers  of  the  cocoon.  With 
the  exception  of  silk,  all  fibers,  when  they  have  been  freed 
from  this  foreign  material,  are  somewhat  entangled  and 
must  be  straightened  out,  brushed  or  combed,  until  they 


46  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

lie  more  or  less  parallel.  In  some  cases  the  long  fibers 
must  be  separated  from  the  short,  making  two  or  more 
grades.  A  rope  must  be  formed,  which  may  be  pulled  out 
finer  and  finer,  then  given  the  twist  necessary  to  hold  the 
fibers  together,  and  yarn  is  the  result. 

Frequently,  before  weaving,  the  yarn  must  be  made 
more  compact  or  held  together  by  the  addition  of  a 
starchy  mixture,  so  that  it  will  stand  the  strain  of  the 
loom.  Warping  and  drawing  the  thread  in  place  in 
the  loom  are  processes  preparatory  to  weaving,  while 
"finishing"  prepares  the  woven  cloth  for  the  fastidious 
public. 

Bleaching,  dyeing,  or  printing  gives  the  desired  color 
to  raw  fiber,  yarn,  or  cloth,  as  the  case  demands. 

This,  very  briefly,  is  the  course  through  the  mill  which 
every  fiber  must  travel.  The  variations  from  it  are  many, 
and  the  actual  processes  are  so  complicated  that  only  the 
initiated  may  understand  them  thoroughly ;  but  the  under- 
lying principles  are  the  same  as  they  were  when  the 
Colonial  dames  spun  and  wove  by  the  side  of  the  open 
fire. 

REFERENCES 

Matthews,  Joseph  M.    Textile  flbres. 
Dodge,  C.  R.    Catalog  of  Useful  Fibres. 
Hannan,  W,  I.    Textile  Fibers  of  Commerce. 


CHAPTER  IV 
COTTON 

HISTORY.  As  has  been  stated,  cotton  is  a  vegetable 
fiber  coming  from  the  seed  pod  of  the  cotton  plant. 
This  plant  is  indigenous  to  many  countries,  and  was  used 
in  different  parts  of  the  world  at  the  dawn  of  history.  Its 
use  in  India  seems  to  extend  farther  back  into  the  cen- 
turies than  in  any  other  country,  judging  from  the  fact 
that  in  writings  of  800  B.C.  a  highly  developed  cotton 
industry  is  mentioned.  For  hundreds  of  years  India  was 
the  center  of  this  industry. 

In  Egypt  we  find  mention  of  cotton  grown  about 
325  B.C.  From  the  writings  of  Nearchus,  who  descended 
the  Indus  and  navigated  the  coast  of  Persia,  we  learn 
that  cotton  was  raised  in  Persia,  but  it  is  likely  this  was 
originally  brought  from  India.  One  of  the  early  articles 
of  trade  in  the  Red  and  Mediterranean  Seas  was  cotton 
cloth.  The  introduction  into  Europe  was,  however,  very 
slow.  Its  manufacture  was  carried  into  Spain  by  the 
Moors  and  gradually  spread  into  Northern  Europe.  Even 
in  the  fifteenth  century  it  was  not  at  all  common  in 
Europe,  as  shown  by  the  fact  that  cotton  was  supposed 
by  some  to  be  the  fleece  of  a  sheep  which  grew  on  a  plant, 
and  when  hungry  stooped  over  and  ate  grass  from  the 
ground. 

In  America  the  cotton  industry  is  much  older  than  in 
Europe.  Columbus  discovered  cotton  in  the  West  Indies. 

47 


48  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Cortez  found  the  Mexicans  weaving  clothes,  also  carpets, 
tapestries,  and  many  other  articles,  from  cotton  dyed  with 
vegetable  dyes.  Magellan  found  it  in  Brazil,  showing  it 
to  be  indigenous  to  the  American  continent  as  well  as  to 
India.  The  Peruvians,  as  we  have  seen,  had  a  highly  de- 
veloped textile  industry  when  conquered  by  Pizarro  in 
1527-1532,  and  cotton  was  one  of  their  most  used  textiles. 

The  manufacture  of  cotton  into  cloth  by  hand  proc- 
esses is  much  more  difficult  than  the  manufacture  of  wool 
and  linen.  Great  manual  skill  is  required,  as  well  as  the 
proper  atmosphere.  These  essentials  the  Hindu  has  pos- 
sessed for  ages,  and  generation  after  generation  of  cotton 
spinning  and  weaving  have  produced  a  perfection  which 
no  other  nation  has  been  able  to  reach.  In  fact,  until  the 
invention  of  modern  textile  machinery,  Europe  could  in 
no  way  compete  with  India.  During  the  seventeenth  and 
eighteenth  centuries,  before  the  introduction  of  power 
machines  for  spinning  and  weaving,  when  the  trade  be- 
tween England  and  India  had  become  flourishing,  India 
cottons  became  very  popular  in  England ;  so  alarmed 
were  the  people  lest  these  cottons  should  ruin  the  English 
woolen  and  linen  industries  that  laws  were  passed  limit- 
ing the  use  of  cotton  among  the  middle  classes. 

Distribution.  We  have  seen  that  cotton  is  indige- 
nous to  many  lands.  It  may  be  raised  successfully 
between  the  latitudes  30°  North  and  40°  South.  The 
great  cotton-producing  countries  between  these  limits  are 
the  Southern  United  States,  Egypt,  India,  Brazil,  and 
Peru.  In  other  countries  cotton  is  raised  to  some  extent, 
but  not  enough  for  exportation.  The  United  States  leads 
in  production  with  about  three-fourths  of  the  world's 


COTTON  49 

crop ;  Egypt  is  second  in  amount  exported,  although 
India  raises  more.  Texas  is  the  largest  producing  state 
in  America,  while  the  other  states  along  the  Gulf  coast, 
as  well  as  Georgia,  Tennessee,  and  the  Carolinas,  con- 
tribute their  share. 

The  conditions  which  determine  where  cotton  shall 
be  raised  most  successfully  are  climate  and  soil.  The 
season  must  be  a  long  one,  with  rainfall  during  the  first 
part  and  sunshine  during  the  latter  part.  For  the.  best 
crop,  the  soil  should  be  a  light  loam.  A  heavy  soil  pro- 
duces too  much  foliage  and  not  enough  fiber,  a  sandy 
soil  does  not  hold  enough  water,  but  a  light  loam  holds 
heat  and  water  and  produces  the  best  results.  The  near- 
ness to  sea  and  sea  level  also  affect  the  quality  of  cotton, 
the  altitude  and  the  presence  of  salt  in  the  soil  apparently 
influencing  the  growth  of  the  plant. 

Varieties.  Cotton  belongs  to  the  genus  Gossypium 
of  the  order  Malvaceae.  Many  species  are  named  by 
botanists ;  the  four  principal  ones,  however,  are : 

Gossypium  hirsutum — most  American  cottons. 

Gossypium  Barbadense  —  Sea  Island  and  Brown 
Egyptian. 

Gossypium  Peruvianum — South  American. 

Gossypium  Herbaceum — short  staple — Asian. 

These  species  are  shrubs,  growing  to  a  height  of  from 
three  to  six  feet,  having  many  branches,  and  bearing 
alternate  three-pointed  leaves.  The  flower  has  five  petals, 
varying  in  color  from  white  to  yellowish  pink.  The  fruit, 
or  so-called  boll,  has  from  three  to  five  segments,  and 
when  ripe  bursts  open,  disclosing  a  mass  of  soft,  white, 
downy  fibers,  which  are  attached  to  the  seeds.  These 


5O  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

fibers,  before  ripening,  are  tubular  cells  pointed  at  one 
end  and  attached  to  the  seed  at  the  other.  As  the  seed 
ripens,  the  pressure  inside  the  pod  causes  the  cell  wall 
to  flatten,  the  walls  become  thicker,  and  with  the  flatten- 
ing comes  a  spiral  twist  to  the  cell,  due  probably  to  the 
withdrawal  of  the  protoplasm  and  the  manner  in  which 
the  material  is  deposited  on  the  inside  of  the  cell  wall. 

There  are  several  classifications  of  cotton  used  by 
buyers  or  growers.  Perhaps  the  names  most  commonly 
used  are  those  suggesting  the  locality  in  which  the  cotton 
is  raised.  Sea  Island  is  long,  fine,  silky  cotton,  originally 
raised  only  on  the  islands  along  the  coast  of  South  Caro- 
lina and  Georgia  and  on  certain  other  sea  islands,  but 
now  raised  largely  in  the  states  along  the  coast.  This 
cotton  is  the  most  valuable  on  the  market,  though  certain 
Egyptian  cotton  is  a  very  close  second.  That  which  is 
cultivated  on  the  Sea  Islands  is  finer  than  that  grown 
away  from  the  coast.  The  largest  crop  in  the  United 
States  is  the  Upland  cotton  grown  throughout  the  South. 
Orleans  cotton  is  very  valuable..  Egyptian  cotton  is  long, 
has  a  good  luster,  and  is  fine.  East  Indian  cotton  is 
coarser  and  shorter,  has  not  such  a  good  luster,  but,  as 
a  rule,  is  very  strong.  The  causes  for  different  varieties 
of  cotton  seem  to  be  climate,  soil,  fertilization,  and  care- 
ful selection  of  seed,  as  well  as  cultivation  and  some 
minor  influences. 

Cultivation.  The  time  for  planting  cotton  naturally 
varies  in  different  climates.  In  the  United  States,  in 
February,  the  fields  are  cleared  of  the  last  year's  stalks, 
and  the  ground  is  plowed  and  prepared  for  rows  about 
four  feet  apart.  The  seeds  are  planted  between  March  i 


COTTON  51 

and  June  10,  although  rarely  as  late  as  June,  and  the 
plant  comes  up  in  about  fifteen  days.  Thirty-five  to  forty- 
five  days  later  the  first  buds  appear,  and  after  sixty-five 
days  more  the  crop  is  ready  to  pick.  Thus,  four  months 
is  about  the  shortest  duration  of  time  between  the  plant- 
ing and  the  ripening  of  the  seeds. 

Cultivation  of  the  crop  is  required  when  the  plants 
are  young,  and  as  considerable  loss  is  suffered  from 
various  pests  and  diseases,  a  great  deal  of  attention  has 
been  given  in  the  last  few  years  to  methods  of  fighting 
these  destroyers.  The  cotton  worm  and  other  insects, 
fungi,  and  diseases  cause  much  loss  every  year,  but  the 
cotton-boll  weevil  is  probably  the  most  serious  pest. 

Importance  of  Industry.  The  importance  of  the 
cotton  crop  to  this  country  has  been  very  great,  and  its 
importance  to  our  Southern  states  can  hardly  be  esti- 
mated. Cotton  is  the  largest  textile  industry,  and  as  a 
world  industry  ranks  very  high.  The  importance  to  other 
countries  of  the  cotton  crop  of  the  United  States  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that  during  our  Civil  War  it  was  only  by  the 
greatest  effort  that  a  terrible  famine  was  prevented  among 
the  cotton-mill  hands  in  parts  of  England.  At  the  present 
time,  England  and  other  European  countries  are  encour- 
aging in  every  possible  way  cotton  production  in  their 
own  colonies  which  lie  within  the  cotton  belt,  in  order 
that  they  may  not  be  so  dependent  on  the  crop  of  the 
United  States. 

Physical  and  Chemical  Structure  and  Character- 
istics. We  have  said  that  the  physical  structure  of  a 
fiber  determines  whether  or  not  it  may  be  used  in  textile 
manufacture.  The  peculiar  structure  of  cotton  which 


52  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

makes  it  suitable  for  spinning  is  the  twist  which  the  fiber 
takes  on  ripening.  Cotton  fibers  are  short  in  comparison 
with  others  used  for  manufacture,  being  three-fourths 
of  an  inch  to  two  inches  in  length,  the  greater  number 
varying  from  one  to  one  and  one-half  inches.  Were  it 
not  for  the  characteristic  spiral  twist  which  helps  hold 
the  fibers  together,  it  would  be  extremely  difficult  to 
spin.  Under  the  microscope  the  cotton  fiber  appears 
like  a  twisted  ribbon,  with  the  edges  thicker  than  the 
central  part.  Cross  sections  show  an  irregular  form, 
somewhat  oval,  with  thick  walls  and  an  opening  in  the 
center.  Different  fibers  vary  as  to  the  number  of  twists. 
There  are  sometimes  present  unripe  fibers,  showing  no 
internal  structure  and  no  spiral  twist,  while  different 
varieties  of  ripe  fibers  also  vary  in  amount  of  twist.  The 
size  of  the  cotton  fiber  also  varies  greatly.  Sea  Island 
is  the  finest  fiber,  while  the  coarsest  cottons  sometimes 
reach  a  diameter  six  or  seven  times  greater.  In  tensile 
strength  cotton  stands  between  silk  and  wool,  and  in 
elasticity  it  is  below  either,  although  more  elastic  than 
linen. 

The  most  common  color  of  the  cotton  fiber  is  a 
creamy  white,  but  it  is  sometimes  golden  or  quite  yellow, 
as  Nankin  cotton.  The  luster  of  the  fibers  varies  in 
different  kinds  of  cotton,  and  is  most  marked  in  the  long, 
silky  Sea  Island. 

The  hygroscopic  quality  of  a  fiber  is  its  ability  to 
absorb  water.  Cloth  may  absorb  moisture  in  two  ways. 
It  may  merely  take  the  moisture  up  in  the  spaces  between 
the  threads  of  the  cloth,  giving  it  a  damp  feeling,  or  the 
fiber  may  absorb  the  moisture  into  itself.  It  is  this  second 


COTTON  53 

quality  which  we  call  the  hygroscopic  quality.  Ordinarily, 
cotton  holds  from  five  to  eight  per  cent  of  this  hygro- 
scopic moisture,  although  it  may,  in  a  moist  atmosphere, 
hold  much  more.  The  spinning  of  cotton  is  greatly 
affected  by  the  amount  of  moisture  present,  therefore 
artificial  humidity  is  usually  maintained  in  the  spinning 
room.  Cotton  which  has  been  freed  from  the  vegetable 
wax  adhering  to  it  is  much  more  hygroscopic,  and  is 
known  as  absorbent  cotton.  Cotton  withstands  heat 


FIG.  1 8.  —  COTTON  FIBERS 

better  than  animal  fibers.  At  250°  C.  it  begins  to  turn 
brown.  It  burns  freely  in  the  air,  with  a  luminous 
flame. 

Certain  chemical  actions  distinguish  vegetable  from 
animal  fibers.  Cotton  is  largely  cellulose.  The  surface 
of  the  fiber  is  protected  by  a  layer  of  vegetable  wax  and 
oil,  and  there  is  a  small  amount  of  coloring  matter.  The 
natural  impurities  are  very  small,  being  from  four  to  five 
per  cent,  and  consisting  of  small  particles  of  seed,  leaves, 
and  dust.  In  its  chemical  behavior  the  reactions  of  cotton 
are  those  of  cellulose.  Mineral  acids  destroy  the  fiber ; 


54  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

very  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it,  while  weaker 
acids  disintegrate  it,  so  that  the  fiber  may  be  reduced  to 
dust  when  dried.  Dilute  acids  do  not  affect  the  cotton 
while  wet.  Concentrated  caustic  alkalies  bring  about  a 
change  in  cellulose  known  as  mercerization.  This  will 
be  referred  to  again.  Dilute  solutions  of  alkalies  have  no 
injurious  effect  on  cotton  unless  exposed  to  the  air,  when 
they  weaken  it. 

These  reactions  are  important  in  the  bleaching  and 
•dyeing  of  cotton  as  well  as  in  some  household  processes. 
A  stain  may  be  removed  from  cotton 'cloth  with  a  dilute 
acid  and  the  cloth  be  unharmed.  If,  however,  that  acid 
is  left  on  the  cloth  until  it  dries  thoroughly  and  becomes 
more  concentrated,  it  may  destroy  the  fiber.  If  a  hot  iron 
is  put  on  the  cloth  before  the  acid  is  thoroughly  removed, 
a  hole  will  doubtless  be  the  result.  Cleaning  powders 
containing  free  alkali  must  be  thoroughly  removed  or 
they  weaken  the  fiber.  Cotton  does  not  take  dyestuffs 
readily.  In  most  cases  an  assistant  is  required. 

Preparation  for  Market.  When  the  seed  pod  has 
burst  open,  disclosing  its  treasure  of  snowy  fibers,  the 
time  for  hard  and  rapid  work  has  begun.  The  problem 
of  picking  is  sometimes  a  serious  one.  The  crop  must  be 
gathered  before  rain  or  frost  has  had  a  chance  to  injure 
or  destroy  it,  and  there  must  be  many  laborers  for  the 
picking.  Recently  a  machine  which  promises  better  than 
those  previously  tried  has  been  invented  for  picking 
cotton  and  may  revolutionize  this  part  of  the  industry. 
.When  the  crop  has  been  gathered,  before  being  shipped 
the  seeds  must  be  removed.  This  process  of  separating 
the  fiber  from  the  seeds  is  known  as  ginning.  Until  1794 


COTTON  55 

this  was  done  by  hand;  then  Eli  Whitney  invented  the 
cotton  gin,  a  machine  which  separates  the  fibers  from 
the  seeds  by  saws  projecting  through  wire  grating  into 
a  hopper.  The  cotton  is  put  into  the  hopper,  the  fibers 
are  caught  by  the  revolving  saw ;  but  the  seeds,  being  too 
large  to  go  through  the  grating,  are  left  behind.  This 
gin  is  used  for  American  cottons,  except  the  long  Sea 
Island  fiber.  This  is  ginned  by  the  roller  process,  which 
consists  merely  in  passing  the  fibers  between  rollers  which 
do  not  allow  the  seeds  to  pass.  The  latter  method  has 
been  employed  in  a  rude  way  in  India  for  many  years. 

By  the  hand  process,  five  pounds  of  cotton  could  be 
picked  from  the  seed  by  one  person  in  a  week.  By  the 
saw  gin,  five  hundred  pounds  may  be  seeded  in  an  hour, 
but  this  is  too  rapid  for  the  best  interests  of  the  fiber. 
The  cotton  seeds  are  a  valuable  part  of  the  cotton  crop, 
although  for  a  long  time  they  were  a  waste  product. 
Cotton-seed  oil,  used  for  cooking  purposes,  is  obtained 
by  pressing  the  seeds ;  cotton-seed  meal,  after  the  oil  has 
been  removed,  furnishes  cattle  and  poultry  food ;  and  the 
hulls  are  used  as  a  fertilizer. 

When  the  seeds  have  been  removed,  the  cotton  fiber 
is  put  into  bales,  varying  in  weight,  but  usually,  in  this 
country,  of  about  five  hundred  pounds.  These  bales  are 
compressed  by  a  hydraulic  press  until  they  are  very  com- 
pact, are  wrapped  in  burlap,  bound  with  iron  hoops,  and 
then  sent  to  market.  A  great  deal  of  criticism  has  been 
made  of  the  American  cotton  bale,  because  it  often  bursts 
open  in  transportation  and  because  of  the  bulkiness.  The 
cotton  becomes  dirty  and  absorbs  a  large  amount  of 
moisture  if  the  conditions  are  right,  and  it  is  difficult 


56  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

to  transport.  An  effort  is  now  being  made  to  improve 
the  bales. 

Manufacture.  The  manufacture  of  cotton  differs  in 
its  details  in  different  countries.  In  England,  spinning, 
weaving,  finishing,  dyeing,  weaving  of  fine  goods,  of 
coarse  goods,  prints,  or  ginghams  are  carried  on  by  differ- 
ent firms.  In  this  country  there  is  much  more  centraliza- 
tion, one  mill  often  carrying  through  all  the  processes 
from  the  raw  fiber  to  the  finished  cloth  and  producing  a 
variety  of  kinds  of  cloth.  The  processes  necessary  to  per- 
form the  carding,  spinning,  and  weaving  of  cotton  into 
cloth  by  machinery  are  varied,  and  the  machines  for 
carrying  them  out  are  complicated.  In  order  that  they 
may  be  more  easily  understood,  they  may  be  grouped 
under  six  heads : 

Opening  and  cleaning. 

Preparation  for  carding  and  spinning. 

Carding  and  spinning. 

Preparation  for  weaving. 

Weaving. 

Finishing. 

Opening  and  Cleaning.  When  the  cotton  reaches  the 
factory  it  is  much  tangled,  having  been  compressed  for 
some  time  in  the  bales.  It  also  contains  a  considerable 
amount  of  impurity — pieces  of  seeds,  leaves,  and  sticks, 
as  well  as  dust  and  dirt,  collected  on  the  way  to  the  fac- 
tory. The  first  thing  necessary  is  to  open  the  bales  and 
pull  this  cotton  apart.  The  tangled  mass  is  thrown  into 
a  large  hopper,  where  an  apron  covered  with  hooks  pulls 
it  apart.  It  is  sent  by  compressed  air  to  another  machine, 
where  the  process  is  continued  and  a  blast  of  air  blows 


COTTON  57 

out  the  loose  particles  of  leaves,  dust,  etc.  From  this, 
the  scutching  machine,  the  cotton  comes  out  in  a  thick 
carpet-like  lap,  which  must  be  of  uniform  thickness. 

Preparation  for  Carding  and  Spinning.  The  fiber 
for  medium  and  medium  fine  yarns  is  carded.  When  cot- 
ton yarn  was  manufactured  by  hand,  this  carding  con- 
sisted of  brushing  the  cotton  on  brushes  made  of  wire 
bristles  mounted  on  leather,  until  the  fibers  were  smooth 
and  parallel.  The  same  result  is  now  accomplished  by 
machinery,  large  cylinders  covered  with  short  bristles  re- 
volving in  contact  with  small  cylinders  likewise  covered 
with  bristles.  The  fiber  comes  out  from  this  treatment  in 
a  very  thin  sheet,  somewhat  irregular,  but  with  the  fibers 
in  a  more  or  less  parallel  position.  This  lap  is  condensed 
into  a  soft  rope  or  sliver  by  passing  through  a  funnel. 
To  make  the  slivers  even  and  the  fibers  more  parallel, 
several  processes  of  drawing  follow.  The  slivers  are 
doubled  several  times  and  then  drawn  out ;  each  time  the 
process  is  repeated  the  sliver  is  drawn  out  finer,  until  at 
last  the  ropes  are  even  and  small  enough  for  the  final 
process  of  spinning.  The  strands  from  different  stages 
in  drawing  are  known  as  sliver,  stubbing,  intermediate, 
and  roving. 

Spinning.  The  final  spinning  into  yarn  consists  of 
drawing  out  the  roving  strand  finer  and  giving  it  a  twist. 
Two-ply  yarn  is  made  by  twisting  together  two  yarns, 
three-ply,  three  yarns,  etc.  The  air  in  spinning  rooms 
should  be  moist  and  heated  to  70°  to  90°  F.  Cotton 
may  be  spun  on  a  frame  or  on  a  mule,  which  differ  as 
follows : 

In  the  ring  and  fly  frames,  series  of  rollers,  each  set 


58  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

revolving  faster  than  the  one  before,  draw  out  the  cotton 
strand.  The  twist  is  then  given  by  a  "flier,"  or  a  ring 
which  revolves  around  the  bobbin  and  also  feeds  the 
thread  to  the  bobbin.  The  mule  is  much  more  compli- 
cated. The  spools  of  roving  to  be  spun  and  the  drawing 
rollers  are  on  an  immovable  part  of  the  machine,  while 
the  spindles  are  on  a  carriage.  The  carriage  moves  away 
from  the  main  machine  as  the  thread  is  drawn  out  and 
twisted,  then  moves  back  as  the  thread  is  wound  on  the 
bobbins. 

The  mule  produces  a  yarn  of  greater  elasticity,  more 
uniform  twist,  and  is  used  for  best  grades  of  fine  yarn, 
although  the  frames  are  partially  replacing  the  mule 
because  they  are  cheaper  to  operate.  The  mule  requires 
more  space  and  more  skilled  labor  to  operate  it.  The  yarn 
from  the  spinning  machines  is  wound  on  cops  and  is 
ready  to  be  sent  to  the  dyer  or  to  the  weaver.  Some  kinds 
of  goods,  as  ginghams,  have  the  yarn  bleached  and  dyed 
before  weaving,  others  not  until  after  weaving.  Fancy 
yarns  are  made  by  combinations  of  different  colored  yarns, 
by  irregular  twisting,  and  by  various  other  methods. 

Preparation  for  Weaving.  In  order  that  warp  yarns 
may  hold  together  well,  be  more  compact,  and  not  rub 
fuzzy  in  weaving,  they  are  sized.  This  sizing  is  the 
immersion  of  the  yarns  in  a  solution  of  gums,  starches, 
etc.  Light  sizing,  ten  to  twenty-five  per  cent  of  the 
weight  of  the  yarn,  is  put  on  warps  which  are  to  be 
bleached  and  dyed  afterwards.  Medium  sizing,  twenty- 
five  to  fifty  per  cent,  is  put  on  to  the  warp  of  light  cloth 
which  is  to  be  sent  out  in  an  unfinished  state.  Heavy 
sizing,  fifty  to  one  hundred  per  cent,  is  used  on  the  warp 


COTTON  59 

of  coarse  fabrics,  as  linings  and  paddings ;  while  extra 
heavy,  one  hundred  per  cent  or  more,  is  rarely  used.  The 
materials  used  in  sizing  may  be  classed  under  four  heads. 

Adhesive  bodies  are  flour,  starch,  farina,  sago,  and 
dextrine.  These  also  are  weighting  bodies. 

Softening  bodies  are  palm  oil,  castor  oil,  cocoa  oil, 
olive  oil,  soaps,  etc. 

Weighting  bodies  are  china  clay,  magnesium  or  zinc 
chloride,  and  the  adhesive  bodies  given  above. 

Antiseptics,  zinc  chloride,  both  prevents  mildew  and 
is  a  weighting  body. 

Not  all  of  these  materials  are  used  in  one  sizing 
mixture,  but  all  four  classes  may  be  found  in  a  size 
which  is  to  be  left  on  the  cloth.  If  the  softening  body 
is  omitted  in  a  heavy  size,  the  yarn  is  too  harsh  for  weav- 
ing; if  the  magnesium  chloride  is  omitted,  the  fiber  is 
too  dry,  as  this  is  a  deliquescent  salt  and  is  necessary. 
If  the  zinc  chloride  is  left  out,  the  fabric  may  mildew  or 
decay  entirely. 

Warping  is  the  series  of  processes  by  which  the  warp 
is  put  into  the  warp  beam  which  goes  into  the  loom.  It 
consists  in  rewinding  threads  from  the  cops.  If  the  mate- 
rial is  to  be  striped,  the  threads  must  be  put  onto  the 
warp  beam  in  stripes  in  the  order  they  are  to  appear  in 
the  cloth.  Drawing  in  is  the  process  of  threading  the 
warp  through  the  harnesses  and  the  reed  of  the  loom. 
Up  to  the  present  time,  drawing  in  is  done  almost  entirely 
by  hand,  although  a  machine  has  been  invented  which 
ties  a  new  warp  onto  an  old  one  before  the  old  one  is 
drawn  out  of  the  loom,  thus  pulling  the  new  in  as  the 
old  is  drawn  out.  There  is  also  now  a  machine  to  draw 


6O  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

the  threads  through  the  harnesses,  by  which  the  work 
may  be  done  in  one-third  the  time  required  by  hand. 

Weaving.  The  designing  and  setting  up  a  warp  for 
a  figured  design  is  the  largest  part  of  the  work,  for,  once 
the  loom  is  ready,  the  shuttles  fly  back  and  forth,  chang- 
ing from  one  color  to  another  automatically.  The  reed 
beats  up  the  cloth,  and  if  a  warp  thread  breaks  a  ring 
drops  and  stops  the  machinery.  The  weaver  in  a  modern 
factory  tends  from  six  to  ten  looms,  and  only  needs 
watch  them  to  see  that  they  are  running  properly  and  to 
tie  a  thread  when  it  breaks. 

There  are  dozens  of  effects  produced  by  weave,  but 
all  combinations  may  be  traced  to  three  simple  foundation 
weaves.  In  the  plain  weave,  there  is  a  regular  interlac- 
ing of  warp  and  weft  as  in  darning.  In  the  twill  weave, 
the  weft  may  go  under  two  warp  threads,  then  over  two, 
and  so  on,  the  next  weft  taking  up  different  threads,  so 
that  the  effect  produced  will  be  a  diagonal  stripe.  In  the 
sateen  weave,  the  threads  are  so  arranged  that  only  one 
series,  either  warp  or  weft,  appears  on  the  surface,  the 
other  series  being  entirely  concealed. 

The  rib  weave  is  a  modification  of  the  plain  weave, 
in  which  a  heavy  stripe  is  produced  by  combining  two  or 
more  warp  threads.  The  basket  weave  is  produced  by 
weaving  both  warp  and  filling  with  two  threads  together. 

Finishing.  When  cotton  cloth  comes  from  the  loom, 
with  the  exception  of  coarse*  unbleached  muslins,  it  is 
by  no  means  ready  for  the  market.  If  the  yarn  has  been 
bleached  and  dyed  before  weaving,  then  the  cloth  must 
be  inspected,  mended  if  necessary,  knots  cut  off,  and  the 
fuzzy  ends  singed  off  from  the  surface  by  passing  rapidly 


COTTON  6 1 

through  a  gas  flame.  It  must  then  be  soaped  and  washed, 
starched,  and  finished  by  heavy  pressing  in  a  mangle  or 
by  a  calender.  The  calender  is  a  heavy  pressing  machine 
used  to  give  smoothness  and  luster.  A  variety  of  finishes 
may  be  produced  by  the  calender,  the  construction  of  the 
rolls  through  which  the  cloth  passes,  the  pressure,  the 
friction,  the  temperature,  and  the  starch,  all  having  their 
part  in  determining  the  finish.  Winding  and  measuring 
finally  prepare  the  cloth  for  market. 

Cotton  which  goes  to  the  market  in  the  "brown" 
state  goes  through  but  one  process  of  finishing,  namely, 
brushing.  The  brushing  machine  is  a  combination  of 
emery  rolls,  card  rolls,  and  beaters,  which  remove  the 
motes,  knots,  nubs,  lint,  dirt,  etc.,  from  the  cloth. 

If  the  yarn  has  not  been  bleached  and  dyed  before 
weaving,  this  is  done  before  starching  and  pressing  the 
finished  cloth. 

Printing  is  the  process  of  stamping  a  design  on  the 
surface  of  the  cloth,  or  on  the  warp,  before  weaving. 
The  processes  of  bleaching,  dyeing,  and  printing  will  be 
described  in  a  separate  chapter.  Printing  is  used  for  the 
production  of  calicoes,  percales,  dimities,  organdies,  and 
many  other  figured  cotton  cloths.  Dyeing  in  the  yarn 
is  used  for  ginghams,  and  dyeing  in  the  piece  may  be 
used  forv  materials  which  are  a  solid  color  in  the  finished 
state. 

This  is  but  a  brief  sketch  of  the  processes  in  the 
manufacture  of  a  plain  piece  of  cotton  cloth.  Corduroys, 
crepes,  flannelettes,  and  dozens  of  other  kinds  of  material 
are  much  more  complicated  in  weave  and  finish.  Further 
particulars  may  be  had  by  consulting  reference  books,  if 


62 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


it  is  not  possible  to  visit  mills,  where  the  process  may 
be  much  more  easily  understood. 

It  will  readily  be  seen  that  because  of  the  cheapness 
of  the  cotton  fiber  it  will  not  be  adulterated  with  woolen, 
silk,  or  linen;  jute  and  hemp,  while  cheap,  are  not  suit- 
able for  such  adulteration.  The  points  which  the  buyer 
must  consider  are  the  adulteration  with  starch,  the  finish 
which  may  wash  ofif,  and  the  color,  design,  and  quality 
of  the  material. 


FIG.  19.  —  MERCERIZED  COTTON  FIBERS 

Mercerized  Cotton  is  a  comparatively  recent  product 
put  upon  the  market.  In  1844,  John  Mercer  discovered 
that  by  treating  the  cotton  fiber  first  with  alkali,  then 
tension  and  rinsing  with  water,  the  fiber  swelled, 
straightened  out,  and  gained  much  in  luster:  it  also 
gained  something  in  strength  and  m  its  power  to  absorb 
dyes.  It  is  only  within  the  last  fifteen  years  or  so  that 
this  process  has  been  used  commercially,  but  the  manu- 
facture of  mercerized  cotton  is  now  a  very  important 
part  of  the  cotton  industry. 

Caustic    soda    is    the    alkali    used,    and   the    process 


COTTON  f)3 

should  be  carried  on  away  from  the  air,  either  at  room 
temperature  or  artificially  cooled.  The  tension  may  be 
applied  during  the  treatment  with  alkali  or  later,  but 
must  be  applied  when  the  cotton  is  rinsed,  otherwise  the 
fiber  shrinks  and  becomes  transversely  wrinkled.  The 
physical  change  is  merely  straightening  the  twist  of  the 
cotton  and  swelling  the  fiber  so  that  it  becomes  very 
smooth  and  reflects  light,  thus  giving  it  luster.  Th~ 
chemical  change  is  first  from  cellulose  to  alkali  cellulose, 
then  to  cellulose  hydrate.  The  mercerization  is  lasting, 
and  is  not  removed  by  washing.  An  artificial  luster 
may  be  obtained  by  heavy  calendering,  but  this  is  not 
lasting.  Mercerization  may  be  accomplished  in  the  yarn 
or  in  the  woven  cloth.  It  is  probably  more  complete 
when  done  in  the  yarn,  because  of  more  even  tension. 

Mercerized  cotton  should  command  a  higher  price 
than  ordinary  cotton  because  it  has  an  increased  value 
and  is  more  expensive  to  produce ;  therefore  one  should 
be  sure  that  cotton  is  really  mercerized  and  not  merely 
calendered  to  give  it  the  appearance  of  mercerized  cotton. 
The  use  of  mercerizing  has  broadened  the  field  of  use- 
fulness of  cotton  and  added  new  materials  of  increased 
beauty  and  serviceability  to  the  many  varieties  of  cotton 
cloth  already  on  the  market. 

REFERENCES 
Barker,  A.  F.    Textiles. 
Batchelder,  S.    Cotton  Manufacture. 
Bowman,  Fred  H.    Structure  of  the  Cotton  Fiber. 
Brooks,  C.  P.    Cotton. 
Chapman,  S.  J.    The  Cotton  Industry  and  Trade. 


64  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Cotton  Plant,  The.  Bulletin  33,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture. Office  of  Experiment  Stations,  Washington, 
District  of  Columbia. 

Dana,  W.    Cotton  from  Seed  to  Loom. 

Marsden,  R.    Cotton  Spinning. 

•Marsden,  R.    Cotton  Weaving. 

Matthews,  J.  M.    Textile  Fibres. 

Posselt,  E.  A.  Wool,  Cotton,  Silk,  from  Fibre  to  Fin- 
ished Fabric. 

Thompson,  Holland.  From  the  Cotton  Field  to  the  Cot- 
ton Mill. 

Wilkinson,  F.    Story  of  the  Cotton  Plant. 


•' 


CHAPTER:  v 

WOOL 

ORIGIN.  The  most  important  fiber  of  animal  origin 
is  the  wool  of  the  domestic  sheep.  There  are  many 
animals  whose  hairy  coverings  are  used  for  textile  fab- 
rics>  but  the  sheep  furnishes  the  most  typical  wool  fiber. 
The  alpaca,  vicuna,  llama,  camel,  angora  goat,  are  some 
of  the  other  animals  which  produce  valuable  fibers.  To 
these  may  be  added  the  rabbit,  beaver,  and  other  fur- 
bearing  animals. 

History.  The  use  of  wool  for  spinning  and  weaving 
reaches  far  back  into  prehistoric  times.  Just  when  or 
how  man  discovered  the  possibility  of  spinning  we  do 
not  know.  The  bones  of  the  sheep  are  often  found  with 
the  bones  of  prehistoric  man,  showing  that  it  was  early 
a  domestic  animal ;  and  it  seems  probable  that  because  of 
its  easy  adaptability  to  spinning,  wool  was  the  first  fiber 
so  used.  Also,  because  man  doubtless  used  the  skins  of 
animals  for  clothing,  the  matting  of  the  fibers  on  the  pelt 
might  well  have  suggested  the  use  of  the  fibers  without 
the  skin.  Certain  authorities,  however,  hold  that  wool 
spinning  began  with  the  Egyptians,  and  that  they  first 
spun  flax;  therefore,  when  they  began  to  spin  wool  af- 
ter the  manner  of  flax  they  produced  the  smooth,  even 
thread  later  known  as  worsted,  rather  than  the  fuzzy 
thread  of  woolen.  The  Egyptians  perhaps  used  flax 
first,  but  this  would  not  seem  to  prove  that  all  races  did ; 

65 


66  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

nor  can  it  be  proved  that  the  Egyptians  were  the  first 
people  to  spin  wool,  although  as  far  as  can  be  discov- 
ered the  textile  arts  reached  in  Egypt  the  highest  devel- 
opment at  so  early  a  period. 

Sheep  belong  to  the  order  Ruminantia,  class  Ovidae, 
and  there  are  many  varieties.  Cultivation  has  improved 
the  character  of  the  fiber,  which  is  of  two  kinds :  true 
wool,  which  is  soft  and  curly;  and  hair,  usually  longer 
and  stiff.  The  distinction  between  wool  and  hair  and 
the  different  kinds  of  wool  will  be  discussed  more  ftilly 
later. 

Sheep  are  indigenous  to  almost  all  parts  of  the  world, 
and  the  spinning  of  woolen  yarn  has  been  carried  on  by 
primitive  people  in  a  great  many  different  countries.  In 
history  we  find  mention  of  the  woolen  industry  from 
earliest  Bible  times.  "The  oldest  authentic  references 
available  to  us  in  regard  to  spinning  and  weaving  are 
those  in  the  Book  of  Job  and  in  the  Book  of  Exodus, 
which  date  from  about  1600  years  B.C."  1 

Pure  white  wool  formed  part  of  the  commerce  of 
Tyre,  where  it  was  dyed  purple.  White  wool  formed 
the  tunic  and  the  toga,  as  well  as  other  garments,  of  the 
Roman,  and  many  of  the  beautiful  tapestries  of  the 
Middle  Ages  were  of  woolen  yarn.  The  growth  of  the 
industry  was  gradual  throughout  the  world  up  to  the 
time  of  the  Industrial  Revolution,  in  the  last  half  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  The  history  of  the  development  of 
the  woolen  industry  and  trade  and  of  the  machines  in- 
vented for  handling  it  is  a  long  one,  and  has  been  writ- 
ten many  times. 

1  Priestman.    Principles  of  Woolen  Spinning,  p.  2. 


WOOL  67 

Distribution  of  the  Industry.  At  the  present  time 
wool  is  raised  in  almost  every  country  in  the  .world,  al- 
though grown  only  in  small  amounts  in  some  countries. 
Australia,  Argentina,  and  the  United  States  lead  in  wool 
production,  while  Russia,  New  Zealand,  the  United  King- 
dom, the  Ottoman  Empire,1  and  other  countries  follow. 
Although  it  is  possible  to  raise  wool  in  most  climates  or 
on  almost  any  soil,  the  quality  of  the  fleece  is  affected 
by  these  conditions,  and  better  wool  is  produced  in  some 
regions  than  in  others. 

Varieties.  As  has  already  been  said,  there  are  many 
kinds  of  wool,  differing  according  to  breed,  climate,  food, 
care,  soil,  and  the  health  of  the  animal.  Differences  in 
some  of  these  factors  produce  great  differences  in  the 
same  breed  of  sheep,  or  other  differences  produce  great 
variation  under  the  same  climatic  conditions.  For  cen- 
turies the  Spanish  Merino  produced  the  finest  wool,  and 
so  jealous  were  the  Spanish  people  of  their  supremacy 
in  wool  that  a  law  prohibited  the  exportation  of  Merino 
sheep  from  the  country.  In  1550  some  sheep  were  taken 
to  Peru  and  thence  to  the  Argentine  Republic,  but  they 
deteriorated;  between  1760  and  1840  Merino  sheep  were 
carried  to  the  other  countries  of  Europe. 

Australia  has  proved  one  of  the  best  countries  for 
the  production  of  a  fine,  crimpy  wool.  There  the  Span- 
ish Merino  has  been  crossed  with  English  breeds.  By 
careful  selection  and  cultivation  great  changes  may  be 
made  in  the  character  of  the  wool.  The  wild  sheep  in 
mountainous  regions  usually  have  a  great  deal  of  coarse 

1  According  to  Report  of  the  United  States  Tariff  Board,  based 
on  1909  statistics. 


68 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


hair  mixed  with  the  wool,  while  the  most  improved  vari- 
eties on  pasture  land  have  practically  no  hair.  The 
amount  of  imperfectly  developed  wool  is  also  greater  in 
uncultivated  sheep. 

Marked  difference  is  found  in  the  qualities  of  wool 
from  the  same  fleece.  The  fiber  from  about  the  hind 
legs  and  tail  is  coarse,  strong,  and  frequently  dirty ;  the 


FIG.  20.  —  GRADES  OF  WOOL 

A.  Best  quality  wool  B.  Second  quality  C.  Poorest  wool 

neck  has  short  wool,  but  fine,  and  there  is  apt  to  be 
poorly  developed  wool  here;  on  the  lower  part  of  the 
neck,  in  front  of  the  legs,  the  wool  is  worn ;  and  low 
down,  near  the  legs,  it  is  especially  bad,  since  it  is  usu- 
ally mixed  with  hair.  The  shoulders  and  sides  furnish 
the  best  grade  of  wool,  while  that  of  the  back  is  some- 
what inferior.  (See  Figure  20.)  There  is  greater  vari- 
ation on  some  sheep  than  on  others,  and  the  best  qual- 


WOOL  69 

ity  of  one  breed  may  be  much  better  than  the  best 
quality  of  another  breed. 

Cultivation.  The  cultivation  of  sheep  for  wool  con- 
sists in  keeping  the  animal  in  the  most  healthy  condition 
possible,  in  careful  breeding,  and  in  shelter  from  the 
worst  rainstorms.  Care  must  be  exercised  to  protect 
the  sheep  from  parasites,  or  they  must  be  dipped  with 
preparations  which  destroy  the  parasite.  The  sheep  must 
also  be  kept  as  free  as  possible  from  burrs  and  other 
vegetable  matter,  which  decrease  the  value  of  the  wool. 

Importance  of  the  Industry.  Among  textile  indus- 
tries, wool  is  second  only  to  cotton  in  importance.  Be- 
fore the  Industrial  Revolution  wool  was  most  important, 
but  the  ease  of  preparation  of  cotton  by  machinery  and 
the  cheapness  of  production  have  placed  it  in  the  front 
rank.  In  the  United  States  wool  manufacture,  as  well 
as  wool  culture,  is  an  important  industry,  but  a  large 
amount  of  raw  material,  cloth  and  yarns,  is  annually 
imported.  The  manufacture  is  largely  concentrated  in 
the  New  England  and  Middle  Atlantic  states,  especially 
in  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Eastern  Pennsyl- 
vania, although  there  are  many  mills  in  other  parts  of 
the  country. 

Chemical  Structure  and  Properties.  Turning  to  the 
study  of  the  individual  fiber,  we  find  that  it  has  very 
important  physical  and  chemical  properties,  which  play 
a  large  part  in  determining  how  it  is  to  be  treated  in 
manufacture. 

Chemically  wool  is  a  protein  substance,  composed  of 
carbon,  hydrogen,  oxygen,  sulphur,  nitrogen,  and  phos- 
phorus. Nitrogen  may  be  detected  by  charring  wool 


7O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

with  caustic  potash,  when  an  odor  of  ammonia  is  given 
off.  When  distilled  by  itself,  hydrogen  sulphide  may  be 
detected  in  the  fumes. 

In  raw  wool  there  is  a  large  percentage  of  for- 
eign substance,  dirt,  and  products  secreted  by  the  skin 
of  the  animal.  The  natural  oil  secreted  keeps  the  fiber 
in  a  soft  condition,  and  must  not  be  entirely  removed 
before  manufacture.  Different  compositions  are  given 
for  raw  wools,  the  impurities  varying  from  fifty  to  eighty 
per  cent  of  the  weight  of  the  fleece. 

Matthews  classifies  these  impurities  as  follows:1 

a.  Grease  or  wool  fat. 

b.  Suint  or  dried-up  perspiration. 

c.  Dirt,  consisting  of  dust,  sand,  burrs,  etc. 

Suint,  or  yolk,  is  a  secretion  from  the  skin  of  the 
sheep ;  it  is  soluble  in  water  and  contains  potash  salts  of 
fatty  acids.  This  suint  coats  the  fibers  when  they  are 
on  the  back  of  the  animal,  and  prevents  them  from  felt- 
ing. It  also  keeps  them  soft  after  shearing. 

Strong  alkali  removes  all  oil,  making  the  wool  harsh, 
and  also  destroys  the  fiber  if  its  action  is  allowed  to 
proceed  far  enough.  Five  per  cent  caustic  soda  dis- 
solves wool  at  boiling  temperature  in  ten  minutes.  On 
the  other  hand,  dilute  mineral  acids  have  no  injurious 
effect,  and  the  most  concentrated  acids  dissolve  wool 
only  when  heated. 

It  is  possible  to  mercerize  wool  with  caustic  alkali, 
and  the  mercerization  is  more  effective  if  glycerol  is 
present.  The  wool  becomes  strong  and  more  lustrous, 
both  qualities  probably  being  due  to  the  fusion  of  the 

laboratory  Manual  of  Dyeing  and  Textile  Chemistry,  p.   15. 


WOOL  71 

scales  on  the  surface  of  the  fibers,  which  present  a  more 
continuous  reflecting  surface  and  are  not  so  easily  pulled 
apart'.  Mercerized  wool  is  not  used  much  for  commer- 
cial purposes.  An  increased  luster  may  be  given  to  wool 
by  the  action  of  chlorine,  a  process  that  is  used  com- 
mercially. Both  these  changes  increase  the  affinity  of 
the  fiber  for  dyestuffs  and  also  destroy  the  felting  prop- 
erty. Novel  effects  are  produced  in  cloth  by  the  com- 
bination of  chlorinated  with  unchlorinated  wool,  the  two 
differing  in  the  amount  of  dye  taken  up  and  also  in 
the  amount  of  shrinking  and  felting. 

Lime  has  a  deleterious  effect  on  wool,  making  it 
harsh  and  brittle.  Therefore,  when  wool  is  pulled  from 
the  skins  of  dead  animals,  as  is  sometimes  the  case,  lime 
being  put  on  the  back  of  the  skin  to  loosen  the  wool, 
great  care  must  be  taken  that  no,  lime  remains  in  the 
wool. 

Water  at  130°  C.  under  pressure  disorganizes  the 
fiber,  and  at  a  higher  temperature  dissolves  it  completely. 

Wool  is  bleached  with  the  fumes  of  sulphur  or  with 
hydrogen  peroxide.  The  latter  process  is,  however,  too 
expensive  for  wide  application.  The  affinity  of  the  ani- 
mal fibers  for  dyestuffs  is  much  greater  than  that  of  the 
vegetable  fibers.  Wool  may  be  dyed  in  many  dyestuffs 
without  the  use  of  an  assistant,  and  the  color  is  quite 
lasting. 

Physical  Structure  and  Properties.  Physically  the 
wool  fiber  is  a  complex  arrangement  of  cells.  An  inner 
or  medullary  layer,  containing  the  natural  pigment,  may 
or  may  not  be  present ;  in  highest  bred,  pure  white  wool 
they  are  lacking.  The  cortical  layer  gives  the  fiber  its 


72  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

strength  and  also  absorbs  dyestuffs,  while  the  outside 
layer*  of  horny  scales,  generally  overlapping  each  other 
and  projecting  out  from  the  surface  of  the  fiber  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent,  gives  it  that  characteristic  pecul- 
iar to  wool,  the  property  which  the  fibers  have  of  felt- 
ing together,  so  that  cloth  may  be  made  without  spinning 
or  weaving.  These  serrations  produced  on  the  surface 
of  the  fiber  hook  into  each  other,  especially  when  the 
fiber  is  warm  and  moist  and  the  scales  open  more ;  then 
when  dry  again  they  hold  fast  together.  To  this  prop- 
erty the  shrinking  of  wool  is  also  due. 

The  difference  between  hair  and  wool  is  largely  in 
this  layer  of  horny  scales.  On  hair  they  are  much  less 
marked,  and  often  do  not  project  at  all  at  the  edges. 
The  internal  structure  of  the  two  varies  so  in  different 
varieties  of  each  that  it  is  hard  to  make  a  distinction ; 
in  fact,  some  wools  are  so  similar  to  hairs  that  it  is 
difficult  to  distinguish  between  the  two. 

Between  hair  and  wool  are  a  number  of  fibers  vary- 
ing in  the  number  of  scales  and  the  amount  of  projec- 
tion. Among  these  are  alpaca,  llama,  camel,  and  others 
already  mentioned.  The  distinction  is  sometimes  made 
that  hair  is  straight  and  wool  is  curly,  or  that  hair  is 
stiffer  than  wool ;  but  here  again  the  difference  is  some- 
times greater  between  the  extremes  of  wool  or  the  ex- 
tremes of  hairs  than  between  a  given  wool  and  a  given 
hair. 

The  microscopic  structure  of  the  wool  fiber  serves 
to  distinguish  it  from  all  other  textile  fibers,  as  well  as 
to  distinguish  the  different  kinds  of  wool  from  each 
other. 


WOOL  73 

The  amount  of  luster  which  wool  has  also  depends 
on  the  scales.  If  the  edges  of  the  scales  are  rough 
and  uneven,  the  fiber  as  a  whole  will  not  be  as  smooth 
and  lustrous  as  a  fiber  in  which  the  scales  are  more 
regular  and  reflect  the  light  evenly.  The  fiber  from  the 
Angora  goat,  which  has  less  prominent  scales,  has 
greater  luster  than  the  wool  from  most  sheep,  but 
there  is  also  great  variation  in  different  breeds  of 
sheep. 

In  certain  classes  of  sheep,  or  on  fleeces  which  have 
had  very  hard  wear,  fibers  often  lack  part  of  this  sur- 
face layer  of  cells,  are  irregular  in  size  or  even  may 
be  bent  at  an  angle,  lack  strength,  and  are  therefore 
not  as  valuable  as  the  perfect  fibers.  They  lack  luster 
usually,  cause  trouble  in  manufacture,  and  do  not  al- 
ways take  dye,  and  so  make  a  streak  in  the  finished 
cloth.  These  fibers  are  called  kemps. 

In  tensile  strength  and  elasticity  wool  fibers  vary 
greatly.  The  structure  of  the  fiber  makes  it  elastic  and 
also  gives  it  strength.  The  kinky  nature  of  the  wool 
also  makes  it  elastic.  In  its  hygroscopic  property,  or 
power  to  absorb  water,  wool  stands  first  among  fibers, 
being  able  to  absorb  within  itself  as  much  as  fifty  per  cent 
of  water  without  appearing  wet,  although  the  average 
amount  of  moisture  absorbed  is  twelve  to  fourteen  per 
cent.  In  European  and  English  markets  sixteen  to  nine- 
teen per  cent  of  water  is  usually  allowed  in  wool.  This 
percentage  varies  with  the  form  of  the  wool,  whether 
loose,  combed,  yarns,  etc.  The  price  is  regulated  accord- 
ing to  the  percentage  of  water.  So  important  is  this. per- 
centage of  water  to  the  buyer  that  there  are  condition- 


74  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

ing  houses  whose  business  it  is  to  determine  the  amount 
of  water  in  samples  of  wool. 

Preparation  for  Market.  The  woolgrower,  when 
the  proper  season  of  the  year  has  arrived,  gathers  his 
flocks  for  shearing.  The  time  varies  in  different  cli- 
mates, but  is  in  the  spring  when  the  sheep  no  longer 
needs  its  wool  for  warmth.  Different  practices  are  em- 
ployed in  shearing;  sometimes  the  sheep  are  washed 
in  a  running  stream  and  then  shut  in  a  pen  until 
they  are  thoroughly  dried,  or  turned  onto  clean  grass 
or  straw,  but  more  often  they  are  not  washed  at  all. 
The  manufacturer  often  prefers  unwashed  pelts,  because 
washing  removes  the  suint;  and  unless  the  sheep  are 
allowed  to  run  fong  enough  after  the  process  to  excrete 
more  of  this  substance,  the  wool  becomes  harsh.  There 
is  also  danger  of  felting  the  wool  if  there  is  any  rub- 
bing ;  therefore  washing  in  running  water  is  better  than 
any  other,  since  it  carries  off  the  dirt  more  easily  and 
provides  a  constant  supply  of  clear  water. 

Shearing  consists  in  removing  with  shears  the  en- 
tire fleece  of  the  sheep  in  one  continuous  sheet.  Often 
the  shearing  is  done  by  a  machine,  which  gives  rather 
better  results  than  hand  shearing,  as  it  is  more  even. 
The  pelt  or  fleece  from  each  sheep  is  rolled  into  a  com- 
pact bundle,  and  here  again  care  must  be  taken  that  no 
dirt  or  vegetable  matter  is  rolled  up  with  the  wool.  The 
sheep  should  be  sheared  in  a  place  free  from  straw,  and 
no  vegetable  fiber  cord  should  be  used  in  tying  the  bun- 
dles, as  it  may  become  mixed  with  the  wool  and  cause 
difficulty  later.  The  single  fleeces  are  combined  into  bags 
or  bales  and  sent  to  market. 


WOOL  75 

Points  in  Buying.  In  buying  wool  the  following 
points  are  among  those  considered :  fineness,  evenness, 
quality  of  scale,  color,  strength,  length,  softness,  and 
amount  of  moisture. 

Sorting.  The  first  process  after  the  wool  reaches 
the  manufacturer  is  opening  and  sorting  the  bales  of 
fleeces.  The  task  of  the  woolsorter  is  not  the  most 
pleasant.  In  the  first  place  the  fleeces  are  very  dirty 
and  odorous  and,  more  serious  still,  often  contain  an- 
thrax germs,  which  produce  the  disease  commonly 
known  as  woolsorter's  disease,  with  sometimes  fatal  re- 
sults. To  lessen  the  danger  of  contracting  anthrax  the 
best  factories  provide  screens  on  the  top  of  a  duct, 
through  which  air  is  sucked.  The  expert  woolsorter  un- 
rolls his  fleece  on  top  of  this  screen.  The  dust  and 
germs  are  drawn  down  together  as  he  rapidly  separates 
the  wool  into  the  different  grades,  putting  each  grade 
into  a  basket  provided  for  it. 

Scouring.  The  wool  must  next  be  freed  from  the 
large  percentage  of  different  impurities  present.  Dirt 
and  animal  matter  from  the  ground,  vegetable  matter, 
burrs,  leaves,  sticks,  etc.,  and  the  various  excretions  of 
the  skin  of  the  sheep  are  matted  into  the  fleece.  Several 
processes  are  necessary  to  remove  these  different  impu- 
rities. First,  the  wool  is  washed.  This  opens  the  little 
scales  of  the  woolen  fibers,  and  allows  them  to  shake 
apart  and  spread  out.  Hot  water  makes  the  wool  harsh, 
so  a  moderate  temperature  must  be  maintained.  Soap 
is  used  to  remove  the  grease  and  dirt,  but  here  again 
care  must  be  used,  for  strong  free  alkali  injures  the 
wool.  The  alkaline  carbonates  seem  to  be  best  suited 


76  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

for  scouring,  as  at  moderate  temperatures  they  do  not 
appear  to  harm  the  wool. 

Soft  water  is  necessary  for  successful  washing,  and 
if  only  hard  water  is  attainable  it  must  be  softened  or 
have  the  lime  precipitated  by  caustic  soda.  A  soft  pot- 
ash soap '  should  then  be  used,  and  in  the  last  waters 
this  soap  should  be  neutral. 

The  wool  is  washed  by  being  moved  slowly  through 
long  troughs  containing  the  water,  soap,  and  carbonate. 
It  is  then  squeezed  through  rollers. 

The  wash  water  contains  valuable  potash  from  the 
suint  of  the  wool,  and  also  oil  and  other  substances, 
which  are  extracted  for  fertilizer  and  various  purposes. 

Drying.  The  wool  must  next  be  dried.  Here  again 
care  must  be  used.  Wool  dried  by  artificial  heat  too 
rapidly  is  harsh.  The  best  methods  are  either  to  lay  the 
wool  on  a  netting  and  blow  heated  air  up  through  it 
or,  better  still,  to  dry  it  in  a  hydro-extractor,  which,  re- 
volving at  a  high  speed,  forces  the  water  out  at  the 
sides.- 

Carbonization  is  the  process  used  to  remove  the 
vegetable  impurities  which  do  not  come  out  in  the 
scouring.  These  burrs,  etc.,  stick  so  closely  to  the  wool 
that  the  best  method  for  removing  them  seems  to  be  to 
destroy  the  vegetable  matter  completely  by  a  chemical 
which  does  not  harm  the  wool.  Ordinarily  the  wool  is 
saturated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  which  is  then  dried. 
The  drying  process  removes  the  water  from  the  acid, 
which  then  takes  up  the  water  of  the  vegetable  matter, 
thus  disintegrating  it.  As  the  burrs,  etc.,  then  fall  to 
pieces,  a  dusting  process  removes  the  pieces;  the  wash- 


WOOL  77 

ing  which  the  wool  must  undergo  to  remove  the  acid 
also  removes  the  burrs. 

The  burring  machine  sometimes  removes  the  burrs 
by  a  mechanical  process,  but  this  is  not  so  satisfactory 
as  carbonization. 

When  the  wool  has  been  washed  thoroughly,  dried, 
and  carbonized,  so  much  of  the  natural  oil  has  been  re- 
moved that  if  it  is  to  be  soft  some  oil  must  be  returned 
before  the  succeeding  processes  are  carried  on.  The 
best  grades  of  oil  are  used  for  wool  to  be  made  into 
worsted  yarns,  as  the  oil  remains  in  them  longer;  in 
woolen,  however,  it  is  all  washed  out  in  the  milling 
processes ;  therefore  cheaper  oils  may  be  used.  The 
wool  has  now  been  converted  from  a  dirty,  oily,  com- 
pact mass  into  a  loose,  fluffy,  white  pile,  with  compara- 
tively little  impurity,  although  still  much  tangled.  The 
next  step  must  be  to  convert  this  tangled  mass  into 
even,  fine  threads.  Here  the  process  is  divided,  first, 
into  the  making  of  woolen  yarn;  second,  into  the  mak- 
ing of  worsted  yarn. 

Woolen  and  Worsted.  Various  distinctions  are 
given  between  these  two  yarns ;  viz.,  that  woolen  is  made 
from  short  wool  and  wrorsted  from  long  wool,  and  that 
woolen  is  carded  and  worsted  combed.  While  both  these 
statements  are  to  a  certain  extent  true,  the  real  dis- 
tinction lies  in  the  fact  that  woolen  thread  has  is  fibers 
running  in  many  directions,  more  or  less  tangled,  while 
worsted  thread  has  its  fibers  quite  parallel.  Since 
woolen  cloths  are  quite  largely  felted,  this  crisscross- 
ing in  every  direction  leaves  many  loose  ends  of  fibers 
exposed  on  the  surface  to  mat  together  and  form  a 


WOOL 


79 


compact  material.  Worsted,  on  the  other  hand,  usually 
shows  the  threads  of  the  weave,  and  therefore  needs 
to  have  the  ends  of  the  threads  held  in  place,  so  not  to 
produce  a  felted  or  rough  surface.  The  short  fibers 
seem  best  suited  for  woolen  and  the  longer  fibers  for 
worsted.  The  processes  used  to  bring  about  these  two 
results  are  quite  different. 


FIG.  22. —  PROCESS  IN  WOOLEN  MANUFACTURE 

A.  Wool  from  sheep's  back  B.  Scoured  wool  C.  Dyed  in  raw  state 

D,  E.  Carded  F.  Spun 

Woolen  Yarns.  In  making  woolen  yarn,  the  fewest 
processes  by  which  it  is  possible  to  get  the  fiber  into  the 
form  of  yarn  are  used.  There  are,  perhaps,  two  sets 
of  carding  machines;  and  as  the  sliver  from  the  first 
card  is  fed  into  the  second  it  is  fed  sidewise,  thus  keep- 
ing the  fibers  more  entangled  than  if  it  .was  put  in 
lengthwise.  The  second  carder  feeds  to  the  condenser, 
which  delivers  a  soft,  small  rope  ready  to  be  spun.  The 
principle  of  the  wool-carding  machine  is  like  that  of  the 
cotton  card;  series  of  bristles  mounted  in  rollers  and 


8O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

leathern  aprons  brush  the  fibers  out  smooth  and  some- 
what parallel,  and  form  them  into  a  thin  sheet.  The  con- 
denser takes  the  sheet  from  the  last  card  and  separates 
it  into  a  number  of  small  rovings  or  ropes,  ready  for  the 
mule  spinner. 

Spinning.  The  mule  is  especially  suited  to  spinning 
woolen.  In  it  the  thread  is  drawn  out  to  a  distance  of 
about  two  yards,  the  revolving  bobbin  twists  it,  then  the 
thread  is  wound  on  the  bobbin. 

Fancy  Yarns.  Different  sorts  of  fancy  woolen  yarns 
may  be  made  by  twisting  two  yarns  together  or  by  wind- 
ing one  yarn  irregularly  about  another,  and  by  other 
methods.  Colors  may  be  varied  by  dyeing  the  wool  be- 
fore it  is  carded,  or  by  mixing  different  colored  wools 
before  they  are  carded,  large,  thin  sheets  of  one  color 
being  spread  on  top  of  another,  sprinkled  with  oil,  and 
then  the  whole  put  through  the  carding  machines.  Ir- 
regular twists  or  combinations  of  cotton  or  silk,  twisted 
with  wool,  give  variety  in  yarn. 

Worsted  Yarns.  As  has  been  said,  in  worsted  thread 
all  the  fibers  are  laid  as  nearly  parallel  as  possible : 
therefore,  all  the  processes  in  its  preparation  for  spin- 
ning have  as  their  object  this  straightening  out  of  the 
fibers.  Not  all  worsteds  are  alike,  but  are  usually  di- 
vided into  three  classes,  the  first  and  finest  class  requir- 
ing most  processes  and  being  most  parallel,  the  next 
not  quite  so  even,  and  the  third  class  of  carpet  yarns 
being  least  parallel. 

The  processes  by  which  the  desired  results  are  ob- 
tained vary  with  different  wools.  Short  wools  are 
carded,  as  for  woolen  yarns,  care  being  used  to  place  the 


WOOL 


81 


fibers  as  much  in  one  direction  as  possible.  The  speed 
of  the  cards  must  be  regulated  to  prevent-  tearing  the 
wool,  and  when  the  process  is  complete  the  wool  is  re- 
moved from  the  card  in  a  soft,  untwisted  rope,  similar 


™  H 

IffXJ*.^ 


FIG.  23. —  PROCESS  IN  WORSTED  MANUFACTURE 

1.  Unwashed  wool  2.  Scoured  and  picked  3.  Carded 

4-7.  Combed 


2.  Scoured  and  picked 

8-18.  Stages  of  drawi 


to  the  sliver  from  the  cotton  card.  Another  preparatory 
process,  and  the  one  commonly  used  for  long  wools,  con- 
sists in  passing  through  a  set  of  gill  boxes,  whose  func- 
tion is  as  follows:  "Their  task  is  to  comb  and  straighten 
out  the  wool  without  definitely  removing  the  short  fi- 
bers, and  their  working  parts  are  fairly  simple.  There 
are  two  pairs  of  horizontal  rollers,  and  between  them  a 
number  of  actual  combs,  their  teeth  in  a  vertical  posi- 
tion. The  trade  does  not  use  the  word  comb  in  this 


82  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

connection,  but  it  applies  strictly.  Faller  is  the  technical 
term,  a  word  which  describes  the  motion  rather  than 
the  character  of  these  combs,  for  each  in  turn  moves 
forward  along  a  pair  of  screws,  with  and  through  the 
wool,  falls  as  it  reaches  the  second  pair  of  rollers,  is 
carried  back  on  a  low  level  pair  of  screws,  raised  by  a 
lever  to  its  former  position,  and  so  da  capo.  Before 
entering  the  first  pair  of  rollers  the  locks  of  wool  are 
laid  parallel  and  roughly  straightened  by  hand.  As  the 
fallers  move  faster  than  the  front  rollers,  and  the  back 
rollers  faster  than  the  fallers,  the  wool  is  at  the  same 
time  dragged  straight  and  combed  straight.  The  boxes 
are  of  course  graduated:  in  the  first  there  may  be  two 
pins  to  an  inch  on  the  fallers;  the  last  has  fourteen  to 
sixteen.  Long  wool  usually  goes  through  half  a  dozen 
boxes,  is  then  washed,  oiled  again,  and  put  through  at 
least  two  more  boxes  before  it  is  sent  to  be  combed,  in 
the  technical  sense  of  the  word.  The  slivers  are  joined 
together  and  drawn  out,  finer  than  before,  again  and 
again  during  the  process,  so  that  the  last  sliver  of  all 
is  sure  to  be  uniform  in  structure  from  end  to  end." 

It  is  difficult  to  understand  these  different  operations 
without  having  the  machine  before  one,  but  the  whole 
principle  of  the  gill  boxes  is  to  comb  the  threads  niore 
and  more  parallel,  to  draw  them  out  into  more  even 
strands. 

The  combing  proper  which  follows,  besides  completing 
this  process  of  straightening,  removes  the  short  fibers, 
or,  as  is  usually  stated,  separates  the  long  fibers,  or 
"tops,"  from  the  short  ones,  or  "noil."  The  combing 

^lapham.    The  Woolen  and  Worsted  Industries,  p.  39. 


WOOL  83 

machine  is  a  very\complicated  one,  and  no  effort  will 
be  made  here  to  describe  it.  The  fibers  are  caught  in 
the  teeth  of  a  revolving  circle  of  metal,  from  which 
they  are  removed  by  rollers  set  too  far  apart  to  catch 
the  short  fibers  which  drop  out.  The  comb  is  heated, 
since  the  wool  seems  to  work  better  when  warmed. 

Before  the  spinning  the  wool  must  go  through  two 
or  three  more  gill  boxes  and  then  be  drawn.  Drawing 
is  a  simple  process  by  which  two  br  more  slivers  of  wool 
are  put  through  two  sets  of  rollers,  the  second  revolving 
faster  than  the  first.  These  draw  out  the  strand  until  the 
resulting  sliver  is  smaller  than  either  original  one.  This 
process  is  repeated  again  and  again,  the  sliver  becoming 
smaller  and  smaller,  and  during  the  last  few  processes  a 
slight  twist  is  given  to  it.  Spinning  then  serves  to  impart 
a  final  twist  and  the  worsted  yarn  is  ready  for  use. 

This  process  is  the  one  used  for  the  best  worsted 
yarns.  Those  which  are  made  from  shorter  wools, 
carded,  are  put  through  two  or  three  gill  boxes,  combed, 
then  drawn  and  spun,  while  the  carpet  yarns  and  coarse 
knitting  yarns  are  merely  carded.  These  distinctions  are 
not  always  exact,  as  two  kinds  may  be  combined,  but  in 
general  these  are  the  three  processes  for  the  different 
worsteds. 

The  spinning  of  woolens  and  worsteds  does  not  differ 
greatly.  The  mule  used  commonly  for  woolen  is  some- 
times used  for  worsted  also,  although  the  use  of  the 
flyer  frame  for  worsteds  is  more  general. 

Weaving  is  now  a  purely  automatic  process.  The 
loom  has  only  to  be  threaded  with  the  warp,  the  smooth 
bobbins  wound  with  filling,  and  the  machinery  set  in 


84  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

motion.  The  whole  process  is  marvelous  to  watch.  This 
automaton  is  the  result  of  the  perfection  of  inventions, 
of  many  centuries  of  human  skill,  and  of  comparatively 
few  years  of  invention  of  mechanical  devices.  Only  the 
tying  of  broken  threads,  the  putting  in  of  yarn,  and  the 
taking  out  of  the  cloth  must  be  done  by  hand. 

Finishing.  The  cloth  which  comes  from  the  loom  is 
far  from  being  a  finished  product;  in  fact,  so  much  is 
yet  to  be  done  that  there  are  establishments  whose  only 
business  is  finishing  woolen  and  worsted  cloth.  These 
finishing  processes  convert  a  coarse,  rough,  dull-looking 
material  into  our  most  beautiful  broadcloths  or  worsted 
suitings. 

Here  again  a  distinction  must  be  made  between 
woolens  and  worsteds,  for  their  surface  is  as  different 
as  the  thread  from  which  they  are  made.  Woolen  with 
fibers  crossed  in  many  directions  in  its  threads  may  have 
the  ends  of  these  fibers  raised  on  the  surface,  matted 
together,  sheared,  pressed,  until  the  threads  of  the  weave 
are  completely  hidden  by  the  felted  surface.  Worsted, 
on  the  other  hand,  has  gone  through  a  long  series  of 
processes  in  order  that  it  may  be  a  smooth,  regular,  and 
perfect  thread  which  weaves  into  a  firm,  regular  cloth. 
Therefore  its  surface  shows  each  thread,  and  any  fin- 
ishing process  has  for  its  object  polishing  and  bring- 
ing out  the  individual  threads.  For  this  same  reason 
variety  and  interest  are  given  to  the  different  kinds  of 
worsted  cloths  by  carefully  worked  out  diagonal  and 
pattern  weaves,  while  woolen  is  ordinarily  woven  with 
a  plain  weave.  When  the  cloth  comes  from  the  loom 
it  must  be  thoroughly  examined,  defective  places  darned 


WOOL  85 

if  necessary,  knots  tied,  and  ends  cut  off.  All  woolens, 
as  well  as  worsteds,  when  they  come  from  the  loom 
need  to  be  thoroughly  washed.  Washing  has  more  than 
one  purpose ;  it  not  only  removes  the  oil  and  dirt  gath- 
ered in  the  mills,  but  also  shrinks  the  cloth.  Shrinking 
is  increased  by  the  application  of  heat  and  pressure, 
especially  pressure  exerted  with  a  rubbing  motion  from 
side  to  side.  Such  a  process  is  employed  in  finishing 
woolens  and  is  known  as  milling  or  fulling,  and  pro- 
duces a  very  close,  compact  surface. 

Teasling,  so  called  because  of  a  small  vegetable  cone 
or  teasle  most  commonly  used  in  the  process,  consists 
in  picking  up  the  nap  of  the  surface  loose  ends.  This 
nap  is  then  brushed,  sheared,  pressed,  polished,  steamed, 
and  given  various  treatments  to  increase  its  luster,  its 
evenness,  and  its  smoothness.  In  some  materials  whose 
finished  surface  is  rough,  most  of  these  processes  of 
brushing,  steaming,  pressing,  etc.,  which  follow  teasling 
are  omitted  and  the  nap  is  left  uneven. 

When  the  material  has  been  felted,  had  its  surface 
raised,  and  other  modifications  in  its  original  texture 
have  been  made,  it  is  prepared  for  the  market  by  a 
stretching  process  known  as  tentering.  The  cloth  is 
stretched  to  a  uniform  width  on  tenter  hooks  arranged 
in  rows  on  beams,  which  may  be  adjusted  to  the  desired 
width  of  the  cloth. 

A  final  light  sizing  and  pressing  prepare  the  cloth 
for  folding,  baling,  and  sending  to  the  wholesale  dealer. 

The  felted  surface  which  is  given  to  woolen  affords 
excellent  opportunity  for  adulteration,  cotton  or  other 
fibers  being  easily  concealed  beneath  the  wool. 


86  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Mohair.  Mohair  is  a  material  made  from  the  long, 
lustrous  hair  of  the  Angora  goat,  and  is  woven  usually 
with  a  cotton  or  silk  warp.  It  furnishes  a  smooth,  hard- 
surfaced  material,  which  wears  well,  sheds  the  dirt,  and 
is  inexpensive.  Alpaca,  which  somewhat  resembles  mo- 
hair, is  made  from  the  wool  of  the  domesticated  alpaca, 
and  is  stiffer  than  mohair. 

Made-over  Wool.  Aside  from  the  different  varie- 
ties of  wool  used  for  cloth,  and  the  adulteration  of 
wool  by  cotton  or  by  sizing,  there  are  certain  wool 
substitutes  whose  use  has  grown  very  rapidly  in  the  last 
generation.  These  substitutes  are  classed  under  the 
name  shoddy.  The  term  shoddy  has  come  to  be  applied 
to  any  inferior  goods  or  material  which  pretends  to  be 
better  than  it  is.  Technically  speaking,  however,  shoddy 
means  made-over  wool,  and  more  strictly  one  particular 
grade  of  made-over  wool. 

For  a  hundred  years  the  manufacturer  has  made 
cloth,  either  entirely  or  partially,  from  old  rags  pulled 
apart,  respun,  and  rewoven  into  cloth.  The  industry 
has  grown  steadily,  and  the  proportion  of  shoddy  to  the 
new  wool  produced  has  increased  until  now  it  is  about 
one-third  as  great  as  the  new  wool  industry. 

The  rags  bought  up  by  the  rag  man  are  sent,  to  the 
larger  rag  dealer,  then  to  the  shoddy  manufacturer. 
Here  they  are  sorted  into  different  grades  according  to 
composition,  all  wool  or  mixed  goods,  according  to 
color  and  to  quality.  These  rags  are  then  dusted, 
washed,  and  pulled  to  pieces  by  rollers  set  with  teeth. 

Shoddy.  Fibers  from  worsted  rags  or  knit  goods 
are  longest  and  best  and  are  called  shoddy.  They  may 


WOOL  87 

be   mixed   with   new   wool   or   with   cotton   and    woven 
into  new  cloth,  or  they  may  be  woven  alone. 

Mungo.  Fibers^,  from  woolen  cloth  that  has  been 
felted  are  naturally  shorter  and  more  broken  when 
separated,  and  make  an  inferior  grade  of  material, 
known  as  mungo. 

Extract.  Rags  which  contain  a  mixture  of  cotton 
and  wool  have  the  cotton  separated  out  by  a  process  of 
carbonization.  The  rags  are  treated  with  dilute  acid, 
usually  sulphuric,  dried,  crushed  to  destroy  the  weakened 
fibers,  neutralized,  and  dried.  The  rags  are  then  torn 
to  pieces  to  produce  a  grade  of  fibers  known  as  extract. 

Flocks.  The  last  and  poorest  class  of  shoddy  con- 
sists of  the  very  short  clippings  from  tailor  establish- 
ments or  mills,  called  flocks.  These  are  too  short  to 
weave  alone,  but  may  be  felted  into  the  surface  of 
woolen  cloth  to  add  weight. 

Spinning  and  weaving  shoddy,  mungo,  or  extract 
does  not  differ  from  other  woolen  spinning,  except  that 
the  poorer  grades  of  shoddy,  and  practically  all  mungo 
and  extract,  must  be  mixed  with  a  longer  fiber,  either 
wool  or  cotton,  in  order  that  it  may  be  spun. 

The  especial  value  of  shoddy  lies  in  the  fact  that  it 
has  greatly  increased  the  supply  of  woolen  cloth  on  the 
market,  thereby  reducing  the  cost  of  good  wool,  as  well 
as  providing  a  cheap  wool.  It  brings  woolen  cloth 
within  the  reach  of  many  who  could  not  otherwise 
afford  it.  While  ordinarily  material  made  up  entirely 
or  in  part  from  shoddy  has  not  the  wearing  quality  of 
new  wool,  it  has  warmth,  and  the  best  grade  may  be 
even  better  than  the  poorest  grade  of  new  wool. 


88  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Microscopically,  shoddy  may  be  distinguished  from 
new  wool  in  that  the  fibers  are  not  as  uniform  in  size 
or  general  character.  The  color  of  the  different  fibers 
often  varies  considerably,  the  ends  may  be  broken  and  un- 
even, and  often  the  scales  are  gone  in  parts  of  the  fiber. 
Cotton  fibers  are  not  infrequently  found  with  shoddy. 

Some  shoddy  is  longer  than  the  shortest  wool,  so 
the  length  of  the  fiber  is  not  a  true  test.  The  poorer 
grades  of  shoddy  will  make  a  thread  which  breaks 
easily,  like  rotten  string.  One  needs  to  guard  against 
this  grade  if  durability  in  the  finished  cloth  is  a  con- 
sideration. 

The  fibers  called  flocks,  felted  into  the  surface  of 
cloth,  rub  out  after  some  wear,  collecting  in  the  linings 
of  coats,  the  hems  of  dresses,  etc.,  and  leaving  the  surface 
of  the  cloth  threadbare. 

Felt.  Woolen  fibers,  because  of  their  ability  to  hold 
together,  may  be  made  into  cloth  without  the  processes 
of  spinning  and  weaving. 

The  wool  used  to  make  felt  is  cleaned,  then  carded 
into  sheets  several  feet  wide  and  very  thin.  These 
sheets  are  put  one  on  top  of  another  until  the  pile 
is  about  one  inch  thick,  and  are  then  passed  through 
a  series  of  rollers  submerged  in  water.  One  roller  is  of 
wood,  the  other  of  tin  filled  with  steam.  The  motion  of 
the  rollers  is  from  side  to  side,  as  well  as  revolving, 
and  the  combined  action  of  heat,  moisture,  and  pressure 
opens  the  scales  of  the  wool,  tangles  and  mats  it  until 
felt  is  the  result.  This  material  is  then  dyed  or  printed, 
if  so  desired,  is  tentered  and  pressed,  and  then  goes  to 
the  market. 


WOOL  89 

Hair  and  cotton  may  be  mixed  with  wool  in  limited 
quantities.  This  is  done  either  before  carding,  as  in 
case  of  cotton,  or  layers  of  hair  may  be  mixed  with  the 
layers  of  wool,  and  the  whole  felted. 

By  these  varied  processes  the  dirty  mass  of  wool 
which  comes  to  the  factory  is  transformed  into  many 
kinds  of  cloth  to  suit  the  needs  and  demands  of  a  nov- 
elty-loving public. 

With  the  changes  in  conditions  of  living,  with  warm 
houses,  overheated  public  buildings,  cars,  trains,  etc., 
the  requirement  for  woolen  underclothing  has  decreased. 
Although  cotton,  linen,  and  silk  have  replaced  wool  in 
many  uses,  for  some  purposes  it  is  almost  indispensable. 
For  use  in  babies'  flannels,  underclothing  for  men  work- 
ing in  places  of ,  extreme  heat  or  cold,  for  protection 
from  the  wind,  and  for  many  other  purposes,  wool  is 
the  best  material  known,  and  the  demand  for  it  increases 
continually. 

REFERENCES 

Barker,  A.  F.    Textiles. 

Beaumont,  Robert.  Woolen  and  Worsted  Cloth  Manu- 
facture. 

Bowman,  Fred  H.    Structure  of  the  Wool  Fibre. 

Burnley,  J.    History  of  Wool  and  Wool  Combing. 

Clapham,  J.  H.    The  Woolen  and  Worsted  Industries. 

MacLaren,  W.  S.  B.    Spinning  Woolen  and  Worsted. 

Matthews,  J.  M.    Textile  Fibres. 

Posselt,  E.  A.  Wool,  Cotton,  Silk,  from  Fibre  to  Fin- 
ished Fabric. 

Priestman,  Howard.    Principles  of  Woolen  Spinning. 


CHAPTER  VI 
SILK 

TT7E  now  have  to  deal  with  a  fiber  which  is  very 
different  in  structure  and  physical  characteristics 
from  any  other  of  those  commonly  used.  In  origin,  al- 
though an  animal  fiber,  silk  differs  from  wool  and  hair 
in  being  the  secretion  of  an  internal  gland  of  the  silk- 
worm, while  wool  is  an  epidermal  appendage.  Other 
worms  and  spiders  produce  a  similar  secretion,  but  only 
the  silkworm  has  furnished  us  with  a  fiber  strong  enough 
to  be  spun  into  thread  and  of  such  a  nature  that  it  is 
prized  above  all  other  textile  materials. 

History.  The  use  of  silk  by  man  does  not,  like  the 
other  textile  industries,  date  back  before  the  dawn  of 
history.  It  has  been  a  comparatively  recent  develop- 
ment. Chinese  records  tell  us  that  in  2700  B.C.  the 
Empress  Se-ling-chi  investigated  the  silkworm  cocoon, 
reeled  the  silk  filament  from  it,  spun  thread,  and  had 
it  woven  into  garments.  For  many  hundreds  of  years 
the  Chinese  carefully  guarded  their  secret.  At  first  only 
the  royal  family  carried  on  the  industry,  but  gradually 
it  spread  and  became  national.  Chinese  silks  were  car- 
ried all  over  Asia,  but  the  process  of  making  them  was 
still  kept  secret,  while  to  carry  the  eggs  of  the  silkworm 
out  of  the  country  was  punishable  by  death.  As  a  re- 
sult, although  silk  of  some  other  varieties  was  produced 
in  neighboring  countries  of  the  Far  East  by  carding  the 

90 


SILK  QI 

fibers  from  the  cocoon,  it  was  not  until  about  the  fifth 
century  A.D.  that  the  process  of  reeling  was  known 
outside  of  China. 

The  Emperor  Justinian,  555  A.D.,  is  said  to  have 
bribed  two  Nestorian  monks  to  bring  some  silkworm 
eggs  from  China.  They  accomplished  this  by  concealing 
the  eggs  in  the  hollows  of  their  bamboo  staffs.  Silk  cul- 
ture in  the  Levant  dates  from  about  this  time.  Through 
the  Moors  sericulture  was  brought  into  Spain  about 
the  ninth  century,  and  by  the  twelfth,  century  it  had 
reached  Italy,  where  it  gradually  developed  until  it  be- 
came a  national  industry.  France  began  sericulture  dur- 
ing the  thirteenth  century,  and  in  the  sixteenth  century 
some  Flemish  weavers  brought  the  industry  to  Spital- 
fields  in  London.  It  was  encouraged  by  royalty  in  both 
England  and  France,  but  the  culture  in  England  has 
never  been  very  successful.  Thus  it  was  more  than  four 
thousand  years  from  the  time  silk  reeling  was  first  dis- 
covered until  it  had  spread  over  Europe.  Silk  fabrics, 
however,  were  an  important  article  of  commerce  as  early 
as  in  the  days  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

In  1838  Mr.  Samuel  Whitmarsh  introduced  sericul- 
ture to  America,  and  repeated  efforts  have  been  made  by 
individuals  and  by  the  government  to  encourage  the  in- 
dustry in  various  parts  of  this  country,  but  none  of  these 
have  met  with  any  marked  success.  Beginnings  were 
made  in  Connecticut  and  Pennsylvania,  but  both  these 
enterprises  were  cut  short  by  the  untimely  freezing  of 
the  mulberry  trees  upon  which  the  silkworm  feeds.  A 
recent  attempt  in  Utah  is  proving  unsuccessful  because 
of  a  lack  of  skilled  labor  to  reel  the  cocoons.  The  hope 


92  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

that  communities  where  the  women  and  children  have 
no  employment  might  take  up  this  industry  to  increase 
their  incomes  seems  to  be  vain.  The  greatest  difficulty, 
apparently,  is  in  the  reeling  of  the  cocoons.  That  this 
is  not  the  only  difficulty  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  even 
when  the  government  set  up  a  filature  to  carry  on  this 
work,  the  returns  from  the  silkgrowers  were  very  small. 
The  cheapness  of  labor  in  silk-producing  countries  makes 
it  apparently  impossible  for  the  United  States  to  compete 
in  this  part  of  the  industry.  Better  organization  and 
more  skilled  labor  might  lessen  the  difficulty,  but  since 
the  silk  is  of  rather  inferior  quality,  and  has  been  pro- 
duced at  a  cost  of  four  or  five  dollars  a  pound,  while 
imported  raw  silk  can  be  bought  for  from  four  to  eleven 
dollars  a  pound,  the  outlook  is  not  encouraging.  It 
should  be  noted,  however,  that  at  the  present  time  one- 
third  of  all  the  silk  cloth  manufactured  in  the  world  is 
made  in  this  country  from  raw  silk  imported  from  south- 
ern Europe  and  Asia. 

Present  Industry.  The  countries  in  which  silkworm 
cultivation  is  most  successful  are  Italy,  France,  Spain, 
Austria,  China,  Japan,  and  India.  The  French  and  Ital- 
ian silks  are  better  reeled  than  much  of  the  Chinese  and 
Japanese,  as  these  countries  do  not  always  use  the  most 
improved  machines. 

There  are  two  distinct  types  of  silk  produced,  that 
from  the  cultivated  silkworm,  or  Bomby.v  Mori,  carefully 
reared  and  fed  on  the  leaves  of  the  white  mulberry  tree, 
and  that  from  several  varieties  of  wild  silkworms  which 
are  not  carefully  reared  and  which  feed  on  other  kinds  of 
trees.  The  cultivated  silk  is  as  a  rule  finer  and  more  even 


SILK  93 

than  the  wild,  and  may  be  much  more  readily  spun  from 
the  cocoon.  The  wild  silks,  however,  furnish  an  attrac- 
tive variety  of  fabric,  commonly  known  as  pongee  or 
tussur.  Japan,  China,  and  India  all  produce  these  wild 
silks. 

The  silk  industry,  although  not  nearly  so  large  as  the 
cotton  or  woolen  industries,  is  important,  in  that  it  pro- 
vides us  with  a  beautiful  fiber  which  has  been  unequaled 
in  fineness,  luster,  and  strength.  As  has  been  said,  this 
industry  is  most  successful  where  labor  is  very  cheap, 
because  of  the  large  amount  of  hand  work  required  in 
the  culture  of  the  worms  and  in  the  reeling  of  the  silk 
from  the  cocoons.  Necessarily,  the  cultivation  is  restricted 
to  countries  where  the  mulberry  tree  will  flourish. 

Physical  and  Chemical  Structure  and  Character- 
istics. As  an  animal  fiber,  silk  has  some  characteristics 
resembling  wool,  but  in  its  physical  structure  it  is  very 
different.  While  wool  consists  of  layers  of  cells  of  dif- 
ferent kinds,  silk  has  no  cell  structure.  The  length  of 
the  silk  fiber  makes  it  unlike  any  other.  A  carefully 
reeled  fiber  from  a  perfect  cocoon  may  be  from  three 
to  four  thousand  feet  long.  In  evenness,  strength,  and 
fineness  the  fiber  will  differ  slightly  in  different  parts 
of  the  cocoon,  the  best  part  being  in  the  center.  The 
first  silk  reeled  from  the  cocoon,  together  with  the  in- 
nermost layers,  is  less  strong  and  even,  and  somewhat 
finer. 

The  pure  silk  fiber  is  transparent  and  lustrous,  but 
as  it  comes  from  the  cocoon  it  is  covered  with  a  coat- 
ing of  gum,  which  conceals  the  luster  shown  by  the  fiber 
when  the  gum  has  been  removed.  Pure  silk  is  very 


94 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


strong,  being  sometimes  compared  to  an  iron  wire  of 
the  same  diameter.  It  is  also  very  elastic. 

Scroop  is  the  term  applied  to  the  rustle  peculiar  to 
silk,  but  is  not  a  quality  inherent  in  the  fiber.  Scroop 
is  produced  by  treatment  with  dilute  acid,  acetic  or 
tartaric,  which  is  allowed  to  dry  on  the  surface  of  the 
silk. 

The  hygroscopic  power  of  silk  is  high ;  30  per  cent 
of  water  may  be  taken  up  and  a  great  amount  of  dye- 


FIG.  24. —  RAW  SILK  FIBER, 
GUM  ADHERING 


FIG.  25. —  SILK  FIBER, 
GUM  BOILED  OFF 


stuff  and  metallic  salts  may  be  absorbed  without  in  any 
degree  changing  the  appearance  of  the  silk.  This  prop- 
erty is  made  use  of  in  adulteration  by  the  process  of 
weighting,  when  a  large  amount  of  foreign  matter,  min- 
eral salts  and  dyes,  is  added  to  the  silk.  In  the  case  of 
heavy  fringes  as  much  as  200  to  300  per  cent  of  the 
weight  of  the  fiber  is  sometimes  added. 

The  microscopic  appearance  of  cultivated  or  mul- 
berry silk  shows  two  fibers,  each  smooth,  round,  and 
structureless,  united  by  the  gum  secreted  at  the  same 


SILK  95 

time  that  the  liber  is  formed.  There  are  no  markings 
on  silk  from  which  the  gum  has  been  removed,  but 
threads  from  woven  cloth  usually  show  some  grains  of 
dyestuffs  or  weighting  material. 

Wild  or  tussur  silks  are  very  different  from  culti- 
vated silks  in  microscopic  appearance.  Instead  of  being 
round,  regular  fibers,  they  are  flat  and  somewhat  ir- 
regular. While  true  silk  has  rarely  any  longitudinal  stri- 
ations,  the  wild  silks  are  quite  definitely  marked,  the 


FIG.  26.  —  WILD  SILK  FIBER 

fibers  sometimes  having  a  twisted  appearance,  while 
the  ends  often  appear  frayed,  as  if  the  fiber  were  com- 
posed of  small  fibrils  which  had  begun  to  separate. 

Chemically,  silk  is  composed  of  fibroin,  a  protein 
substance  differing  from  wool  in  containing  no  sulphur. 
Its  reactions  are  similar  to  those  of  wool.  Alkalies  do 
not  act  as  readily  on  silk  as  on  wool,  but  when  concen- 
trated dissolve  the  fiber,  while  dilute  alkalies  weaken  it. 
Concentrated  mineral  acids  rapidly  dissolve  the  fiber, 
but  dilute  acids  have  little  injurious  effect.  Silk  readily 
absorbs  these  acids  from  dilute  solutions.  Acetic  and 


96  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

other  dilute  organic  acids  produce  the  scroop,  or  rustle, 
already  spoken  of. 

Solutions  of  common  salt  have  a  deleterious  effect 
on  silk,  greatly  weakening  the  fiber.  In  some  climates, 
on  islands  in  the  sea,  for  example,  silk  is  so  weakened 
by  the  salt  in  the  atmosphere  that  it  drops  to  pieces. 
This  action  is  increased  when  the  silks  have  been  heav- 
ily weighted.  Other  salts  produce  this  same  result  to 
a  certain  extent,  as  is  shown  by  the  rotting  of  heavily 
weighted  silk  when  laid  away  for  some  time  and  the 
weakening  of  silk  by  perspiration. 

Silk  has,  perhaps,  a  greater  affinity  for  coloring  mat- 
ters in  general  than  any  other  fiber,  and  may  be  dyed 
a  great  number  of  tones  and  hues. 

Silk  Culture.  The  silk  industry  may  be  divided  into 
two  distinct  parts,  the  culture  of  the  silkworm  and  the 
manufacture  of  the  fiber  into  thread  and  cloth. 

Only  one  of  the  two  types  of  silk  mentioned,  the 
Bomby.Y  Mori,  or  mulberry  silk,  has  been  extensively 
cultivated.  The  wild  silk  cocoons  are  gathered  from 
trees  where  the  worms  have  spun  them,  and  little  at- 
tention is  paid  to  the  worm  during  its  growth.  The 
cultivation  of  the  mulberry  silkworm  is,  however,  a 
delicate  operation,  and  the  value  of  the  silk  depends 
largely  on  the  care  and  food  of  the  worms. 

The  silk  culture  is  usually  carried  on  in  rooms  or 
sheds  devoted  to  its  use,  and  requires  much  hand  labor. 
In  July  the  moth  lays  several  hundred  eggs  about  the 
size  of  mustard  seeds,  which,  by  virtue  of  a  gummy 
substance  secreted  with  them,  stick  to  a  clqth  that  has 
been  provided  for  this  purpose.  This  cloth  is  hung  up 


SILK 


97 


to  dry,  then  put  away  in  the  dark  and  cold  until  Feb- 
ruary or  March,  when  it  is  brought  out  and  hung  in  a 
warm  place.  In  about  thirty  days  the  tiny  worm,  one- 
eighth  of  an  inch  in  length,  hatches;  it  immediately 
begins  to  eat  the  mulberry  leaves  which  have  been  pro- 
vided for  it.  These  worms  are  kept  on  trays  in  a  room 
of  the  right  temperature,  and  are  supplied  with  fresh 


FIG.  27. —  MULBERRY  LEAF  AND  SILKWORM  EGGS 

The  dark  eggs  are  unhatched 

leaves  two  or  three  times  a  day.  The  silkworm  is  a 
voracious  eater  and  grows  very  rapidly.  After  about 
five  or  six  days  it  molts ;  this  process  is  repeated  four 
times  during  the  thirty  to  thirty-five  days  from  the 
hatching  of  the  worm  to  the  spinning  of  the  cocoon. 
At  the  end  of  this  time  the  worm  stops  eating.  Its 
length  is  now  about  three  inches,  but  it  begins  to 
shrink  and  becomes  almost  transparent  before  spinning 
its  cocoon. 


^8  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

From  two  glands,  the  openings  of  which  are  on  either 
side  of  the  mouth,  a  viscous  substance  is  secreted,  which 
hardens  upon  contact  with  the  air.  At  the  same  time 
two  other  glands  secrete  a  gummy  substance  which 
causes  the  two  fibers  to  adhere.  The  single  fiber  is 
called  brin ;  the  double  fiber,  bave.  As  the  worm  spins, 
its  head  is  thrown  in  such  a  way  that  the  thread  is  spun 
in  the  form  of  a  series  of  figure  eights,  this  regular 
arrangement  aiding  the  unwinding  later  on.  Before 
spinning  the  cocoon  proper,  however,  the  worm  fastens 
a  few  threads  about  itself  to  form  a  connection  with 
the  nearest  twig  or  leaf;  then  the  compact  cocoon  is 
spun  about  the  worm,  completely  concealing  it.  The 
spinning,  however,  continues  until  the  worm  is  well  pro- 
tected by  its  little  case,  when  it  goes  into  the  dormant 
or  pupa  stage.  If  undisturbed,  after  a  period  of  rest 
the  moth  emerges  from  the  cocoon  fully  developed,  lives 
long  enough  to  mate  and  lay  eggs,  then  dies.  Thus  the 
cycle  of  the  life  of  the  silkworm  is  completed — egg, 
worm,  pupa,  and  moth. 

The  exit  of  the  moth  from  the  cocoon  injures  the 
value  of  the  silk  for  the  market,  since  the  moth  mois- 
tens the  threads  at  one  end  of  the  cocoon  and  pushes 
its  way  out,  entangling  them  in  such  a  way  as  to  in- 
terfere with  the  successful  reeling  of  the  silk.  For  this 
reason  the  cocoons  are  heated  in  a  warm  oven  or 
steamed  to  kill  the  pupa  within,  enough  cocoons  being 
saved  to  provide  moths  for  the  next  season's  eggs. 

During  the  cultivation  the  silkgrower  must  exercise 
great  care  that  the  worms  are  kept  clean,  that  they  are 
not  crowded,  that  sufficient  food  is  provided,  and  the 


SILK  99 

rooms  kept  at  the  proper  temperature.  Diseases  due 
to  irregular  feeding,  to  germs  and  fungi,  may  reduce 
the  production  of  silk  enormously. 

The  very  rapid  growth  of  sericulture  in  Southern 
Europe  during  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century 
led  to  carelessness  and  overcrowding,  which  resulted 
in  a  serious  epidemic  among  the  silkworms.  In  1865 
Louis  Pasteur,  the  famous  French  bacteriologist,  began 
the  study  of  this  epidemic  and  discovered  that  the  dis- 
ease was  caused  by  a  germ,  and  also  that  by  micro- 
scopic examination  and  rejection  of  the  eggs  which  car- 
ried the  infection  the  disease  might  be  avoided.  This 
discovery  was  the  salvation  of  the  silk  industry,  not 
only  in  France  and  Southern  Europe,  but  in  other  silk- 
growing  countries  as  well.  By  careful  selection  and 
cultivation  of  the  mulberry  plants,  breeding,  microscopic 
inspection  of  the  eggs,  and  improved  methods  of  han- 
dling the  worm  the  industry  has  increased  rapidly  in 
Southern  Europe  in  the  last  half  century. 

Silk  Reeling.  The  quality  of  raw  silk  as  it  reaches 
the  manufacturer  has  been  determined  largely  by  care 
and  skill  used  in  reeling  the  silk  filaments  from  the 
cocoon.  The  process  is  one  which  requires  great  pa- 
tience and  skill,  as  the  requirements  of  a  perfectly 
reeled  thread  are  that  it  shall  be  even  and  contain  no 
knots.  Since  all  the  cocoons  do  not  furnish  threads 
of  exactly  the  same  length,  and  the  fiber  varies  in 
fineness  in  different  parts  of  the  cocoon,  the  reeler  must 
know  just  when  to  add  a  new  thread  and  just  how  to 
keep  the  threads  even. 

In   the   filiatnres   where   silk   is   reeled  hand   work   is 


1OO  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

supplemented  by  a  machine-turned  reel,  the  basins  in 
which  the  gun*  is  softened  are  heated  by  steam,  and 
many  improvements  have  been  made  over  the  old 
processes  still  in  use  in  parts  of  China,  where  the 
results  are  much  inferior  in  quality.  When  the  pupa 
of  the  silkworm  has  been  killed  the  cocoons  are  sorted, 
and  those  of  like  fineness,  color,  luster,  and  degree  of 
perfection  are  placed  together.  These  cocoons  are  then 
plunged  into  a  basin  of  warm  water  to  soften  the  gum 
which  holds  the  fibers  together,  and  the  outside  loose 
fibers  which  cannot  be  reeled  are  removed.  The  reeler 
then  takes  a  brush  and  finds  the  ends  of  the  outside 
fibers,  which  are  carefully  unwound  until  one  is  found 
which  is  continuous.  The  fibers  from  four  or  five  co- 
coons are  united  and  passed  through  an  agate  ring. 
To  make  the  fibers  stick  together  the  thread  is  then 
twisted  about  one  coming  from  another  ring,  separated 
from  that  thread  again,  and  passed  through  a  second 
ring  onto  the  reel.  By  the  use  of  improved  machines 
the  reeler  is  enabled  to  watch  several  sets  of  cocoons 
at  once.  He  must  see  that  a  broken  fiber  is  immediately 
replaced  by  another,  and  when  the  fiber  draws  near  the 
end  and  becomes  too  weak  he  must  replace  it  by  a 
better. 

The  skein  of  silk  taken  from  the  reel  is  twisted,  and 
constitutes  the  raw  silk  of  commerce.  The  individual 
fibers  of  the  thread  are  stuck  together  by  the  silk  gum ; 
the  silk  is  harsh,  due  also  to  the  gum,  but  the  skein  is, 
nevertheless,  beautiful.  These  skeins  are  packed  into 
bundles  called  books,  are  baled,  covered  with  matting, 
and  sent  to  the  manufacturer. 


SILK  IOI 

Silk  Manufacture.  Because  of  the  length  of  the 
silk  fiber,  and  the  fact  that  it  is  alrea/ly  a  thread  in 
form,  the  processes  which  it  must  undergo  at  the  fac- 
tory are  much  more  simple  than  those  required  for  cot- 
ton and  wool.  Although  there  have  already  been  four 
'or  five  fibers  united  into  one  thread  in  reeling,  this  is 
not  yet  of  sufficient  strength  for  weaving,  and  several 
of  these  threads  must  be  united  and  twisted.  The  proc- 
esses of  doubling  or  twisting  as  carried  on  at  the  factory 
are  known  as  throwing. 

Throwing  may  be  divided  into  five  processes : 

^  Rewinding  the  raw  silk  from  skeins  onto  bobbins 
or  cops. 

vCleaning  by  passing  the  thread  through  two  fixed 
plates,  so  closely  adjusted  as  to  stop  the  machinery  if 
there  is  a  knot  or  irregularity.  In  some  hand-reeled 
Chinese  silks  there  are  many  of  these  irregularities, 
which  must  be  removed,  as  the  luster  and  beauty  of  fin- 
ished silk  depend  on  perfect  evenness  of  thread. 

^.  Doubling,  uniting  threads  from  several  bobbins  to 
form  one  thread. 

xi  Spinning,  giving  a  twist  to  the  thread,  the  amount 
of  twist  varying  according  to  the  use  for  which  the 
thread  is  designed. 

<j  Resolving  silk  into  tram  and  organzine.  Tram  is 
the. thread  used  for  filling  in  silk  cloth  and  consists  of 
two  or  more  single  threads  having  no  twist,  combined 
and  twisted  just  enough  to  hold  for  weaving.  Organ- 
zine is  the  thread  used  for  warp;  and  since  it  must  be 
stronger  than  the  filling  in  order  to  stand  the  strain  of 
the  loom,  it  is  made  up  of  two  threads,  one  twisted  in 


IO2  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

one  direction,  the  other  in  the  other  direction,  and  then 
the  two  twisted  together.  As  organzine  must  have 
strength  it  is  made  from  the  best  quality  of  silk,  but 
because  of  the  amount  of  twist  it  lacks  luster.  The 
rilling  thread,  since  it  does  not  require  such  great 
strength,  has  less  twist  and  a  higher  luster.  Singles  is 
the  name  given  to  a  thread  which  has  no  twist,  and  it 
may  be  used  as  filling  for  cloth  which  is  to  be  dyed 
in  the  piece. 

Cleaning.  The  completion  of  the  throwing  process 
leaves  the  silk  in  a  form  suitable  for  weaving,  but  there 
is  still  present  the  silk  gum,  which  hides  the  luster  and 
makes  the  silk  harsh.  True  silk  fiber,  or  fibroin,  consti- 
tutes about  60  to  70  per  cent  of  raw  silk;  the  other  20 
to  30  per  cent  is  sericin,  or  silk  gum.  This  sericin  is 
soluble  in  warm,  soapy  water,  and  must  now  be  re- 
moved from  the  silk  thread.  The  coloring  matter  of 
silk  is  partly  in  the  sericin,  partly  in  the  fiber,  so  that 
the  process  which  removes  the  gum  also  removes  part 
of  the  color. 

Not  all  silk  requires  the  complete  removal  of  the  silk 
gum,  but  silks  are  classified  according  to  the  degree  of 
cleansing. 

Boiled-off  silk  is  silk  which  has  all  of  the  gum  re- 
moved. 

Souple  silk  has  one-sixth  of  the  gum  removed.  Ecru 
silk  has  one-twelfth  of  the  gum  removed. 

Boiled-off  silk  goes  through  three  operations: 

i.  Stripping,  or  ungumming.  In  this  process  the  silk 
yarn  is  softened  in  a  soft-water  solution  of  a  good  cocoa- 
nut  or  olive  oil  soap.  The  hanks  are  hung  in  vats  and  the 


SILK  IO3 

water  is  gradually  heated  to  200°  F.  During  this  treat- 
ment the  silk  swells,  becomes  sticky,  and  the  gum  washes 
off,  leaving  the  fiber  more  glossy.  One-half  to  one 
hour  is  the  time  required,  after  which  the  silk  is 


FIG.  28. —  SILK  COCOONS  AND  SKEINS 

A.  Cocoons        B.  Silk  reeled  as  it  comes  to  market        C.  Silk  from  imperfect  cocoons 
D.  Same  silk  as  C  after  carding        E.  Skeins  of  silk  spun  from  same 

squeezed,  rinsed  in  a  slightly  soapy  bath,  and  put  into 
bags  of  hemp  or  flax. 

2.  Boiling.    The  yarn  is  boiled  for  one-half  hour  in 
a  10  per  cent  soap  solution,  and  is  then  washed  well  in 
clear  water.    This  removes  the  last  traces  of  gum. 

3.  Bleaching.    If  the  silk  is  to  be  white  or  light  in 


IO4  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

color  the  natural  coloring  matter  present  in  the  fibroin 
must  be  removed.  Treatment  in  a  dilute  bath  of  hydro- 
chloric or  nitric  acid  for  about  fifteen  minutes,  then  a 
thorough  washing  and  rinsing,  are  followed  by  expo- 
sure to  sulphur  fumes.  This  destroys  the  coloring  mat- 
ter, but  leaves  the  silk  harsh  and  rough.  It  must  be 
softened  by  immersion  in  a  cream  of  tartar  solution  for 
an  hour  and  a  half. 

Silk  is  sometimes  bleached  in  a  solution  of  hydro- 
gen peroxide  or  sodium  peroxide.  This  method  is  more 
expensive  than  the  former. 

Souple  silk  is  scoured  in  a  bath  at  a  lower  tempera- 
ture and  containing  less  soap  than  that  used  for  boiled- 
off  silk.  Only  part  of  the  gum  is  removed,  but  the  fiber 
swells  and  becomes  more  absorbent. 

Ecru  silk  has  the  coloring  matter  removed,  but 
little  of  the  gum.  The  process  for  this  is  much  bleach- 
ing but  little  washing.  The  method  used  by  the  manu- 
facturer to  make  up  for  the  loss  of  weight  resulting 
from  the  removal  of  the  silk  gum  will  be  discussed  later. 

Weaving  and  Finishing.  Silk  weaving  does  not 
differ  essentially  from  any  other  weaving.  Because  of 
the  extreme  fineness  of  the  thread  the  loom  is  more  dif- 
ficult to  set  up,  and  must  be  run  rather  more  slowly. 
A  great  variety  of  effects  may  be  produced  by  vari- 
ations of  weaves.  Damask,  satin,  velvet,  different 
crepes  and  brocades  depend  on  the  weave  for  their 
character.  The  Jacquard  loom  again  offers  almost  end- 
less possibilities,  and  the  designer  is  ever  at  work  to 
produce  some  new  effect  which  will  appeal  to  the  pub- 
lic eye. 


SILK  105 

The  finishing  processes  for  silk  differ  from  those  used 
with  other  materials.  Little  washing  or  scrubbing  is  nec- 
essary, and  most  silks  are  finished  almost  entirely  in  a 
dry  state.  Washing  is  necessary  with  some  silks,  but 
those  which  have  been  heavily  weighted  in  the  yarn  are 
not  washed.  Singeing  in  a  gas  flame,  or  shearing  with 
a  machine  arranged  on  the  same  principle  as  the  lawn 
mower,  removes  the  fuzzy  ends  which  would  diminish 
the  luster.  Sizing  may  be  sprayed  upon  the  surface  of 
the  cloth,  after  which  it  is  passed  through  heated  cylin- 
ders to  dry  and  to  press  out  wrinkles.  For  certain  sur- 
faces the  silk  is  pressed  between  layers  of  finishing 
paper ;  then,  to  take  away  the  papery  feeling,  is  passed 
between  wooden  rollers  in  which  buttons  are  driven. 
Singeing  and  brushing,  and  a  final  tentering  or  stretch- 
ing on  rows  of  hooks  to  give  the  desired  width,  prepare 
the  cloth  for  folding,  measuring,  and  making  into  bolts 
for  the  market. 

The  finishing  processes  differ  greatly  for  different 
varieties  of  goods.  Silk  may  be  dyed  or  printed  before 
or  after  weaving,  a  moire  effect  may  be  produced  by 
embossing  the  cloth  with  heavy  engraved  rollers,  velvets 
must  have  the  pile  steamed,  panne  velvets  have  a  spe- 
cial method  of  pressing,  and  many  other  processes  give 
a  great  variety  of  results. 

Waste  or  Spun  Silk.  Besides  the  best  quality  of  cul- 
tivated silk  and  the  wild  silks,  there  is  an  inferior  grade 
of  yarn  known  as  spun  silk.  In  the  process  of  silk  cul- 
ture it  is  necessary  that  a  number  of  moths  emerge  from 
the  cocoon  to  provide  eggs  for  the  next  lot  of  worms. 
As  has  been  stated,  the  cocoon  is  injured  by  the  exit  of 


IO6  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

the  moth,  and  cannot  be  used  for  reeled  silk.  In  the 
process  of  reeling  there  is  also  much  waste,  such  as  the 
outsides  of  cocoons,  which  must  be  removed  before 
the  thread  for  reeling  has  been  reached,  defective  cocoons, 
and  the  last  inner  layer,  which  cannot  be  successfully 
reeled. 

Although  the  fibers  from  these  forms  of  waste  silk 
cannot  be  reeled  in  one  continuous  thread,  they  are,  nev- 
ertheless, valuable  and  are  not  wasted.  They  are  given 
quite  a  different  treatment,  however,  from  the  perfect 
fibers.  First,  the  gum  is  removed  by  thorough  washing; 
then  the  tangled  mass  of  short  fibers  is  carded,  as  cotton 
or  wool  would  be  carded,  then  drawn  out  and  spun  into 
a  thread.  The  resulting  yarn,  to  distinguish  it  from 
reeled  silk,  is  called  spun  silk. 

Spun  silk  is  usually  not  so  strong  as  reeled  silk,  and 
is  not  so  lustrous  because  of  the  many  ends  of  silk  pro- 
jecting from  the  surface  of  the  yarn  and  because  of 
its  harder  twist.  Frequently  the  two  kinds  of  silk  are 
combined  in  a  material,  the  spun  silk  being  used  for  the 
warp  and  the  reeled  silk  for  the  filling. 

Poorer  grades  of  this  silk,  too  short  or  too  weak  to 
be  spun,  are  made  into  hat  braids  or  a  poor  quality  of 
dress  trimmings. 

Silk  Substitutes.  Because  of  the  high  cost  and 
beauty  of  silk  there  have  been  many  attempts  to  find 
substitutes  for  it.  Efforts  have  been  made  to  spin  the' 
spider's  web  and  to  use  the  filaments  spun  by  other 
moths,  but  so  far  these  have  been  unsuccessful.  A  single 
exception  is  the  byssus  of  the  shellfish,  Pinna.  This 
byssus  is  a  tassel-like  appendage  by  which  the  mussel 


SILK  -JO/ 

attaches  itself  to  the  rocks,  and  it  may  be  combed  out  and 
spun  into  a  thread  which  is  used  sometimes  for  gloves, 
purses,  and  other  small  articles.  The  natural  color  of 
this  silk  is  olive  green  or  brown. 

Chemists  have  experimented  for  years  to  find  a  sub- 
stitute for  silk,  and  have  produced  several  artificial  silks 
from  different  substances.  The  most  successful  of  these 
is  Chardonnet  silk,  so  called  from  the  man  who  succeeded 


FIG.  29.  —  ARTIFICIAL  SILK 

in  producing  it.  This  silk  is  made  from  cellulose  steeped 
in  concentrated  sulphuric  and  nitric  acid  and  dissolved  in 
a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  alcohol  and  ether.  This  solu- 
tion, collodion,  is  then  forced  through  very  fine  capillary 
tubes,  from  which  it  comes  in  threads,  which  coagulate 
in  the  air.  As  this  cellulose  is  highly  explosive  it  must 
be  denitrated  before  being  spun  into  yarn. 

Chardonnet  silk  has  a  high  luster,  considerable  ten- 
sile strength,  and,  although  yellowish  in  color,  may  be 
bleached  with  chloride  of  lime  and  dyed  readily.  The 
greatest  objection  to  the  use  of  it  is  that  it  does  not 
withstand  the  action  of  water  well.  It  is  used,  however, 


t 

IO8  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

for  braids,  neckties,  and  for  fancy  articles  which  need 
not  come  in  contact  with  water.  In  making  beautiful 
tapestries  in  a  studio  in  New  York,  artificial  silk  has 
been  found  satisfactory,  as  resistance  to  water  is  not 
essential  in  this  sort  of  material. 

Other  varieties  of  artificial  silk  have  been  made  from 
solutions  of  cellulose  in  ammoniacal  copper  oxide,  or 
chloride  of  zinc,  and  from  filaments  of  gelatin  treated 
with  formaldehyde.  The  Chardonnet  and  other  silks 
made  by  practically  the  same  method  are,  however,  most 
satisfactory,  and  have  partially  met  an  ever-increasing 
demand. 

Thus  it  is  that  in  the  past  two  or  three  generations 
many  processes  have  been  discovered  whereby  the  cost 
of  silk  has  been  decreased  and  the  supply  increased,  or, 
rather,  the  supply  has  been  made  to  go  much  farther. 
The  unfortunate  part  of  the  change  is  that  the  wear- 
ing qualities  of  silk  have  been  greatly  decreased,  but 
since  the  public  demands  quantity  and  variety  at  small 
cost  it  obtains  that  which  it  demands. 

REFERENCES 
Barker,  A.  F.    Textiles. 
Hurst,  G.  H.    Dyeing  and  Printing  of  Silk. 
Matthews,  J.  M.    Textile  Fibres. 

Posselt,  E.  A.    Wool,  Cotton,  Silk,  from  Fibre  to  Fin- 
ished Fabric. 
Silk.    Pamphlet.    Nonotuck  Silk  Company. 


CHAPTER  VII 
LINEN 

LINEN  or  flax  is  the  fiber  obtained  from  the  layer  of 
bast  cells  just  inside  the  outer  bark  of  the  plant 
Linum  usitatissimum,  or  flax.  The  fiber  is  firmly  at- 
tached to  the  woody  tissue  in  which  it  lies,  and  it  is  nec- 
essary to  break  off  the  outer  bark  and  to  destroy  the 
woody  tissue  in  order  to  obtain  it  pure. 

History.  Although  flax  is  more  difficult  to  obtain 
from  the  plant  than  cotton,  once  separated  from  the 
stem  the  fibers  are  much  more  easily  spun  by  hand 
methods,  and  it  was  probably  the  first  vegetable  fiber 
used  for  spinning.  Just  when  or  where  linen  was  first 
used  we  cannot  tell,  but  historians  seem  to  agree  that 
Egypt  probably  first  discovered  the  value  of  this  ma- 
terial. Flax  is  indigenous  to  the  Nile  Valley,  and  the 
earliest  picture  writings  of  Egypt  show  the  linen  in- 
dustry in  quite  a  high  state  of  development.  The  Bible 
(Genesis  41:  42)  tells  us  that  Pharaoh  arrayed  Joseph 
in  vestures  of  fine  linen,  and  more  than  once  mentions 
flax  in  Egypt.  This  was  about  1715  B.C.  These  refer- 
ences are  to  "fine  linen,"  which  shows  that  the  indus- 
try must  have  been  carried  on  for  a  long  time,  since 
coarse  linens  would  be  the  first  produced. 

Mummy  cloths,  four  thousand  years  old,  show  linen 
quite  fine  in  quality.  Probably  very  little  clothing  of  any 
other  material  was  used  in  Egypt  until  after  the  Christian 

109 


HO  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

era.  For  hundreds  of  years  the  Phoenicians  carried  linen 
cloth  from  the  Nile  valley  to  all  parts  of  the  ancient 
western  country.  It  was  frequently  taken  to  Tyre  to 
be  dyed  and  then  traded.  Purple  and  fine  linen  were" 
symbols  of  royalty  in  the  time  of  Solomon,  and,  be- 
cause of 'its  cleanliness,  linen  was  and  still  is  used  in 
connection  with  all  religious  rites. 

From  Egypt  linen  culture  spread  to  Babylon,  to 
Greece,  and  to  Rome.  Great  encouragement  was  given 
to  it  in  Italy,  and  guilds  were  later  formed  to  regulate 
and  protect  the  linen  trade.  The  Moors  kept  up  the  in- 
dustry in  Spain,  and  from  the  seventh  century  France 
and  Germany  were  producing  their  own  flax.  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland  may  have  borrowed  the  industry 
from  the  Romans.  All  over  Europe  during  the  Middle 
Ages,  and  until  the  invention  of  power  spinning,  linen 
was  used  almost  entirely  where  we  use  cotton  today. 
Although,  since  the  industrial  revolution,  cotton  has  re-% 
placed  linen  for  many  purposes,  because  of  the  strength, 
luster,  smoothness,  snowy  whiteness,  and  characteristic 
leathery  texture  of  linen,  cotton  can  never  be  as  valu- 
able, or  replace  it  for  table  service  and  many  other  uses. 

At  the  present  time  the  linen  industry  flourishes, 
although  it  is  not  to  be  compared  with  the  cotton  in- 
dustry. Large  amounts  of  flax  are  grown  in  Ireland, 
Belgium,  Holland,  Germany,  Russia,  France,  and  in 
parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

Physical  and  Chemical  Structure  and  Character- 
istics. Good  flax  fiber,  when  separated  from  the  stalk, 
should  be  from  twelve  to  twenty  inches  in  length,  and 
will  vary  greatly  in  fineness.  It  is  very  strong,  but  has 


LINEN  III 

little  elasticity.  Under  the  microscope  the  fiber  appears 
straight,  with  longitudinal  markings  and,  at  intervals, 
cross  markings  or  nodes  which  look  almost  like  breaks 
in  the  fiber,  and  which  assist  somewhat  in  spinning,  since 
they  tend  to  hold  the  fibers  together.  In  cross  section 
the  fiber  is  polygonal  and  has  a  small  central  canal. 
The  fiber  is  composed  of  cells  consisting  of  almost  pure 
cellulose,  held  together  by  a  vegetable  gum  or  pectin, 
which  also  gives  it  color.  This  structure  makes  it  very 
different  from  cotton,  which  is  a  single  cell.  The  color 
varies  from  yellowish-white  to  brown  and  from  pearl  to 
steel  gray,  the  best  quality  of  flax  being  pale  yellowish- 
white.  The  variation  in  color  is  due  quite  largely  to  dif- 
ferences in  the  processes  of  retting. 

Luster  is  one  of  the  most  prized  assets  of  linen  and  is 
retained  as  long  as  the  fiber  lasts.  It  may  be  affected 
by  retting,  as  may  the  strength  of  the  fiber. 
i  Linen  does  not  absorb  a  great  amount  of  water  into 
the  fiber,  6  to  8  per  cent  being  an  average  amount,  al- 
though it  may  reach  20  per  cent;  neither  has  it  a  great 
affinity  for  dyestuffs  or  metallic  salts.  A  certain  amount 
of  vegetable  oil  is  present  and  aids  in  the  spinning  proc- 
esses. Probably  the  failure  of  some  chemical  methods 
of  retting  is  due  to  the  fact  that  too  much  oil  has  been 
removed  from  the  fiber.  Bleaching  removes  this  oil 
and  also  some  of  the  vegetable  waxes  and  gums  pres- 
ent ;  therefore  unbleached  linen  is  usually  stronger  than 
bleached. 

Again,  because  of  this  combination  of  cells,  linen  may 
not  be  bleached  rapidly,  as  cotton  is,  by  the  action  of  hot 
alkalies.  The  fiber  is  disintegrated  by  these.  Acids  do 


112  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

/ 

not  act  so  rapidly  on  linen  as  on  cotton,  since  the  gums 
protect  the  cellulose  and  make  the  action  slower. 

The  affinity  for  dyestuffs  is  not  so  great  in  linen  as 
in  cotton,  again  probably  due  to  the  resins  uniting  the 
cells  of  the  fiber.  Otherwise,  being  almost  pure  cellu- 
lose, it  is  chemically  similar  to  cotton,  especially  after 
being  bleached. 

Linen  is  a  better  conductor  of  heat  than  cotton ; 
therefore  it  feels  cool  to  the  touch. 

Cultivation.  Flax  culture  must  be  divided  into  two 
branches,  culture  for  fiber  and  culture  for  seed.  In  the 
United  States  flax  is  raised  almost  entirely  for  the  seed. 
Linen  is  woven  to  a  certain  extent  in  this  country,  but 
the  raw  material  is  imported  and  the  manufacture  is 
limited  almost  entirely  to  thread,  twine,  and  coarse 
materials.  Very  recently  a  new  branch  of  flax  manu- 
facture has  been  attempted,  in  which  the  broken  straw, 
left  after  the  removal  of  the  seed,  may  be  converted  into 
yarn  and  woven.1  Up  to  this  time  all  straw  left  after 
the  removal  of  the  seed  has  been  a  waste  product. 

The  flax  plant  requires  a  temperate  climate,  but  grows 
in  varied  soils.  It  cannot,  however,  be  grown  for  many 
years  in  succession  on  the  same  soil,  but  must  be  rotated 
with  other  crops.  The  best  grades  of  flax  for  fiber  are 
produced  on  fertile  soils,  -in  districts  where  the  temper- 
ature is  even,  moist,  and  not  too  high,  as  in  parts  of 
Russia,  the  Low  Countries,  and  Ireland.  The  tempera- 
ture lines  of  this  area  would  include  Wisconsin,  North 
Dakota,  Minnesota,  Iowa,  and  parts  of  Michigan,  the 
states  in  which  flax  is  grown  for  seed. 

1  Described  more  fully  on  p.  120. 


LINEN  113 

Flaxseed  must  be  sown  in  early  spring  in  land  which 
is  rather  heavy  and  well  drained.  It  requires  a  rich  soil, 
not  because  it  takes  more  from  the  soil  than  other  crops, 
but  because,  if  it  is  to  be  used  for  fiber,  it  must  take 
it  quickly.  The  ground  must  be  well  prepared,  finely 
broken  up,  the  seed  sown  broadcast,  and  is  best  raked 
in  by  hand.  When  the  plants  are  two  to  three  inches 
high  they  must  be  weeded  very  carefully  by  hand.  When 
they  are  nearly  grown  a  stalk  of  blue  flower  appears, 
followed  by  the  flaxseed.  Before  the  seed  is  entirely 
ripe,  and  when  the  stalk  of  the  plant  has  turned  yellow 
about  two-thirds  of  the  way  down,  the  flax  is  harvested. 
In  most  countries  the  harvesting  time  is  July.  The  plant 
should  be  about  three  feet  high  when  pulled,  and  must 
be  pulled  in  clear,  dry  weather.  If  flax  were  cut  as  other 
grains  are,  part  of  the  available  fiber  would  be  lost. 

Separation  of  the  Fiber.  The  process  of  separating 
flax  fibers  from  the  rest  of  the  plant  is  a  long  and  tedi- 
ous one.  The  seeds  and  leaves  are  removed  from  the 
stems  by  a  process  known  as  rippling,  the  ends  of  the 
stalks  being  put  between  rollers  which  crush  off  the 
seeds  and  leaves.  Next,  the  stems  are  tied  in  bundles 
and  put  through  a  process  of  fermentation,  which  loos- 
ens the  bast  fibers  from  the  woody  portion  by  decom- 
posing the  resins  which  unite  them.  This  process, 
known  as  retting,  may  be  accomplished  in  a  number  of 
ways.  Dew  retting  consists  in  spreading  the  fibers  on 
the  grass  and  leaving  them  exposed  to  the  action  of 
dews  and  sun  for  about  two  weeks.  This  method  is 
practiced  in  parts  of  Russia  and  yields  a  silky  fiber,  but 
it  is  a  question  if  the  result  would  not  be  just  as  'good 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


if  the  same  flax  were  retted  in  another  way.    A  more 
common  method  is  to  put  the  bundles  of  flax  into  pools 


FIG.  30.  — FLAX 


C.  Flax  scutched 


A.  Michigan  Flax,  seeds  removed  B.  Flax  retted. 

D.  Flax  hackled  E.  Flax  drawn 

The  dark  color  of  B  and  D  is  due  to  chemical  retting 

of  stagnant  water  and  allow  them  to  remain  for  several 
days?   Since  gas  is  evolved  in  the  process  of  fermenta- 


LINEN  115 

tion,  the  bundles  must  be  weighted  down  to  keep  them 
under  water.  Soft  water  gives  better  results  than  hard. 
A  third  method  is  that  of  soaking  the  flax  in  streams 
of  running  water.  The  famous  Courtrai  flax  of  Belgium 
is  retted  in  this  manner  in  the  slow-running  waters 
of  the  River  Lys.  Its  creamy  color  is  due  probably  to 
the  soft,  slow-running  water,  which  has  a  peculiar 
ferment. 

As  a  rule,  running  water  gives  a  whiter  flax  than  pool 
retting,  because  the  water  does  not  become  so  polluted. 
Dew  retting  does  not  produce  such  uniform  results. 
Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  shorten  the  process 
of  retting,  the  most  successful  being  those  in  which 
tanks  are  used  and  the  water  is  heated.  This  water  may 
be  changing  or  not.  In  this  way  flax  has  been  retted 
in  fifty  or  sixty  hours.  Retting,  by  whatever  method, 
must  be  stopped  at  the  right  time  or  the  fiber  will  be 
weakened  and  discolored.  Certain  chemicals  added  to 
the  water  hasten  the  process,  but  while  they  aid  the  de- 
struction of  the  resins  binding  the  fibers,  they  weaken 
the  fiber  and  injure  the  color,  thus  detracting  greatly 
from  the  value  of  the  product. 

Upon  removal  from  the  retting,  the  bundles  of  flax 
straw  are  set  up  in  fields  to  dry,  after  which  they  are 
ready  for  the  mechanical  part  of  the  separating  process. 
The  woody  portion  is  now  thoroughly  rotten  and  may 
be  crushed  in  the  flax  brake.  The  old  brake  consisted,  of 
a  row  of  heavy  slats,  held  firmly  at  each  end.  The 
straw  was  laid  across  these,  and  another  set  of  slats, 
hinged  to  the  first  at  one  end  and  weighted  at  the  other, 
was  dropped  down  on  the  flax,  breaking  the  woody  tis- 


Il6  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

sues.    At  the  present  time  the  same  result  is  obtained 
by  the  use  of  fluted  rollers  run  by  machinery. 

Scutching  is  the  first  rough  process  to  remove  the 
broken  woody  portion  of  the  stalk.  Originally  a  wooden 
block  and  a  wooden  knife  were  the  crude  implements 
used  for  this  process.  The  flax  was  placed  over  the 
block  and  the  knife  struck  off  the  woody  part.  A  modi- 
fication of  this  is  the  modern  scutching  machine,  in 
which  several  wooden  knives  are  mounted  in  a  wheel 
and  strike,  as  the  wheel  revolves,  against  a  wooden  block 
across  which  the  flax  is  laid. 

Hackling  is  a  combing  process  and  further  frees  the 
fiber  from  the  woody  particles.  When  done  by  hand 
the  hackler*  holds  a  bundle  of  fibers  in  his  hand  and 
throws ./me  free  end  over  a  set  of  upright  teeth,  drawing 
it  carefully  through.  The  short  fibers,  or  tow,  are  sepa- 
rated out  by  this  process,  the  long  fibers,  or  line,  re- 
maining in  the  hackler's  hand.  Several  sets  of  combs 
must  be  used,  as  the  process  must  not  only  remove  the 
tow,  but  must  separate  the  flax  into  finer  filaments  and 
leave  the  line  in  untangled  hanks.  The  tow  remains  in 
the  comb  and  must  be  removed  from  time  to  time.  It 
is  used  for  coarse  grades  of  yarn.  The  machine 
process  differs  only  in  the  fact  that  metal  needles,  set 
in  blocks  of  wood  on  a  revolving  apron,  and  wheels 
with  teeth  do  the  work  of  the  hackler  and  his  comb. 
Hand  hackling  usually  supplements  the  machine  work, 
especially  for  the  better  grades  of  flax. 
V  Drawing  and  Spinning.  Drawing,  the  next  process, 
r  consists  in  pulling  the  hackled  fibers  out  into  a  rope, 
which  may  then  be  drawn  out  finer  and  given  a  slight 


LINEN 


117 


twist,  producing  roving.  Finally  this  roving  is  spun 
into  yarn.  Flax  spinning  is  much  more  satisfactory  if 
done  in  a  moist  atmosphere ;  in  fact,  the  finer  qualities 
can  be  spun  only  when  wet.  The  hand  spinner  of 
former  days  kept  a  bowl  of  water  at  hand,  in  which 
she  moistened  her  fingers  as  she  spun.  Yarn  for  warp 


FIG.  31.  —  A.  YARN  WINDER        B.  FLAX  HATCHEL 
C.  QUILLING  WHEEL  FOR  FILLING  SPOOLS 

must  be  harder  twisted  than  that  for  weft.  The  warp 
yarn  is  also  given  a  light  sizing  to  hold  the  thread  to- 
gether in  weaving. 

Weaving  and  Finishing.  Weaving  linen  is  rather 
more  difficult  than  weaving  cotton,  because  the  fiber  is 
not  as  elastic  and  when  there  is  a  sudden  strain  breaks 
instead  of  stretching  as  cotton  does.  For  a  long  time 
fine  damask  was  woven  on  hand  looms,  but  these  have 


Il8  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

been  almost  entirely  replaced  by  power  looms.  Some 
of  the  coarser  linens,  such  as  Russian  crashes  and  other 
imported  linens,  are  woven  on  hand  looms  by  peasants 
in  different  countries.  Linen  bleaching  will  be  more 
fully  described  later.  If  it  be  done  most  carefully  it  re- 
quires a  combination  of  many  washings,  treatments  with 
bleaching  powder,  rinsings,  grass  bleachings — processes 
requiring  not  only  weeks  of  time,  but  proper  fields  upon 
which  the  cloth  may  be  spread  and  favorable  weather 
to  do  the  grassing. 

Finishing  linen  cloth  increases  the  luster,  adds  sizing, 
and  sometimes  produces  flat  threads.  Heavy  pressing, 
calendering,  and  mangling  after  the  addition  of  sizing 
materials  give  a  good  finish  to  the  cloth  and  make  it 
possible  to  handle  the  linen  in  the  store  without  destroy- 
ing its  finished  appearance.  Beetling  is  a  process  of 
putting  the  cloth  through  a  machine  which  beats  the 
threads  flat.  Heavy  clubs  fall  upon  the  surface  of  the 
cloth,  making  it  closer  in  weave,  increasing  the  luster, 
and  giving  the  leathery  feel  so  characteristic  of  good 
damask. 

Sizing,  when  added  in  excess,  makes  a  poor  grade  of 
cloth  look  well,  and  adds  weight  to  any  cloth.  This 
may  also  make  the  material  stiff,  but  after  washing,  this 
heavily  sized  material  often  disappoints  the  buyer. 

Brown  finishing  is  finishing  the  cloth  without  bleach- 
ing, and  many  of  the  most  attractive  linens  on  the  mar- 
ket are  those  which  are  left' in  the  natural  colors  of  tan, 
brown,  or  gray.  These  unbleached  linens  usually  wear 
better  than  the  bleached,  because  the  fiber  has  not  been 
weakened  by  the  chemical  action  of  bleaching  agents. 


LINEN  119 

Proper  methods  detract  little  from' the  strength  of  the 
fiber,  but  in  modern  processes  the  wearing  quality  of  the 
material  is  frequently  not  considered  so  much  as  the 
rapidity  and  cheapness  with  which  the  bleaching  may 
be  done. 

Linen  Fabrics.  The  difficulty  with  which  linen  is 
dyed  limits  somewhat  the  variety  of  materials  which  are 
made  from  it;  yet  there  are  many  different  effects  pro- 
duced by  varying  the  weave,  the  size  of  yarn,  the  tex- 
ture, and  the  degree  of  bleaching.  Half-bleached,  three- 
fourths  bleached,  and  full-bleached  cloth  of  different 
qualities  may  be  purchased.  Linens,  from  the  finest,  most 
delicate  lawns  to  the  coarsest  crashes,  are  attractive  for 
many  purposes.  Its  rapid  absorption  of  water  makes 
linen  the  best  material  for  towels,  and  its  hard,  smooth, 
lustrous  surface  leaves  it  unsurpassed  for  table  use, 
while  the  fact  that  it  is  a  splendid  conductor  of  heat 
makes  it  a  cool  garment  for  summer  wear. 

The  character  of  Hnen  makes  it  wrinkle  easily  in 
dress  material,  but  that  same  character  causes  it  to  lie 
smoothly  on  a  table.  Because  of  its  resistance  to  color- 
ing matter  it  does  not  stain  easily,  and  the  long  fibers 
present  few  ends  in  the  thread  to  become  fuzzy  like 
cotton.  For  these  various  reasons  linen  is  a  much  valued 
fiber  and  commands  a  high  price. 

That  this  high  price  is  legitimate  may  readily  be 
understood  if  one  considers  the  great  amount  of  hand 
work  necessary  in  the  different  stages  of  flax  produc- 
tion. The  culture,  harvesting,  rippling,  retting,  and 
bleaching  all  require  hand  labor,  while  in  the  preparation 
for  spinning,  and  in  the  spinning  itself,  much  less  change 


I2O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

has  been  wrought  by  modern  invention  than  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  any  other  yarn.  The  price  of  hand  labor 
in  this  country  is  almost  prohibitive  to  the  linen  indus- 
try, and  the  climate  is  not  well  suited  to  grass  bleaching. 
The  high  duty  imposed  by  our  tariff  on  imported  linens 
keeps  up  the  price. 

The  recent  efforts  to  separate  the  fiber  from  some  of 
the  thousands  of  tons  of  broken  flax  straw,  left  after 
the  threshing  which  separates  the  flax  seeds,  is  a 
worthy  measure  for  conservation.  As  has  been  said 
before,  for  the  best  quality  of  linen  the  flax  must  be 
pulled  before  the  seeds  are  ripe;  consequently  the  fiber 
from  the  crop  grown  for  seed  must  be  inferior  to  that 
grown  for  fiber.  Again,  the  machine-threshing  process 
leaves  the  stalks  much  broken,  and  the  fiber  obtained 
from  it  is  short.  Finally,  the  chemical  retting  process 
used  will  probably  make  the  fiber  weaker,  so  that  the 
finest  grades  of  linen  will  not  be  produced  by  this  method. 
Up  to  the  present  time  these  manufacturers  have  pro- 
duced only  medium  grade  towels,  underwear,  surgeon's 
lint,  etc.  The  writer  has  used  some  very  fair  towels  made 
in  this  way. 

Union  goods  of  linen  and  cotton  are  excellent  for 
some  purposes;  a  linen  and  cotton  towel  is,  no  doubt, 
better  than  one  of  cotton  alone,  but  not  so  desirable  as 
a  pure  linen  towel.  It  is  doubtful  if  a  mixed  linen  and 
cotton  tablecloth  is  any  better  than  a  pure  cotton  one. 
Mercerized  cotton  is  sometimes  sold  for  linen,  but,  while 
a  very  good  material  in  itself,  it  has  not  the  character- 
istics which  make  linen  so  valuable.  Excessive  amounts 
of  starch  may  give  a  firm  appearance  to  poor  linen. 


LINEN  121 

Linen  may  be  considered  with  silk  a  fiber  of  luxury, 
although  to  the  housewife  it  seems  indispensable  for 
cc  tain  uses. 

REFERENCES 

Barker,  A.  F.    Textiles. 

Flax  Culture  for  Seed  and  Fibre.  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  Office  of  Fibre  Investiga- 
tion. Report  10. 

Matthews,  J.  M.    Textile  Fibres. 

Zipser.  Textile  Raw  Materials  and  their  Conversion 
into  Yarns. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
BLEACHING  AND   DYEING 

WITHIN  the  last  sixty  years  the  processes  of 
bleaching  and  dyeing  have  changed  from  rule  of 
thumb  methods,  handed  down  from  generation  to  gen- 
eration, and  carried  on  most  successfully  by  those  who 
inherited  the  skill  from  their  forefathers,  to  a  most  sci- 
entific method,  requiring  for  best  results  the  skill  of 
the  textile  chemist.  The  workman  who  mixes  the  dyes 
and  watches  the  machine  is  not  necessarily  as  intelligent 
as  the  Oriental  dyer  in  his  native  mountains,  but  the 
dyestuffs  are  not  gathered  from  nature  by  the  man  who 
mixes  them,  and  he  is  not  even  intrusted  with  the 
matching  of  shades. 

The  processes  of  bleaching  and  dyeing  differ  for  the 
different  textile  fibers.  The  vegetable  fibers  have  similar 
chemical  reactions,  and  the  animal  fibers  are  somewhat 
alike  in  their  chemical  characteristics,  yet  each  fiber 
must  be  treated  in  the  way  best  suited  to  its  individual 
needs.  So  many  and  such  complicated  reactions  are  in- 
volved in  these  processes  that  only  a  general  statement 
of  methods  and  principles  will  be  given  here.  Since 
the  chemical  and  physical  structure  and  characteristics 
determine  the  treatment  of  the  fibers  in  bleaching  and 
dyeing,  these  may  be  briefly  reviewed. 

Cotton  and  Linen.  Cotton  consists  of  cellulose  87 
per  cent,  water  8  per  cent,  and  the  remaining  5  per  cent 

122 


BLEACHING    AND   DYEING  123 

vegetable  wax,  oil,  albuminous  matter,  pectic  acid,  and 
coloring  matter.  The  object  of  bleaching  cotton  is  to 
remove  this  5  per  cent  impurity,  so  that  the  fiber  may 
be  white  or  that  it  may  absorb  dyes  readily ;  the  oil  and 
wax  prevent  this  ready  absorption. 

Cotton  is  a  single  cell,  hollow  in  the  center,  a  col- 
lapsed tube. 

Linen  is  not  so  largely  pure  cellulose,  having  about* 
15  to  30  per  cent  of  foreign  substance,  besides  6  to  8 
per  cent  water.  The  foreign  matter  is  mostly  pectic 
in  nature  and  is  difficult  to  remove.  The  linen  fiber 
also  differs  in  being  composed  of  many  cells  held  to- 
gether by  a  gummy  substance  which  may  be  dissolved 
by  chemicals,  making  it  more  easily  disintegrated  than 
cotton. 

In  general,  the  treatment  of  cotton  and  linen  in  dye- 
ing and  bleaching  is  the  same.  Acids  weaken  or  destroy 
the  fibers,  while  alkalies,  except  in  special  cases,  have 
little  effect  on  them.  Mercerized  cotton  has  a  greater 
affinity  for  dyestuff  than  ordinary  cotton,  and  linen  is 
more  difficult  to  dye  than  cotton.  Cellulose  has  very 
weak  acid  and  basic  properties,  so  weak  that  it  does  not 
combine  directly  with  most  dyes.  Cotton  has  a  very 
slight  affinity  for  metallic  salts. 

Wool  and  Silk.  Wool,  being  an  animal  fiber,  is  a 
nitrogenous  compound.  Much  foreign  matter  is  present 
in  raw  wool ;  in  some  cases  less  than  30  per  cent  of  the 
weight  of  wool  is  fiber,  14  per  cent  is  water,  and  the  rest 
impurity.  Most  of  this  foreign  matter  is,  however,  re- 
moved before  the  fiber  reaches  the  bleaching  process. 

Raw  silk  is  composed  of  two  substances.    The  fiber, 


124  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

fibroin,  is  a  nitrogenous  compound ;  sericine,  the  gummy 
substance  surrounding  the  fiber,  is  soluble  in  warm, 
soapy  water  and  is  removed  in  the  cleaning  process. 
About  73  per  cent  of  silk  is  fibroin,  25  per  cent  sericine, 
and  12  per  cent  water. 

The  chemical  actions  of  wool  and  silk  are  practically 
opposite  to  those  of  cotton  and  linen.  Wool  disinte- 
grates readily  in  warm,  rather  dilute  alkali ;  silk  is  not 
so  readily  affected.  Acids,  even  when  fairly  concentrated, 
have  very  little  effect  on  wool,  but  injure  silk  more 
readily.  Both  wool  and  silk  have  great  affinity  for 
metallic  salts.  The  action  of  wool  towards  bleaching 
powder  in  cold  and  dilute  solutions  is  one  of  chemical 
combination;  the  product,  "chlored"  or  "chlorinated," 
wool,  has  a  high  luster,  loses  its  felting  property,  and 
has  an  increased  affinity  for  dyes.  The  absorption  of 
metallic  salts  by  silk  gives  the  process  of  weighting  al- 
ready mentioned. 

Wool  sometimes  acts  as  an  acid,  sometimes  as  a 
base,  therefore  combines  readily  with  different  classes 
of  dyestuffs. 

Fibers  are  made  weak,  or  tendered,  by  certain  chem- 
icals. In  the  case  of  vegetable  fibers,  dilute  acids  and 
strong  alkalies  in  the  presence  of  air  have  this  effect. 
Animal  fibers  are  weakened  by  caustic  alkalies,  alkaline 
carbonates  in  boiling  solutions,  and  concentrated  min- 
eral acids. 

Absorption  of  Dyes.  Owing  to  its  physical  struc- 
ture, the  single  cell  of  cotton,  with  its  central  canal, 
doubtless  absorbs  dyes  by  capillary  action.  This,  how- 
ever, is  probably  largely  due  to  pores  which  run  from 


BLEACHING    AND   DYEING  125 

the  surface  inward.  Mercerized  cotton,  in  which  the 
central  canal  has  almost  entirely  disappeared,  has  a 
greater  affinity  for  dyes  than  ordinary  cotton.  Linen 
in  the  unbleached  state  has  the  cells  of  the  fibers  sur- 
rounded by  a  pectic  substance  that  retains  its  natural 
coloring  matter  and  resists  dyes,  and  this  is  true  to  a 
certain  extent  of  bleached  linen. 

The  structureless  silk  fiber  readily  absorbs  dyestuffs. 
So  great  is  the  affinity  of  this  fiber  for  some  classes  of 
dyes  that  it  is  necessary  to  add  the  dyestuffs  in  several 
small  amounts  to  prevent  uneven  absorption.  The  cen- 
tral or  cortical  layer  of  cells  of  the  wool  fiber  takes  up 
the  dyestuff,  while  the  outer,  scaly  layer  does  not  dye  so 
readily.  This  explains  the  depth  of  color  obtained  when 
looking  into  a  pile  material,  where  the  cross  section  of 
the  thread  appears  darker  than  the  surface. 

Operations  Preliminary  to  Dyeing.  When  the  fibers 
come  into  the  hands  of  the  dyer,  either  in  the  form 
of  raw  fiber,  -yarn,  or  cloth,  they  are  in  a  more  or  less 
impure  condition ;  besides  the  natural  impurities  there 
are  present  oil  and  dirt  from  the  machinery  and  sizing 
in  the  cloth. 

If  the  fiber  is  to  be  put  upon  the  market  pure  white 
the  process  of  bleaching  is  about  the  same,  as  that  for 
cloth  to  be  dyed  light  colors ;  therefore  only  one  process 
will  be  described  here. 

Three  general  operations  must  be  gone  through  in 
this  process : 

i.  The  material  must  be  thoroughly  wet,  so  that 
every  portion  will  be  uniformly  penetrated  by  mordant 
or  dye,  and  not  be  protected  from  contact  with  it  by 
bubbles  of  air,  etc 


126  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

2.  All  impurities,  such  as  vegetable  or  animal  oils, 
which  would  prevent  the  fiber  from  taking  up  the  mor- 
dant or  dye,  must  be  thoroughly  removed. 

3.  The  natural  coloring  matters,  when  they  would 
interfere  with  the  brilliancy  of  color  to  be  produced, 
must  be  removed. 

Cotton  Bleaching.  The  process  for  cotton,  bleached 
more  commonly  in  the  yarn  or  cloth  state,  consists  of 
the  following  operations: 

1.  Boiling  out.    A  scouring  operation  to  remove  all 
waxy  and  resinous  matters  in  fiber.1 

2.  Treatment  with  bleaching  powder  solution  to  de- 
stroy natural  coloring  matter,  and  also  to  break  down 
various  non-cellulosic  matters  associated  with  the  cellu- 
lose of  the  cotton. 

3.  Treatment  with  a  dilute   solution  of  acid  called 
"souring,"    to    dissolve    lime    compounds    left    in    fiber 
from  bleaching  powder  and  to  decompose  any  chlorine 
compounds  which  may  have  been  formed. 

4.  Washing.    For  the  purpose  of  removing  all  solu- 
ble matters  resulting  from  the  action  of  the  bleaching 
powder  and  acid ;  also  for  the  removal  of  the  acid  from 
the  fiber. 

5.  Soaping  and  tinting,   for  cloth  to  be  left  white, 
neutralizes  the  last  trace  of  acid,  softens  the  cotton,  and 
gives  a  slightly  bluish  tone  to  the  white. 

Various  methods  are  used  for  carrying  out  these 
processes,  and  also  different  chemicals. 

Lime  preceded  by  resin  soap  was  formerly  used  for 

1  Matthews.  Laboratory  Manual  of  Dyeing  and  Textile  Chem- 
istry, p.  45. 


BLEACHING  .AND   DYEING  I2/ 

boiling  out.  In  the  madder  bleach  seven  operations,  viz. : 
i,  wetting;  2,  boiling  with  lime  water;  3,  rinsing; 
4,  treating  with  acid;  5,  rinsing;  6,  boiling  with  soap 
and  alkali ;  7,  rinsing,  were  carried  out  before  treat- 
ment with  bleaching  powder ;  then  followed  the  treatment 
with  acid  and  the  final  rinsing. 

Caustic  soda  is  now  commonly  used  for  boiling  out. 

Bleaching  powder,  or  chloride  of  lime,  has  the  chem- 
ical formula  CaOCL.  It  is  a  yellowish-white  powder, 
partly  soluble,  used  in  a  cold  bath.  Care  must  be  taken 
that  no  undissolved  particles  are  allowed  in  the  bath, 
and  that  the  cloth  is  entirely  immersed,  as  the  combined 
action  of  bleaching  powder  and  air  weakens  the  material. 

Souring  is  usually  done  in  a  cold  bath  of  very  weak 
sulphuric  acid,  so  that  the  cotton  may  not  be  made 
tender.  Hydrochloric  acid  seems  for  several  reasons  to 
be  better  suited  than  sulphuric  acid. 

Soaping  and  tinting  are  done  with  dilute  lukewarm 
solution  of  soap  and  a  small  quantity  of  blue  dyestuff, 
as  Prussian  blue. 

Recently  hydrogen  peroxide  has  come  into  use  as  a 
cotton  bleach.  Although  expensive,  it  does  not  weaken 
the  fiber  and  is  used  for  some  high  grade  cottons. 

Linen  Bleaching  may  be  done  in  the  same  general 
manner  as  cotton,  but  the  fiber  is  much  weakened  by  the 
process.  The  pectic  acid,  or  gum  which  glues  the  cells 
of  the  fiber  together,  is  partially  dissolved. 

The  old  method  of  bleaching  linen  included  bleach- 
ing both  in  the  yarn  and  in  the  cloth.  Mrs.  Alice  Morse 
Earle,  in  "Home  Life  in  Colonial  Days,"  says  some  forty 
processes  of  wetting,  washing,  bleaching  with  acids. 


128  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

rinsing,  soaking,  bleaching  on  the  grass,  etc.,  were  gvme 
through  with  before  the  linen  was  pure  white.  These 
processes  required  many  weeks. 

The  modern  linen  bleach  is  usually  as  follows  for 
half  bleach:  first,  the  linen  is  boiled  in  sodium  carbon- 
ate or  in  soda  ash ;  then  treated  with  bleaching  powder, 
then  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  After  each  of  these 
operations  it  is  thoroughly  washed  and  the  processes  re- 
peated ;  then  if  three- fourths  bleach  is  required  the  cloth 
is  spread  on  the  grass  and  the  sun  and  air  do  their 
work.  For  a  full  bleach,  or  pure  white,  the  processes 
are  repeated  two- or  three  times. 

Linen  loses  from  25  to  30  per  cent  in  bleaching,  and 
becomes  weaker  as  it  becomes  whiter.  This  weaken- 
ing is  more  marked  with  chemical  bleaching  than  with 
the  old  grass  bleach  methods,  and  this  accounts  in  part 
for  the  great  difference  in  wearing  quality  between  the 
old  homespuns  and  the  modern  machine-made  linens. 

Wool  Bleaching.  The  operations  preparatory  to 
bleaching  wool  really  begin  when  it  first  comes  to  the 
mill  with  the  wool  scouring,  for  here  it  is  that  the  large 
per  cent  of  dirt,  perspiration,  and  oil  is  removed  from 
the  fiber.  Later,  when  the  yarn  or  the  cloth  is  to  be 
bleached,  it  is  again  washed  in  soap  solution,  and 
stretched  to  prevent  tangling.  Final  bleaching  is  accom- 
plished by  hanging  it,  thoroughly  moist,  in  brick  cham- 
bers, into  which  the  fumes  of  burning  sulphur  or 
sulphurous  acid  are  brought.  This  operation  requires 
from  ten  to  twenty  hours.  The  sulphuric  acid  formed 
must  be  thoroughly  washed  out  of  the  wool  when  the 
bleaching  process  is  completed. 


BLEACHING    AND    DYKING  129 

Peroxides  are  becoming  widely  used  as  bleaching 
agents  for  wool.  Hydrogen  peroxide  has  been  used, 
but  the  expense  is  almost  prohibitive.  Sodium  peroxide 
is  much  less  expensive,  but  must  be  handled  with  care, 
as  when  moist  it  is  quite  explosive. 

Silk  Bleaching.  Silk  bleaching  differs  somewhat 
from  that  of  wool  in  that  a  large  part  of  the  coloring 
matter  is  present  in  the  soluble  gum  which  constitutes 
about  30  percent  of  the  fiber. 

This  gum  may  be  entirely  removed,  as  in  boilecl-off 
silk,  where  the  material  is  boiled  for  an  hour  in  a  25 
to  35  per  cent  soap  solution,  rinsed,  then  boiled  again 
from  one-half  hour  to  three  hours  in  a  10  to  15  per 
cent  soda  solution.  Souple  silk  has  about  one-sixth  of 
the  gum  removed,  and  in  this  case  the  first  soap  solu- 
tion has  a  strength  of  only  about  3  or  4  per  cent  and 
the  second  bath  consists  of  a  weak  solution  of  soda 
crystals.  In  each  of  these  classes  of  silks  the  boiling 
is  followed  by  a  bleaching  process,  in  which  either 
the  sulphur  bleach  or  the  hydrogen  peroxide  bleach  is 
used. 

Another  class  of  silk,  called  "ecru,"  has  but  one- 
twelfth  of  the  gum  removed  by  scouring,  and  has  no 
bleaching  process. 

Smoothing  by  the  use  of  a  4  per  cent  cream  of  tar- 
tar solution  softens  the  silk  after  these  processes. 

Since  the  cost  of  silk  is  greater  than  the  cost  of 
wool,  it  is  more  consistent  to  use  the  peroxide  bleaches 
for  it  than  for  wool. 

Silk  that  has  a  rustle  has  been  treated  with  a  weak 
acid,  usually  acetic  or  tartaric,  which  gives  it  this  prop- 


130  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILKS 

erty  known  as  scroop.  The  acid  is  not  washed  off,  but 
is  allowed  to  dry  on  the  silk. 

Dyeing.  The  object  of  the  dyer  is  to  produce  on  a 
given  material  any  desired  color,  with  a  certain  standard 
of  fastness.  The  demand  may  be  for  fastness  to  light ; 
it  may  be  for  fastness  to  washing  or,  better,  for  fastness 
to  both  light  and  washing.  The  manufacturer  must  also 
consider  the  cost  of  the  dyestuffs  and  of  the  process 
necessary  to  set  the  dye  on  the  fiber.  Here  is  one  great 
cause  of  our  many  fugitive  colors,  for  too  often  the 
finished  material  must  be  cheap. 

There  are  two  distinct  types  of  dyestuffs:  the  natural 
dyes  and  the  artificial — the  aniline,  or  coal-tar  dyes ;  the 
first  class  as  old  as  the  hills,  and  the  second  compara- 
tively new.  The  Tyrian  purple  so  highly  prized  in  an- 
cient days  and  used  as  a  sign  of  royalty  was  obtained  a 
drop  at  a  time  from  a  shellfish  found  on  the  shores  of 
Tyre.  The  Egyptians  early  used  gorgeous  colors,  ob- 
tained from  plant  and  mineral  sources,  dyeing  being  a 
well-developed  art  even  then. 

The  Oriental  peoples,  most  famous  for  their  beauti- 
ful rugs,  guard  sacredly  the  secrets  of  their  dyes,  which 
have  been  handed  down  and  improved  by  generation 
after  generation,  until  they  are  surpassed  in  beauty  by 
no  others.  The  famous  tapestries  of  the  Middle  Ages 
and  of  more  modern  times  have  been  colored  with  these 
dyes  taken  directly  from  nature  and  brewed  by  the 
skilled  dyester,  while  the  simple  materials  woven  by  our 
grandmothers  were  dyed  with  bark  of  walnut,  leaf  of 
sumac,  or  root  of  indigo. 

Aniline   Dyes.    All  this  has  been  changed  as  a  re- 


BLEACHING    AND    DYEING  13! 

suit  of  the  marvelous  discovery  made  by  the  chemist, 
Perkin,  in  the  year  1856.  While  experimenting  in  his 
laboratory  with  aniline  from  coal  tar  he  found  the  dye 
substance  mauveine.  This  discovery,  followed  by  many 
others,  in  time  completely  revolutionized  the  dyeing  in- 
dustry. There  are  at  present  hundreds  of  dyestuffs 
made  from  coal-tar  products,  which  produce  an  enor- 
mous variety  of  shades,  hues,  and  pure  colors.  The 
manufacturers  of  these  dyes  employ  constantly  an  army 
of  chemists  to  discover  new  dyes  and  to  perfect  the 
method  of  using  those  already  known. 

Considerable  has  been  written  in  criticism  of  aniline 
dyes,  and  much  of  this  criticism  is  just.  The  chief  dif- 
ficulty is  that  these  dyes  are  so  much  purer  than  the 
natural  dyes  that  the  resulting  colors  are  crude  and  hard. 
Also,  many  of  the  colors  are  fugitive  and  fade  to  ugly 
tones.  When  properly  used,  however,  beautiful  and  fast 
colors  may  be  obtained  with  greater  certainty  and  much 
more  cheaply  than  with  the  vegetable  dyes. 

Vegetable  Dyes  are  still  used  to  a  certain  extent  by 
craft  workers  and  by  those  who  dye  on  a  small  scale.  For 
commercial  purposes,  however,  with  the  exception  of 
logwood  and  indigo,  natural  dyes  have  almost  entirely 
disappeared,  and  these  two  are  rapidly  being  replaced 
by  chemically  prepared  dyes.  Cochineal,  the  coloring 
matter  extracted  from  the  bodies  of  the  female  of  a 
small  bug  which  grows  on  cactus  plants,  is  still  used  to 
color  the  red  coat  of  the  British  soldier. 

Primitive  peoples  still  use  the  natural  dyes.  When 
they  use  yarns  dyed  with  aniline  dyes,  as  some  of  our 
Western  Indians  have  done  of  late  years,  their  products 


132  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

are  anything  but  artistic,  since  they  do  not  know  how 
to  handle  these  colors. 

It  is  a  capital  offence  to  carry  aniline  dyes  into 
Persia ;  in  this  way  the  law  has  protected  the  beauty 
of  the  Persian  rug. 

Household  Dyes.  Aniline  dyes  especially  prepared 
in  small  packages  for  vegetable  or  for  animal  fibers  are 
known  to  the  housekeeper.  Those  dyes  are  chosen  which 
will  produce  the  best  results  in  unskilled  hands,  and  are 
combined  with  the  chemicals  necessary  to  produce  this 
result.  The  dyer  needs  to  add  only  common  salt  or 
vinegar  as  an  assistant. 

Mordant.  Certain  dyestuffs  produce  a  fast  color  on 
a  fiber,  while  others  require  the  action  of  some  chemical 
to  bind  the  dyestuff  to  the  fiber.  The  chemical  which 
is  used  to  combine  with  and  fix  a  dye  upon  a  fiber  is 
called  a  mordant.  A  dye  which  requires  a  mordant  for 
one  fiber  may  not  require  it  for  another.  In  general, 
vegetable  fibers  require  mordants  more  often  than  do 
animal  fibers. 

The  theories  of  dyeing  are  not  entirely  established 
yet,  some  authorities  holding  that  there  is  a  chemical 
reaction  between  the  fiber  and  the  dyestuff  by  which  a 
compound  called  a  lake  is  produced.  Others  hold  that 
the  process  is  merely  a  mechanical  one,  and  that  the 
color  particles  are  deposited  on  the  fiber.  Both  theories 
have  evidence  in  their  favor.  A  third  theory  is  that  the 
fiber  is  capable  of  dissolving  the  dyestuffs  and  produc- 
ing a  solid  solution.  Whichever  theory  is  the  true  one, 
conditions  of  heat,  amount  of  liquid,  and  elements  in 
the  dyebath  greatly  affect  the  result  produced. 


BLEACHING    AND   DYEING  133 

Use  of  Mordants.  It  has  been  said  that  a  mordant 
is  a  chemical  substance  which  combines  with  the  dye  to 
produce  a  fixed  color  on  a  fiber.  Certain  metallic  salts 
have  this  power.  They  are  absorbed  by  the  fiber,  and 
then  mordant  and  dye  combine  to  form  an  insoluble 
color  lake.  Vegetable  fibers,  however,  do  not  have  the 
power  of  absorbing  these  metallic  salts  to  any  great  ex- 
tent, but  do  combine  with  tannic  acid.  The  tannic  acid 
may  then  combine  with  a  mordant,  and  finally  the  dye- 
stuff  is  brought  into  combination.  In  some  cases  the 
mordant  is  applied  to  the  fiber  first,  then  the  dye  added, 
or  the  mordant  and  dye  may  both  be  put  into  the  same 
bath.  Common  mordants  are  salts  of  aluminum,  chro- 
mium, iron,  and  tin.  In  the  old  methods  of  dyeing,  alum 
and  chrome  were  common  mordants.  Tannic  acid  was 
obtained  from  gallnuts  or  sumac. 

Assistants.  Glauber  salt,  common  salt,  acids,  or 
alkalies  are  used  with  different  dyestuffs  to  hasten  or 
delay  the  process  or  to  regulate  the  distribution  of  the 
dyestuff,  according  to  the  properties  of  the  dye  or  of  the 
fiber. 

After-Treatment.  Certain  colors  are  produced  on 
fibers  by  after-treatment  with  various  agents.  The  color 
may  be  merely  a  deeper  tone  of  that  originally  produced 
by  the  dye,  or  it  may  be  a  different  color.  The  object 
in  producing  colors  in  this  manner  is  to  gain  fastness. . 

Classification.  Dyes  are  usually  classified  into  four 
groups,  according  to  their  general  properties.1 

"a.  Acid  dyes. 

1  Matthews.  Laboratory  Manual  of  Dyeing  and  Textile  Chem- 
istry, p.  58. 


134  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

"b.  Basic  dyes. 

"c.  Substantive  dyes. 

"d.  Mordant  dyes. 

''This  classification  in  a  general  way  is  based  on  the 
chemical  nature  of  the  dyestuff  and  its  reaction  towards 
the  fiber.  The  following  is  a  brief  summary  of  these 
properties : 

"a.  Acid  dyes.  Salts  of  color-acids;  dye  animal 
fibers  directly;  do  not  dye  vegetable  fibers;  mostly  ap- 
plied to  wool  and  silk. 

"b.  Basic  dyes.  Salts  of  color-bases;  dye  animal 
fibers  directly ;  dye  vegetable  fibers  on  a  tannin  mordant ; 
mostly  applied  to  cotton  and  silk. 

"c.  Substantive  dyes.  Of  neutral  chemical  nature; 
dye  both  animal  and  vegetable  fibers  directly ;  mostly 
applied  to  cotton  and  somewhat  to  both  wool  and  silk. 

"d.  Mordant  dyes.  Of  neutral  chemical  nature; 
dye  neither  animal  nor  vegetable  fibers  directly,  but  re- 
quire a  metallic  mordant;  mostly  applied  to  wool." 

Some  other  dyes  not  included  in  these  groups  are  the 
mineral  pigment  dyes,  as  Prussian  blue,  vat  dyes,  such 
as  indigo,  and  sulphur  dyes. 

Acid  Dyes.  The  acid  dyes  are  cheap,  and  are  most 
commonly  used  for  wool.  The  dye  is  dissolved  in  an 
acid  bath,  with  considerable  Glauber  salt.  The  cloth  is 
put  in  at  a  low  temperature  and  the  water  gradually 
heated.  With  an  alum  mordant  on  cotton  the  acid  dyes 
give  colors  fast  to  light  but  not  to  washing. 

Basic  Dyes  are  much  used  for  silk,  since  this  fiber 
has  a  great  affinity  for  them,  and  the  colors  produced 
have  much  depth  and  brilliancy.  An  after-treatment  with 


BLEACHING   AND   DYEING  135 

tannic  acid  and  tartar  emetic  increases  the  fastness  to 
washing. 

Basic  colors  are  not  used  as  much  for  wool  as  for- 
merly since  acid  dyes  give  better  results.  With  cotton 
the  cloth  is  first  mordanted  with  tannic  acid,  then  with 
salts  of  antimony  or  iron,  and  finally  dyed. 

Hard  water  may  not  be  used  with  the  basic  dyes,  as 
the  colof  is  precipitated  and  dye  spots  result. 

Direct  Cotton  Colors,  or  substantive  colors,  may  be 
used  for  either  animal  or  vegetable  fibers,  and  for  this 
reason  are  largely  used  for  union  goods.  Their  worst 
fault  is  a  lack  of  fastness  to  light  and  washing,  a  dif- 
ficulty which  may  be  lessened  by  an  after-treatment  of 
the  material.  This  after-treatment  usually  consists  in 
developing  on  the  fiber  by  some  chemical  treatment  an 
insoluble  dyestuff  from  the  more  or  less  soluble  dye 
already  present. 

Mordant  Dyes  are  dyes  which  cannot  be  used  on 
any  fiber  without  a  mordant.  Madder,  logwood,  alizarin 
(Turkey  red),  are  common  examples  of  these  dyes. 
Many  of  the  old  natural  dyes  belonged  to  this  class. 
They  are  usually  rather  fast  colors  and  are  more  difficult 
to  dye. 

Vat  Dyes.  Indigo  is  an  interesting  example  of  vat 
dyes.  These  dyes  are  in  an  insoluble  form,  and  must  be 
reduced  to  a  soluble  form  before  they  can  be  applied  to 
the  material.  Indigo  as  it  comes  to  market  is  a  blue 
powder  or  paste  prepared  from  the  root  of  the  plant 
In  dig  of  era,  or  prepared  synthetically  from  coal-tar 
products.  The  two  substances  are  chemically  identical, 
but  the  synthetic  product  is  purer  than  the  natural  one. 


136  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

When  indigo  is  reduced  by  action  of  copperas  and  quick- 
lime or  other  agents,  it  yields  a  grayish-white  product, 
indigo  white,  whose  calcium  salt  is  soluble  in  water.  The 
cotton  is  impregnated  with  indigo  white,  then  exposed 
to  the  air,  when  oxidation  takes  place  producing  the 
blue  indigo  again  in  insoluble  form  on  the  fiber. 
}/  Sulphur  Dyes  are  those  requiring  sodium  sulphide 
to  produce  a  solution.  They  are  especially  fast  to  light 
and  are  used  largely  for  linens  and  silks.  .They  require 
after-treatment  with  potassium  dichromate  or  by  expo- 
sure to  air. 

These  different  classes  of  dyes  include  hundreds  of 
different  dyestuffs  with  many  names.  Firms  such  as 
Cassella,  Metz,  Badische,  and  others  have  their  distinc- 
tive names  for  different  dyestuffs.  These  and  many 
other  large  firms  are  German,  but  have  American  agents. 

The  use  of  the  different  classes  of  dyestuffs  requires 
considerable  knowledge  of  chemistry  and  long  practice 
in  handling.  The  difficulties  in  securing  even  colors, 
fast  colors,  true  shades,  and  always  the  same  shades  are 
many. 

Precautions  in  Using  Dyes.  With  certain  classes  of 
dyes  hard  water  must  not  be  used,  as  the  calcium  and 
magnesium  in  the  water  precipitate  the  dyestuff,  while 
impurities  like  iron  or  organic  matter  may  cause  trouble. 
Careful  solution  of  the  dyestuff  that  it  may  be  evenly 
distributed,  regulation  of  the  temperature  of  the  solu- 
tion, and  the  proper  use  of  assistants  are  all  important 
precautions. 

Sometimes  a  material  may  be  dyed  with  a  dyestuff 
of  one  class,  then  topped,  or  dyed  again  in  another  kind 


BLEACHING   AND   DYEING  137 

of  dyestuff.  Basic  dyes  may  be  used  on  cotton,  on  a 
tannin  mordant,  the  cotton  being  then  dipped  in  a  direct 
•cotton  dye.  The  color  acid  of  the  direct  cotton  or  sub- 
stantive dye  unites  with  the  color  base  of  the  basic  dye 
and  forms  an  insoluble  compound. 

In  dyeing  cotton  with  basic  dyes  two  mordants  may 
be  used.  The  cotton  may  be  saturated  with  tannic  acid 
solution,  then  with  an  antimony  salt,  a  tin  salt,  or  an 
iron  salt,  and  finally  dyed.  An  acid  bath  is  used  for 
cotton  and  a  neutral  bath  for  wool. 

With  so  large  a  choice  of  dyestuffs  and  so  many 
methods  of  using  them,  it  will  readily  be  seen  that  the 
handling  of  dyes,  if  the  best  results  are  to  be  produced, 
is  no  task  for  the  amateur.  Because  of  the  greater 
cost  involved  in  dyeing  Tast  colors,  the  manufacturer  is 
tempted  to  produce  fugitive  ones.  Chemicals  used  to 
assist  the  dye  process  may  weaken  the  fabric  if  they  are 
allowed  to  act  too  long,  or  if  they  are  not  entirely  re- 
moved from  the  cloth  when  the  dyeing  is  complete. 

Very  crude,  as  well  as  the  most  refined,  colors  may 
be  obtained  from  these  dyestuffs.  It  remains  with  the 
dye  expert  to  decide  which.  That  aniline  dyes  may  be 
used  for  the  most  artistic  products  has  been  proved  in 
the  Herter  Studios  in  New  York,  where  silks,  wools, 
linens,  and  cottons  for  the  most  wonderful  tapestries, 
rugs,  and  hangings  are  dyed  in  the  chemical  dye  pot. 

Oil  Paints.  A  recent  development  in  amateur  dye- 
ing is  the  use  of  oil  paints  and  gasoline.  The  process 
is  very  simple.  The  desired  color  may  be  obtained  with 
little  difficulty  by  any  one  who  understands  the  mixing 
of  paints.  Only  a  limited  amount  of  material  may  be 


138  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

successfully  dyed  in  this  way,  but  it  is  especially  suitable 
for  nets,  laces,  and  other  delicate  materials. 

The  process  consists  in  mixing  the  paints  until  the 
desired  hue  is  obtained,  then  dissolving  in  gasoline.  The 
fabric  is  dipped  several  times  in  the  solution  and  dried. 

Printing.  Before  the  dawn  of  history  man  had 
learned  how  to  decorate  the  surface  of  his  fabrics  with 
colors.  The  primitive  South  Sea  Islander  applies  color  to 
his  bark  cloth  by  dipping  a  fern  leaf  into  his  dye  made 
from  bark,  berries,  or  colored  earths,  and  laying  the  leaf 


FIG.  32.  —  BLOCK  FOR  PRINTING 

on  the  cloth.  Higher  up  in  the  development  of  industries 
comes  the  use  of  a  stencil,  wonderfully  developed  by  the 
Japanese.  A  block  of  wood  with  a  design  engraved  upon 
it,  which  was  dipped  in  the  paint  and  then  applied  to  the 
cloth,  was  an  early  method  of  printing.  With  the  devel- 
opment of  machinery  came  the  copper  roll  with  the 
design  engraved  upon  it,  this  giving  a  continuous  appli- 
cation of  the  pattern,  whereas  the  block  print  must  be 
applied  separately  for  each  repeat  of  the  pattern.  At  the 
present  time  both  the  wooden  block  and  the  copper  roll 
are  used,  although  for  general  commercial  purposes  the 
block  has  almost  disappeared. 


BLEACHING    AND    DYEING  139 

The  purpose  of  printing,  as  opposed  to  dyeing,  is  to 
produce  upon  the  cloth  a  design  in  one  or  many  colors 
without  the  complicated  weave  that  would  be  necessary 
if  it  were  produced  with  threads  dyed  in  the  yarn.  The 
effect  obtained  is  also  very  different  from  the  effect 
of  a  woven  design.  In  organdies  and  thin  materials  it 
would  not  be  possible  to  produce  the  delicate  color  effects 
in  any  other  way  except  by  hand  painting. 

Printing  may  be  done  on  woven  cloth  or  on  the  warp 
threads  before  weaving.  The  latter  method  produces  a 
somewhat  indefinite  or  soft  effect,  very  attractive  in 
Persian  silks,  Dresden  ribbons,  and  other  materials. 
This  method  is  used  also  in  tapestry  rugs,  where  econ- 
omy of  material  is  desired.  In  this  case,  however,  the 
result  is  not  particularly  good. 

The  machinery  used  for  printing  consists  of  a  large 
drum  with  an  endless  blanket,  over  which  the  cloth 
passes  slowly,  and  copper  rolls,  one  for  each  color  in  the 
design,  revolving  in  close  contact  with  the  cylinder.  The 
part  of  the  pattern  to  be  produced  in  any  one  color  is 
engraved  on  its  particular  roll ;  therefore  in  very  elab- 
orate designs  there  may  be  as  many  as  twenty  rolls. 
The  colors  for  printing  are  mixed,  thickened  with  gum, 
and  put  into  troughs  just  below  the  copper  rolls.  A 
feed  roll  covered  with  felt  dips  into  the  dye  and  comes 
against  the  copper  roll,  supplying  it  with  color.  A  strip 
of  steel  called  a  "doctor"  scrapes  all  the  dye  off  the  cop- 
per roll,  except  that  which  is  in  the  engraved  parts ;  this 
goes  onto  the  cloth,  and  there  must  be  just  enough  to 
print  the  pattern,  but  not  enough  to  run.  Since  the  large 
drum  is  heated  the  dye  is  almost  immediately  dried. 


I4O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

There  are  three  methods  of  producing  a  printed  de- 
sign on  a  cloth.  The  first  or  direct  method  is  given 
above,  and  is  used  mostly  for  cloth  with  a  white  back- 
ground. For  cloth  which  is  to  have  a  colored  background 
with  the  figure  printed  upon  it,  other  methods  are  used. 
In  the  discharge  method  the  cloth  is  first  dyed  a  solid 
color;  the  design  is  then  printed  on  with  some  chemical 
which  removes  the  color  from  the  spot  which  is  to  fur- 
nish the  design. 

The.  resist  method  consists  in  printing  the  design  on 
the  cloth  with  a  chemical  which  prevents  the  absorption 
of  the  dyestuff,  and  thus,  when  the  cloth  is  dyed  later, 
the  design  is  left  white  or  of  the  desired  color.  A  great 
variety  of  effects  may  be  produced  with  the  discharge  and 
resist  methods  of  printing.  The  greatest  difficulty  with 
them  is  that  frequently  the  chemical  used  is  too  strong 
and  weakens  the  cloth,  especially  if  it  is  not  entirely 
removed.  Sometimes  in  cheap  prints  the  figure  will 
drop  out  entirely,  long  before  the  main  body  of  the  cloth 
is  worn  out. 

Careful  mixing  of  color  and  thickening  agent,  of 
color  and  mordant,  or  proper  mordanting  of  the  cloth 
before  printing  is  very  essential.  The  color  is  usually 
developed  after  printing  by  steaming  or  by  treating  with 
a  chemical  developer.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the  ma- 
chinery is  adjusted  exactly;  otherwise  too  little  or  too 
much  color  may  be  applied. 

When  printing  warps,  the  threads  must  have  been 
previously  wound  on  the  warp  beam  as  they  are  to  go 
into  the  loom,  and  this  relative  position  must  be  kept. 

The  possibilities  of  machine  printing  are  numerous, 


BLEACHING   AND   DYEING 


141 


and  the  results  may  be  beautiful  or  hideous  according 
to  the  taste  of  the  designer  and  the  choice  of  colors. 

Block  printing  is  still  used  by  craft  workers  and  in 
the  manufacture  of  expensive  chintz,  cretonne,  silks,  etc., 
where  the  design  is  very  elaborate  and  a  particularly 


SP? 


f 


A.  Japanese  Print 


FIG.  33.  —  COTTON  PRINTS 

B  and  C.  French  Chintz  printed  on  warp  before  weaving 


artistic  effect  is  desired.  Block  printing  has  a  more  in- 
dividual appearance  than  machine  printing.  The  Japa- 
nese are  past  masters  in  the  art  of  block  printing,  as 
they  are  in  stenciling,  their  prints  on  paper  being  most 
wonderful. 

Liberty    &    Company,    London    and    Paris,    produce 
beautiful  block-printed  silks,  satins,  and  cottons  at  their 


142  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

print  works  in  Merton  Abbey,  England,  where  are  also 
located  the  print  works  started  by  William  Morris,  in 
which  blocks  only  are  used. 

REFERENCES 

Fraps,  G.  S.    Principles  of  Dyeing. 

Knecht,  E.,  Rawson,  G.,  and  Loewenthal,  R.  A  Manual 
of  Dyeing. 

Matthews,  J.  M.  Laboratory  Guide  of  Dyeing  and  Tex- 
tile Chemistry. 


CHAPTER  IX 
ADULTERATIONS  AND  BUYING 

IN  the  foregoing  pages  the  effort  has  been  made  to 
show  how  modern  machine  methods,  modern  scien- 
tific knowledge,  and  modern  competition  have  changed 
the  character  and  increased  the  quantity  of  textile  fab- 
rics on  the  market.  Frequently  increase  in  quantity  has 
meant  decrease  in  quality,  cheap  production  has  meant 
poor  material,  and  haste  has  meant  waste.  There  is  a 
great  variety  of  excellent  materials  on  the  market,  mate- 
rials which  compare  well  with  hand-made  productions 
in  wearing  quality  and  which  excel  in  beauty  of  finish. 
There  are  also  many  materials  poor  in  quality,  although 
often  attractive,  which  are  the  result  of  this  new  era  of 
machinery.  They  are  deceptive  in  appearance,  are  sold 
under  misleading  names,  and  are  not  worth  the  prices 
put  upon  them. 

The  transition  from  "home-spun"  to  "factory-made" 
has  not  only  affected  the  fabrics  on  the  market,  but  it 
has  also  changed  the  position  of  woman  in  the  home. 
Woman  is  no  longer  the  producer,  but  she  is  more  than 
ever  the  consumer  of  textile  fabrics.  The  removal  of 
the  textile  industries  from  the  home  has  brought  woman 
out  from  the  home  into  the  factory,  or  it  has  given  her 
time  to  go  more  into  public  and  has  greatly  increased 
the  occupation  of  shopping.  The  increase  in  ready-made 
clothing  and  household  linens,  by  removing  a  large  part 


144  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

of  the  sewing  from  the  household,  has  furthered  this 
change. 

In  olden  times  the  quality  of  home-spun  and  home- 
woven  material  was  the  best  possible  to  be  obtained  from 
the  materials  by  the  methods  then  known.  Woolen  cloth 
was  all  wool  and  linen  cloth  was  not  half  cotton  or 
adulterated  with  starch.  Honest  and  durable  materials 
were  the  rule  of  the  day.  Modern  discoveries,  mechan- 
ical and  chemical,  have  increased  the  possibilities  of 
cotton,  linen,  silk,  and  wool,  so  that  it  is  frequently  diffi- 
cult to  recognize  the  material  as  it  appears  in  the  finished 
cloth. 

On  the  one  hand,  the  field  of  textile  knowledge  has 
grown  enormously ;  on  the  other  hand,  women,  although 
becoming  more  and  more  the  buyers  of  fabrics,  have  less 
knowledge  of  the  quality  of  materials,  because  they  do 
not  gain  that  knowledge  through  the  making  of  cloth, 
often  not  even  through  the  making  of  garments.  The 
result  has  been  that  they  depend  more  and  more  on  the 
word  of  clerks  who  are  often  as  ignorant  as  themselves, 
until  by  painful  experience  they  learn  some  of  the  things 
to  be  avoided. 

As  the  cost  of  living  increases  it  is  likewise  im- 
portant that  the  woman  of  the  household  should  know 
how  to  spend  the  family  income  most  economically. 
Since  from  ten  to  twenty  per  cent  of  this  income  is  spent 
on  clothing  and  house  furnishing,  it  is  imperative  that 
more  thought  and  careful  study  should  be  given  to  this 
branch  of  household  economy. 

The  problem  of  buying  is  more  complex  than  many 
people  realize.  It  is  only  quite  recently  that  thoughtful 


ADULTERATIONS    AND    BUYING  145 

women  have  considered  the  far-reaching  influence  which 
their  selection  may  have  upon  others.  The  laws  of  de- 
mand and  supply  hold  for  the  household  buyer  just  as 
they  do  in  larger  transactions.  Every  woman,  as  she 
buys  her  day's  food  supply  or  her  fall  gown,  does  just 
so  much  toward  setting  the  standards  for  the  grocer, 
the  garment  maker,  or  the  factory  worker.  The  buyer 
may  take  her  place  among  the  thousands  who  know  not 
and  care  not  how  the  other  half  lives,  or  she  may  join 
the  smaller  army  of  those  who  demand  some  informa- 
tion about  the  conditions  under  which  their  garments 
and  food  are  made,  and  who  are  slowly  making  sentiment 
for  better  conditions.  The  protection  of  the  home  against 
foul  diseases,  as  well  as  the  protection  of  the  health  of 
the  worker,  requires  that  certain  existing  conditions  shall 
be  done  away  with.  Increasing  emphasis  is  now  laid 
upon  the  hygiene  of  clothing;  the  buyer  must  consider 
if  the  material  she  chooses  can  be  kept  hygienically 
clean,  if  it  answers  the  body  requirements  of  removing 
perspiration,  and  of  protection  from  heat  or  cold.  The 
conditions  under  which  materials  are  manufactured,  the 
hygiene  of  materials,  and  color  and  design  will  be  more 
fully  discussed  in  later  chapters. 

Increase  in  culture  demands  more  artistic  clothing 
and  house-furnishing  material.  The  artificiality  of  mod- 
ern civilization  has  increased  the  number  of  household 
furnishings  and  of  clothes,  and  has  replaced  the  simplic- 
ity of  an  earlier  period  with  a  great  variety  of  shades 
and  lines  and  with  numberless  designs.  The  buyer  has 
great  opportunity  to  exercise  good  or  bad  taste  in  choos- 
ing materials  from  such  an  array. 


146  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

The  economic  side  of  buying  should  receive  the  care- 
ful study  of  every  woman.  How  best  shall  the  available 
money  be  spent  in  order  that  the  greatest  return  in 
quality  and  quantity  may  be  secured?  Fashion,  that 
lord  over  all  dress,  and  too  often  over  house  furnishings 
as  well,  is  responsible  for  an  enormous  amount  of  waste. 
Clothes  are  not  expected  to  wear  any  length  of  time ;  it 
is  not  desirable  that  they  should  last  more  than  one  or 
two  seasons.  The  manufacturer  does  not  try  to  make  his 
colors  fast  and  his  materials  long-lived,  for  that  is  not 
what  the  public  demands.  Variety  and  novelty  are  the 
cries  of  the  day,  and  in  order  that  these  may  be  sup- 
plied cheapness  must  often  go  along  with  them.  The 
woman  who  does  not  care  for  novelty  and  variety,  but 
is  willing  to  pay  a  reasonable  price  for  her  materials, 
finds  herself  confronted  with  a  problem,  because  she 
cannot  distinguish  durable  cloth  and  because  the  market 
does  not  always  afford  the  long-lived  materials,  at  least 
for  those  of  limited  income. 

The  label  attached  to  a  material  and  the  word  of  the 
clerk  are  not  always  reliable ;  the  price  is  not  necessarily 
an  indication  of  quality;  even  an  intimate  knowledge  of 
materials  sometimes  fails  to  detect  a  hidden  weakness. 
Chemical  tests  are  not  available  in  every  household,  and 
cannot  be'  applied  to  the  ready-made  garments.  A  high 
power  microscope  distinguishes  one  fiber  from  another, 
but,  again,  the  microscope  is  within  reach  only  of  the 
few.  Until  the  law  requires  the  labeling  of  textiles  as 
it  requires  the  labeling  of  food,  knowledge  of  the  char- 
acter of  materials  and  of  the  methods  used  by  the 
manufacturer  for  the  adulteration  of  these  materials, 


ADULTERATIONS    AND    BUYING  147 

together  with  eternal  vigilance,  must  be  the  protection 
of  the  buyer.  In  the  study  of  the  individual  fibers  certain 
characteristics  were  mentioned  which  aid  the  manufac- 
turer in  increasing  the  luster  or  the  weight  of  different 
materials — instances  of  imitation  silks,  of  made-over 
wools,  of  the  use  of  one  fiber  to  adulterate  another.  It 
may  be  well  in  this  chapter  to  review  these  devices  for 
increasing  the  apparent  value  of  materials.  Each  fiber 
will  be  considered  separately  and  then  a  summary  given. 

COTTON 

Cotton  we  have  found  to  be  cheap  and  plentiful,  and 
the  demand  for  cotton  cloth  may  easily  be  met  with  good 
material.  It  is  manufactured  into  a  great  variety  of  fab- 
rics, and  is  capable  of  replacing  to  a  certain  extent  any 
other  fiber.  The  quality  of  cotton  cloth  depends  on  the 
strength  of  the  fibers,  the  fineness  or  coarseness  of  mate- 
rial, the  weave,  the  color  and  design,  and  the  adultera- 
tions. The  kind  of  cloth  to  be  bought  depends  on  the 
use  to  which  it  is  to  be  put;  the  quality  demanded  de- 
pends on  the  use  and  also  quite  largely  on  the  price  to 
be  paid  for  the  material. 

The  adulterations  of  cotton  cloth  are  not  numerous 
and  are  not  difficult  to  distinguish.  Being  the  cheapest 
of  fibers,  it  is  not  adulterated  with  any  other  fiber,  but 
it  may  be  increased  in  weight  and  apparent  firmness  by 
the  addition  of  sizing.  This  sizing,  of  course,  does  not 
increase  the  wearing  quality  of  the  cloth,  and  may  have 
the  opposite  effect  of  weakening  it  considerably  by  the 
presence  of  injurious  chemicals.  If  these  are  present  in 
large  quantitiejp,  the  cloth  loses  greatly  in  weight  and 


148  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

firmness  with  the  first  washing.  A  certain  amount  of 
sizing  is  necessary  to  give  the  cloth  a  good  finish  and  to 
enable  it  to  keep  its  shape  while  being  handled  upon  the 
counter,  but  this  amount  is  frequently  very  much  ex- 
ceeded. Adulteration  of  this  kind  may  be  detected  by  the 
feeling,  as  a  large  quantity  imparts  harshness  to  the 
material.  In  very  thin  fabrics  the  sizing  may  often  be 
detected  by  holding  the  cloth  up  to  the  light,  to  show  the 
starch  between  the  threads.  Washing  or  boiling  a  sam- 
ple thoroughly  will  show  the  amount  of  sizing  present. 

Another  method  used  to  adulterate  cotton  with  sizing 
or  pastes  is  the  imitation  of  an  embroidered  Swiss  or 
other  thin  material.  In  this  case  the  design  is  printed 
on  the  cloth  in  heavy  paste,  instead  of  being  embroidered 
in.  This  device  gives  most  unsatisfactory  results  when 
laundered.  The  dots  either  disappear  in  washing  ^r 
turn  brown  when  ironed  even  at  a  temperature  consid- 
erably below  that  necessary  to  burn  the  cloth.  The  imi- 
tation of  mercerized  cotton  by  heavy  pressing  with 
engraved  rollers  has  been  mentioned.  The  luster  thus 
obtained  is  frequently  on  only  one  side  of  the  cloth,  and 
has  a  different  character  from  that  of  true  merceriza- 
tion.  If  the  sample  is  washed,  the  imitation  luster  disap- 
pears, while  true  mercerized  luster  is  permanent. 

It  is  well  to  test  the  strength  of  cotton  goods  by  tear- 
ing slightly  at  the  edge  of  the  material.  It  may  have  been 
weakened  by  the  bleaching  process,  or  a  bolt  which  has 
been  some  time  in  stock  may  have  become  considerably 
weakened  by  the  action  of  the  chemicals  in  the  sizing  or 
the  dye. 

Standard  cotton  materials,  such  as  muslin,  organdie, 


FIG.  36.  — A.  ALL-WOOL  WORSTED,  $0.75  A  YARD     B.  SAME  PRICE, 

CALLED  WOOL    C.  COTTON  LEFT  FROM  B  WHEN  WOOL 

REMOVED  BY  CAUSTIC  POTASH    D.  WOOL  LEFT, 

COTTON  REMOVED  BY  ACID 


I5O  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

percale,  calico,  and  sheeting,  differ  only  in  weight  of 
material,  fineness  of  thread,  hardness  of  twist,  or  method 
of  finish.  Ginghams  have  the  thread  dyed  before  weav- 
ing and  have  fancy  weaves,  with  the  introduction  of 
silk  threads  in  some  grades.  Duck,  denim,  and  other 
heavy  materials  have  very  hard-twisted  threads,  and  are 
frequently  woven  with  a  twill.  Silkolene  is  a  trade  name 
for  a  fine  cotton  cloth  with  a  silky  finish  given  after  the 
cloth  is  woven.  Madras,  shirting,  cheviot,  chambray,  and 
many  other  names  are  applied  to  materials  with  fd!ncy 
weaves,  figures,  or  stripes.  Chintz  and  cretonne  are 
names  given  to  heavier  print  goods  used  ?or  house  fur- 
nishing. Mercerized  cotton  makes  a  number  of  attractive 
lustrous  materials  for  dress  and  for  furnishing.  Among 
these  may  be  mentioned  poplin,  imitation  pongee,  and 
"Egyptian  tapestry,"  the  last  being  used  for  hangings. 

India  "linon"  is  entirely  cotton ;  "Canton  flannel"  has 
a  fleecy  surface  on  .the  wrong  side,  and  "outing  flannel" 
is  fleecy  on  both  sides,  but  both  are  cotton. 

Many  "tussahs,"  "voiles,"  "economy  linens/^and 
other  materials  with  rather  deceptive  names  are  cotton 
made  to  imitate  silk,  wool,  or  linen. 

WOOL 

The  adulterations  of  wool  are  more  serious  than  those 
of  cotton.  The  excellent  qualities  of  wool,  its  warmth, 
its  ability  to  keep  its  shape  and  smoothness  through  long 
wearing,  the  richness  of  material  made  from  it,  the  ease 
with  which  it  absorbs  and  retains  dyes,  all  contribute 
to  create  the  immense  demand  for  woolen  cloth.  At  the 
present  time  this  demand  so  far  exceeds  the  supply  that 


ADULTERATIONS    AND    BUYING  151 

one-third  of  the  woolen  cloth  on  the  market  is  made 
from  old  rags  worked  back  into  fiber  and  respun.  This 
made-over  wool,  or  shoddy,  appears  in  various  forms.  It 
may  be  quite  good  in  quality  and  be  woven  into  woolen 
cloth  without  the  addition  of  new  wool.  A  small  qttan- 


FIG.  35.  —  CLOTH  MADE  FROM  SHODDY  AND  COTTON 

tity  of  new  wool  or  of  cotton  may  be  mixed  with  shoddy, 
when  a  better  wearing  material  will  be  the  result.  Short 
fibers,  either  shoddy  or  the  clippings  from  tailors'  shops, 
sweepings  from  looms,  etc.,  may  be  matted  into  the  sur- 
face of  cloth  to  add  weight  and  thickness.  This  treat- 
ment may  often  be  detected  by  raveling  threads  from 
the  cloth,  when  the  very  short  fibers  drop  out.  Shoddy 


152  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

supplies  a  cheap  wool,  with  good  warmth,  but  does  not 
look  as  rich  as  a  more  expensive  cloth  or  wear  as  long 
as  new  wool.  The  threads  from  a  piece  of  shoddy  break 
easily,  and  when  raveled  the  short  fibers  are  exposed. 
Under  the  microscope  broken  and  imperfect  fibers  may 
be  detected,  as  well  as  unevenness  in  size  of  thread  and 
in  color. 

The  use  of  cotton  to  adulterate  \vool  is  very  com- 
mon, and  because  of  the  felting  property  of  wool  much 
cotton  may  be  concealed  in  a  woolen  cloth.  In  worsted 
cotton  is  more  easy  to  detect,  as  it  may  not  be  carded 
with  the  wool,  but  a  spun  thread  of  cotton  can  be  mixed 
with  a  spun  thread  of  wool.  Burning  serves  to  distin- 
guish cotton  from  wool,  although  this  is  not  an  exact 
test.  Cotton  burns  much  more  quickly  than  wool  and 
with  more  flame;  wool  has  an  cdor  of  burnt  feathers, 
chars,  and  leaves  a  crisp  ash.  The  broken  end  of  a  wool 
thread  shows  fibers  stiffer  and  more  kinky  than  the 
broken  end  of  a  cotton  thread.  Here  the  microscopic  test 
is  most  satisfactory. 

In  some  materials  the  mixture  of  cotton  and  wool  is 
a  good  one.  Especially  is  this  true  in  undergarments, 
when  the  cotton  comes  next  to  the  body,  absorbs  the 
moisture  quickly,  and  gives  it  up  gradually  to  the  wool 
outside.  The  manufacturer,  however,  is  not  always  will- 
ing to  say  that  his  undergarments  contain  cotton. 
"Wool"  union  suits  have  been  found  with  varying 
amounts  of  cotton,  from  about  ten  per  cent  to  perhaps 
ninety  per  cent,  and  some  "all-wool"  garments  are  really 
all  wool.  In  dress  material  the  greatest  objection  to  the 
mixture  of  wool  and  cotton  is  the  uneven  shrinkage  of 


FIG.  34-— A.  IMITATION  DOTTED  Swiss,  PASTE  DOTS  PRINTED  ON 

B.  SAME  AFTER  WASHING  A  FEW  TIMES 

C.  PRESSED  WITH  HOT  IRON 


HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 


the  two,  which  makes  it  impossible  to  keep  the  material 
well  pressed.  There  are  exceptions  to  this  in  mohair 
and  alpaca,  where  the  wool  is  much  more  hair-like  and 
does  not  shrink  and  felt  as  sheep's  wool  does.  In  this 


FIG.  37.  —  MOHAIR,  SHOWING  COTTON  WARP;  WOOL  REMOVED 
BY  CAUSTIC  POTASH 

case  the  cotton  is  not  considered  an  adulteration,  as  the 
material  is  not  sold  for  all-wool  and  does  not  command 
a  high  price.  Poor  grades  of  wool  are  disappointing  in 
that  they  soon  wear  shabby,  shrink  badly  when  wet  be- 
cause of  lack  of  proper  shrinkage  in  making,  and  lack 
fastness  of  color. 


ADULTERATIONS    AND    BUYING  155 

There  are  many  grades  of  woolen  and  worsted  cloth, 
varying  in  weight,  firmness  of  weave,  finish,  purity, 
color,  weave  design,  etc.  The  standard  broadcloths, 
worsted  suitings,  expensive  voiles,  etc.,  materials  which 
bring  a  good  price,  are  usually  all  wool  and  wear  well. 
Here  again  the  "novelty,"  the  new  material  for  the  sea- 
son, not  always  the  lower-priced  cloth,  though  frequently 
so,  is  the  one  to  be  examined.  Unfortunately,  the  poor- 
grade  cloth  usually  sells  at  the  price  which  catches  the 
buyer  who  can  least  afford  to  be  deceived  and  to  whom 
economic  waste  is  most  serious. 

SILK 

Since  silk  is  the  most  expensive  fiber  and  has  char- 
acteristics which  make  it  very  easy  to  adulterate,  the 
manufacturer  frequently  yields  to  the  temptation  offered 
him.  The  best  grade  of  silk,  that  reeled  from  the  cocoon 
in  one  continuous  thread,  possesses  a -high  luster,  beauty, 
and  strength  not  to  be  duplicated.  Silk  carded  and  spun 
from  inferior  cocoons  lacks  the  luster  and  strength  of 
reeled  silk,  but  may  be  used  in  combination  with  it  to 
produce  excellent  materials.  This  inferior  silk  is  fre- 
quently used  for  the  back  of  velvet  and  satin  and  for 
the  warp  of  silk  woven  with  the  sateen  weave,  when  the 
luster  is  produced  by  the  filling  thread.  The  thread  of 
spun  silk  is  quite  like  cotton.  It  has  short  fibers  whose 
ends  appear  fuzzy  on  the  surface  of  the  thread.  Poorer 
qualities  of  silk,  imitation  pongee,  and  some  thin,  cheap 
silks  are  woven  entirely  of  spun  silk. 

Two  generations  ago  the  quality  of  silk  cloth  was 
much  superior  to  that  now  found  upon  the  market,  but 


156  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

the  price  was  also  much  higher.  The  public  has  de- 
manded silk  for  common  use  at  a  low  price,  and  the 
manufacturer  has  met  this  demand  by  using  less  silk 
in  a  given  material  and  making  up  the  weight  by  in- 
creased amounts  of  dye,  metallic  salts,  gum,  etc.,  which 
the  silk  fiber  readily  absorbs.  This  loading  process  re- 
duces the  wearing  quality  of  the  fiber  and  often  causes 
it  to  split  or  to  wear  shiny.  Practically  no  silk  can  be 
found  entirely  free  from  loading,  but  the  amount  dif- 
fers greatly  in  different  materials.  It  is  considered  le- 
gitimate to  add  thirty  per  cent,  the  equivalent  of  the  loss 
due  to  the  removal  of  silk  gum  in  the  boiling-off  proc- 
esses. Taffeta  is  commonly  heavily  loaded,  while  China 
silks  and  other  thin  silks,  as  crepe  de  Chine  and  chiffons, 
which  weigh  only  a  few  ounces  per  yard,  are  compara- 
tively pure.  Softness  and  luster  do  not  serve  to  distin- 
guish pure  silk,  as  a  lustrous  finish  may  be  given  to  a 
heavily  loaded  silk'. 

The  simplest  test  for  weighting  consists  in  burning 
a  thread  or  a  piece  of  the  fabric.  Pure  silk  burns  slowly, 
leaving  as  it  burns  a  small  amount  of  ash  in  the  form 
of  a  crisp  ball  at  the  end  of  the  thread  or  a  crisp  edge 
when  the  fabric  is  burned.  Heavily  weighted  silk  burns 
leaving  the  ash  in  the  form  of  the  original  thread  or 
cloth;  this  ash,  of  course,  drops  to  pieces  readily. 

The  cost  of  raw  silk  is  about  thirty  times  that  of  raw 
cotton,  and  the  loss  of  silk  at  least  five  times  that  of  cot- 
ton. The  prices  charged  for  silk  fabrics  are  not  at  all 
equivalent  to  this  difference.  Silk  is  frequently  woven 
with  cotton,  but  it  is  not  possible  to  spin  a  thread  of 
the  two  together.  In  satins,  velvets,  and  brocades  the 


ADULTERATIONS   AND    BUYING 


157 


cotton  forms  the  back  of  the  cloth,  and  is  entirely  cov- 
ered by  the  silk  threads  on  the  surface.  In  cheap  silks 
a  fine  cotton  thread  sometimes  forms  either  warp  or 
filling.  Mercerized  cotton  and  spun  silk  are  woven  to- 
gether to  form  a  material  which  resembles  pongee,  and 
is  sold  under  the  names  of  rajah  and  tussah,  or  similar 
materials  may  be  made  entirely  of  mercerized  cotton. 


FIG.  38.  —  A.  SAMPLE  OF  SILK  B.  SAME  BURNED  IN  FLAME 

C.  ASH  AFTER  THOROUGH  COMBUSTION 

Gave  test  for  tin,  aluminum,  chromium,  and  iron ;  this  with  glucose  gums,  etc., 
made  up  60  per  cent  of  sample 

Such  materials  may  be  excellent  in  themselves  and  may 
wear  well,  but  they  should  not  be  sold  as  good  silks. 

Artificial  silk  is  now  produced  in  large  quantities, 
and  is  found  in  braids  and  passementeries.  When  tested 
chemically  it  acts  as  a  vegetable  fiber.  It  is  weakened 
by  the  continued  action  of  water. 

•The  variety  of  silks  on  the  market  is  very  great, 
and  the  problem  in  buying  them  is  a  difficult  one.  To 
a  certain  extent  cost  is  a  protection,  yet  expensive  silk 


158  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

may  be  poor.  Heavy  silks  at  a  low  price  are  a  danger- 
ous investment.  The  mark  of  the  manufacturer  in  the 
selvage  of  silk  is  a  good  sign,  as  a  manufacturer  does 
not  often  flaunt  his  label  upon  a  poor  material. 

LINEN 

Because  of  the  high  value  put  on  linen,  it  is,  like 
silk,  often  adulterated.  Although  similar  to  cotton  in 
chemical  structure,  it  is  very  different  in  physical  char- 
acteristics, and  these  physical  characteristics  must  serve 
to  distinguish  it  from  cotton.  In  many  cases  cotton 
has  replaced  linen  in  modern  usage,  but  for  table  serv- 
ice, towels,  and  handkerchiefs  linen  is  much  superior; 
for  sheets  it  is  preferred  by  many,  and  for  clothing  it 
is  handsomer.  For  all  of  these  uses  cotton  may  be 
found  mixed  with  linen,  or  with  no  linen  at  all,  yet 
sometimes  stamped  and  sold  as  linen.  "Linen"  collars 
are  rarely  all  linen,  frequently  all  cotton;  "linen" 
handkerchiefs,  especially  inexpensive  embroidered  ones, 
are  often  entirely  cotton,  and  table  "  linen "  may  be 
linen,  linen  and  cotton,  mercerized  cotton,  or  ordinary 
cotton. 

The  combination  of  linen  and  cotton  may  be  good 
for  certain  purposes,  but  when  beauty  of  a  lustrous  sur- 
face, snowy  whiteness,  or  the  peculiar  leathery  texture 
which  enables  linen  to  hold  its  place  so  well  on  a  table 
are  desired,  the  mixture  of  cotton  is  very  detrimental. 
For  absorption  of  water  in  towels  and  handkerchiefs 
cotton  is  not  as  good  as  linen. 

To  distinguish  the  two  nothing  is  so  sure  as,  the 
microscopic  test.  The  long,  straight  fiber  of  linen  is 


ADULTERATIONS    AND    BUYING  159 

readily  distinguished  from  the  twisted  fiber  of  cotton. 
The  linen  thread  is  stronger  than  cotton,  has  more  luster, 
and  is  usually  less  even.  The  ends  of  the  short  fibers  of 
cotton  project  from  the  surface  of  the  thread,  giving 
a  rough  appearance,  especially  when. the  thread  is  rubbed 
between  the  fingers  ;  when  broken,  cotton  has  a  tufted  end, 
while  linen  breaks  more  unevenly  and  leaves  a  long, 
pointed  end.  Some  kinds  of  linen  have  flat  threads,  but 
cotton  is  frequently  finished  in  imitation  of  flat  thread 
linen. 

The  old  test  of  moistening  the  finger  and  putting  it 
under  the  cloth  is  not  always  a  sure  one,  as  the  moisture 
will  not  come  through  a  heavy  linen  or  one  with  much 
starch  in  it,  and  will  come  through  a  sheer,  tightly  twisted 
cotton.  A  better  test  is  to  put  a  drop  of  olive  oil  or 
glycerin  on  the  cloth  and  press  it  between  blotting 
papers.  If  there  is  not  much  starch  present,  or  if  the 
starch  has  first  been  removed  from  the  cloth,  linen 
becomes  more  transparent  than  cotton. 

The  typical  weaves  used  for  linens  are  as  follows : 
the  damask,  satin,  or  sateen  weave  used  for  table  linens 
and  towels  is  especially  good  for  the  former,  because  of 
the  smooth,  lustrous  surface  it  affords,  but  is  not  so  good 
for  towels,  since  it  does  not  absorb  moisture  readily, 
although  it  is  very  attractive;  buck,  an  uneven  weave, 
gives  a  good  surface  for  the  absorption  of  water,  makes 
excellent  towels,  and  when  decorated  with  designs  in 
damask  weave  may  be  very  handsome.  Many  linens  in 
plain  weaves  are  available  for  clothing  and  embroidery. 
Sometimes  the  threads  are  round,  sometimes  beaten  flat. 

The  texture  of  linen  is  such  that  the  heavier  kinds 


l6o  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

hang  well  in  folds,  lie  flat  on  the  table,  and  are  very  artis- 
tic for  many  purposes.  This  beauty  of  texture  is  lost 
when  starch  is  added. 

Large  quantities  of  starch  or  sizing  are  added  to  thin, 
poor  quality  linens .  to  give  an  attractive  appearance. 
These  are  disappointing  when  the  filling  is  removed  by 
washing.  Careful  examination  when  buying  will  detect 
this  starch.  It  is  necessary  to  add  some  starch  in  fin- 
ishing most  linens,  so  that  they  will  not  become  too 
badly  soiled  with  the  handling  received  on  the  counter. 
This  starching  should  be  distinguished  from  excessive 
weighting. 

Certain  coarse,  heavy  linen  crashes,  often  hand-woven 
peasant  products,  have  become  popular  of  late  for  house 
furnishing  purposes.  The  heavy  thread  and  uneven 
weave  give  a  pleasing  texture,  and  the  natural  color  of 
the  linen  is  attractive;  the  fabrics  lend  themselves 
especially  well  to  coarse  embroidery,  stencil,  or  applique. 

SUMMARY 

To  sum  up,  the  adulterations  most  likely  to  be  found 
and  the  simple  tests  for  them  are  as  follows: 

1.  By   combination.     Use   of  other   fibers  than   the 
one  indicated  by  the  name  of  the   material.    Example, 
cotton  in  woolens,  cotton  in  linens,  etc. 

2.  By  substitution.    Selling  one  fiber  under  the  name 
of  an  entirely  different  one.     Example,  mercerized  cot- 
ton sold  for  silk  or  linen. 

3.  By  increasing  the  weight  of  a  material,    fa)   Cot- 
tons and  linens  with  starch;  (b)  silks  with  metallic  salts 
and  dyes. 


ADULTERATIONS    AND    BUYING  l6l 

4.  By  giving  a  finish  which  is  deceptive,    (a)   Heavy 
pressing  or   calendering  on   ordinary   cotton   to   imitate 
mercerizing;  (b)  finishing  cotton  to  look  like  linen;  (c) 
printing  paste  dots  on  cotton  to  produce  the  effect  of 
embroidered  dotted  Swiss. 

5.  By  use  of  made-over  yarns.     Example,  shoddy  in 
woolens;  also  addition  of  short  wool,  felted  in  surface. 

TESTS  FOR  ADULTERATION 

1.  Examination   of   cloth   to   see   if   all  threads   are 
alike  and  to  distinguish  kind  of  thread. 

2.  Examination  of  individual  threads. 

Cotton :  short  fibers ;  ends  appear  fuzzy  in  thread. 

Wool:   short  fibers;  decidedly  kinky  and  stiff. 

Silk:  long,  straight  fibers  with  luster;  if  spun 
silk,  fibers  short ;  thread  looks  more  like  cot- 
ton ;  breaks  more  easily  than  reeled '  silk. 

Linen :  strong  threads ;  high  luster ;  when  broken, 
ends  very  uneven  and  straight. 

3.  Burning   tests:    (a)    Cotton   burns    quickly   with 
flame;  (b)   wool  burns  slowly,  chars,  gives  off  odor  of 
burnt  feathers;  (c)  silk  burns  slowly,  leaves  small,  crisp 
ash,   and   when   weighted   leaves  more   ash;    (d)    linen, 
similar  to  cotton.   . 

4.  Linen,  if  without  much  starch,  becomes  translu- 
cent when  treated  with  olive  oil ;  cotton  remains  opaque. 

5.  A  mixture  of  cotton  and  wool  when  wet  wrinkles 
more  than  pure  wool. 

6.  A  careful  examination  of  the  finish  of  the  mate- 
rial.    Observe,   if   alike   on  both   sides,   if  the  apparent 
beauty  of  the  material  is  due  to  finish  or  to  good  quality 
of  material. 


l62  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

An  intelligent  understanding  of  what  one  must  look 
for,  and  continued  practice,  in  time  greatly  increase  the 
ability  to  buy  intelligently.  Laboratory  work  in  the  iden- 
tification of  fibers  and  the  analysis  of  materials  gives 
a  more  thorough  familiarity  with  fabrics.  Some  of 
these  tests  might  easily  be  applied  in  the  household. 

A  demand  on  the  part  of  buyers  for  better  materials 
might  help  in  securing  honest  fabrics.  Better  still  would 
be  a  pure  textile  law  to  protect  from  adulterated  tex- 
tiles, as  the  pure  food  law  seeks  to  protect  from  adulter- 
ated foods.  According  to  the  statements  of  the  textile 
interests  such  a  law  would  be  impossible,  but  at  least  it 
would  be  interesting  to  see  it  attempted. 


CHAPTER    X 
THE    HYGIENE    OF    CLOTHING    MATERIALS 

TT  7ITH  the  great  movement  throughout  the  country 
*  *  for  public  health,  there  seems  little  excuse  for 
ignorance  regarding  fabrics  that  conserve  health,  yet 
the  general  public  is  ignorant  or  indifferent,  or  both,  to 
organized  effort  for  better  conditions.  Much  has  been 
said  about  the  athletic  American  woman  and  her  sensi- 
ble clothes,  but  she  is  still  woefully  lacking  from  the 
strictly  hygienic  standpoint.  Education,  common  sense, 
and  combined  effort  need  to  be  applied  to  the  clothing 
problem,  not  to  produce  a  sudden  or  peculiar  dress  re- 
form, but  to  improve  still  further  dress  of  the  present 
day. 

Machinery  produces  an  endless  variety  of  materials, 
artists  create  beautiful  costumes,  the  gymnasium,  the 
tennis  court,  the  swimming  pool  develop  splendid  fig- 
ures. Yet  colds,  pneumonia,  and  tuberculosis  are  too 
prevalent.  Undoubtedly  improper  clothing  must  bear 
part  of  the  blame  for  this. 

From  the  arctic  regions  to  the  heart  of  the  tropics 
men  wear  clothing  of  one  kind  or  another.  Sometimes 
this  clothing  is  very  limited,  but  even  the  string  of  beads 
of  the  Central  African  serves  his  purpose  of  dress.  The 
clothing  of  the  Eskimo  prevents  him  from  freezing  to 
death ;  the  South  Sea  Islander  satisfies  his  love  of  dec- 

163 


164  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

oration  with  the  few  garments  he  wears,  and  charms  the 
tropical  lady  with  his  belt  of  feathers. 

Throughout  history  dress  has  fulfilled  one  need  or 
another.  In  modem  civilized  society  it  must  satisfy  sev- 
eral demands.  Protection  from  the  elements,  modesty, 
ornament,  and  fashion  must  all  have  a  place,  and  it  is 
often  difficult  to  provide  for  all  of  these  needs  in  one 
costume.  The  special  field  of  hygiene  of  dress  is  the 
proper  protection  of  the  body,  not  only  from  the  ele- 
ments, but  also  from  the  tyranny  of  fashion. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  in  this  chapter  to  discuss  the 
large  problem  of  proper  clothing,  but  merely  that  part 
of  it  which  has  to  do  with  the  qualities  of  materials.  To 
understand  this  question  one  must  know  what  bodily 
needs  clothing  has  to  fulfill  and  what  qualities  different 
materials  have  to  enable  them  to  meet  the  requirements. 
Living  conditions  have  changed  greatly  in  the  last  few 
decades.  Houses  are  warmer,  street  and  railway  cars 
are  overheated,  public  buildings  are  often  hot,  and  the 
home  is  not  as  draughty  as  it  used  to  be,  therefore  the 
costume  which  was  proper  two  generations  ago  is  not 
suitable  today.  There  are  still,  however,  cold  days  and 
damp  days,  and  outdoor  conditions  are  much  as  they 
always  have  been.  Modern  physiological  science  has 
changed  our  views  somewhat  in  regard  to  the  needs  of 
clothing,  but  has  not  yet  thoroughly  taught  us  just  what 
the  proper  clothing  should  be. 

For  physical  and  mental  efficiency  it  is  necessary 
that  the  body  be  warm,  clean,  have  unrestricted  circu- 
lation of  blood  and  unrestricted  ability  to  breathe.  Man, 
unlike  other  animals,  is  unable  to  live  in  cold  climates 


THE    HYGIENE    OF    CLOTHING    MATERIALS  165 

nor  can  white  man  live  in  tropical  climates  with  only  his 
natural  coverings,  but  must  depend  on  clothes  for  pro- 
tection. If  protection  were  the  only  requirement  of  dress 
the  problem  would  be  fairly  simple,  but  fashion  dictates 
how  garments  must  be  made  entirely  regardless  of  the 
health  of  the  wearer.  Then  the  individual  tries  to  make 
them  meet  the  demands  of  fashion  and  sometimes  of 
hygiene  as  well. 

Clothing  which  comes  next  the  skin  should  be  of  such 
a  character  that  it  will  help  maintain  a  constant  body 
temperature,  will  absorb  and  take  care  of  the  perspi- 
ration, give  proper  ventilation  to  the  skin,  and  also 
be  of  such  nature  that  it  may  be  cleaned  readily.  It  is 
important  that  the  body  be  not  overheated.  In  modern 
city  apartments  there  is  much  more  likelihood  of  this 
than  of  the  other  extreme. 

A  material  to  be  warm  need  not  necessarily  be  heavy 
or  thick.  The  requirements  differ  for  an  outer  and  an 
under  garment.  An  undergarment  may  be  loosely  woven, 
quite  light  in  weight,  and  yet  be  warm.  Still  air  is  a  poor 
conductor  of  heat,  and  the  air  which  is  held  in  the 
meshes  of  an  undergarment  is  warm,  gives  opportunity 
for  ventilation,  and  aids  in  evaporating  the  perspiration. 
In  an  outer  garment  a  loose  weave  gives  opportunity  for 
the  wind  to  pass  through  and  allows  too  rapid  a  change 
of  air  underneath,  and  so  is  not  warm.  Several  layers 
of  light  weight  material  are  better  than  one  layer  of 
thick  material,  because  of  the  layers  of  air  held  between 
them. 

The  warmth  of  a  material  also  depends  on  the  con- 
ductive power  of  the  fiber  from  which  it  is  woven. 


1 66  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Wool  and  silk  are  poor  conductors  of  heat,  cotton  and 
linen  better  conductors.  Linen  feels  cold  to  the  touch, 
and  is  therefore  pleasant  for  summer  clothing.  The 
conductive  power  of  the  fibers  is  not,  however,  as  great 
a  consideration  as  that  of  the  amount  of  air  inclosed  in 
the  meshes  of  the  fiber. 

The  nature  of  the  fibers,  whether  they  will  mat  closely 
together  or  remain  apart  because  of  their  elasticity  and 
inclose  air,  also  the  weave  of  a  fabric  are  very  impor- 
tant factors  in  determining  the  warmth  of  a  garment. 
Wool  has  this  elasticity  and  makes  a  warm  fabric,  but 
after  frequent  washing  the  fibers  become  more  felted 
together  and  harder,  and  the  material  is  less  desirable ; 
this  is  especially  true  when  it  is  carelessly  washed. 
Linen  and  cotton  may  be  woven  with  large  meshes,  but 
are  ordinarily  woven  into  close,  thin  materials,  which 
are  not  very  warm. 

Heat  is  carried  from  the  body  in  three  ways:  (i) 
By  conduction  by  the  still  air  or  the  clothing  materials. 
(2)  By  convection,  moving  air  which  takes  the  warm  air 
from  next  the  body  and  replaces  it  with  cold  air  which 
must  then  be  warmed.  (3)  By  the  evaporation  of 
perspiration. 

The  same  characteristics  which  make  a  fabric  warm 
give  to  it  the  ability  to  care  for  the  perspiration.  A 
loosely  woven  mesh  material  will  absorb  moisture  more 
readily  than  one  closely  woven.  The  air  in  the  meshes 
also  aids  in  the  evaporation  of  the  perspiration.  Some- 
times there  is  danger  of  too  rapid  evaporation,  therefore 
too  rapid  cooling,  when  the  outside  air  has  easy  access 
to  the  undergarment.  Those  materials,  like  leather  and 


THE    HYGIENE    OF    CLOTHING    MATERIALS  l6/ 

rubber,  which  allow  no  air  to  pass  through  prevent 
chilling  by  convection,  but  at  the  same  time  may  become 
very  uncomfortable  because  they  do  not  permit  the  evap- 
oration of  perspiration  and  the  skin  becomes  chilled  by 
the  moist  garment  in  contact  with  it. 

Thus  far  we  have  spoken  almost  entirely  of  keeping 
the  body  warm  in  cold  weather.  It  is  also  essential  to 
keep  it  cool  in  very  hot  weather.  Garments  which  allow 
the  rapid  evaporation  of  perspiration  and  the  removal 
of  heat  by  convection  are  cool  in  summer.  In  the  tropics 
special  kinds  of  cloth  which  allow  rapid  passage  of  air 
are  used  by  the  white  man.  Special  colors  are  also 
necessary,  but  the  subject  of  color  will  be  discussed  more 
fully  in  a  later  paragraph. 

The  difference  in  the  ability  of  fibers  to  absorb  mois- 
ture without  seeming  wet  is  called  their  hygroscopic 
power.  Wool  may  absorb  thirty  per  cent  of  its  own 
weight  without  changing  noticeably  in  appearance;  silk 
also  absorbs  much  moisture  without  seeming  wet.  Cot- 
ton and  linen  have  much  less  ability  to  do  this.  While 
wool  absorbs  a  great  deal  of  moisture  it  takes  it  up 
slowly;  for  this  reason  a  layer  of  cotton  next  the  skin, 
with  a  layer  of  wool  just  outside,  seems  to  be  very  satis- 
factory. The  cotton  absorbs  the  moisture  and  passes  it 
onto  the  wool,  from  which  it  is  evaporated  slowly,  thus 
preventing  rapid  cooling  of  the  skin.  Undergarments 
are  woven  which  carry  out  this  idea;  a  thin  knit  fabric 
of  cotton  is  combined  with  a  thin  fabric  of  wool  in  such 
a  way  that  there  is  an  air  space  between  the  two.  This 
garment  has  also  the  advantage  over  all  wool  that  it  does 
not  irritate  the  skin. 


l68  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Probably  few  people  in  active  life  need  woolen  un- 
derwear ;  it  is  warmer  than  is  necessary ;  it  is  irritating, 
and  when  one  exercises  the  perspiration  is  not  absorbed 
quickly  enough  and  the  skin  becomes  wet,  a  bad  condi- 
tion. Those  who  are  leading  a  sedentary  life  do  need 
woolens  because  their  skin  is  not  kept  warm  by  muscu- 
lar activity.  Wool  is  also  a  good  protection  against 
sudden  exposure  and  extreme  cold,  but  it  need  not  be 
worn  in  direct  contact  with  the  skin.  Silk  has  many 
points  in  its  favor;  it  is  attractive,  a  poor  conductor  of 
heat,  is  easily  laundered  when  pure,  and  absorbs  water 
easily.  The  prohibitive  feature  of  silk  for  most  people 
is,  of  course,  its  price.  With  the  present  adulterations, 
aside  from  the  union  suits,  hose,  and  undershirts,  few 
silk  materials  fulfill  all  the  requirements  of  a  thoroughly 
hygienic  garment  next  the  skin. 

To  perform  its  functions  most  satisfactorily  a  gar- 
ment must  be  clean,  for  the  excretions  of  the  skin  clog 
the  pores  of  the  cloth  touching  it,  just  as  they  clog  the 
pores  of  the  skin  itself  if  it  is  not  properly  washed.  Ven- 
tilation and  evaporation  of  perspiration  cannot  go  on  so 
well  if  the  garment  is  thus  clogged.  Choice  of  material 
which  is  easily  laundered  is  therefore  important,  and  is 
another  point  in  favor  of  cotton  rather  than  wool. 

Outer  clothing  has  not  so  many  essential  require- 
ments ;  its  chief  function  from  a  hygienic  standpoint  is 
that  it  be  warm  in  winter  and  cool  in  summer,  and  that 
it  allow  some  ventilation.  The  outer  clothing  may  be 
easily  changed,  and  should,  therefore,  furnish  the  chief 
difference  in  warmth  between  dress  in  a  steam-heated 
house  and  street  dress.  Furs  are  warm  chieflv  because 


THE    HYGIENE    OF    CLOTHING    MATERIALS  169 

of  the  air  held  in  and  of  the  impenetrable  character  of 
the  skin.  They  are  warmer  when  the  fur  is  worn  inside, 
since  it  then  holds  a  layer  of  still  air.  Furs  swathed 
closely  about  the  neck  are  unhygienic,  as  the  skin  becomes 
sensitive  and  colds  are  easly  contracted. 

Moist  air  conducts  heat  more  readily  than  dry  air, 
therefore  on  a  damp,  cold  day  there  is  greater  need  for 
active  exercise  or  warmer  clothing. 

Color  is  an  important  factor  in  clothing  only  in  con- 
nection with  outside  garments.  The  old  tradition  that 
red  flannels  are  warmer  than  white  has  no  foundation, 
unless  it  be  that  the  red  dye  makes  them  a  trifle  more 
irritating.  In  outside  clothing  certain  colors  absorb  more 
heat  from  the  sun's  rays ;  black,  blue,  green,  and  red 
absorb  more,  yellow  and  white  less.  Black  also  absorbs 
odors  more  readily.  White  reflects  the  sun's  rays  most, 
black  least. 

In  the  tropics  outside  garments  are  made  from  white 
materials  and  lined  with  dark  green  or  some  other  dark 
color.  Certain  rays  of  the  sun  are  reflected  by  the  white, 
but  others  pass  through.  These  are  absorbed  by  the  dark 
material,  and  the  skin  is  thus  protected.  It  has  been  sup- 
posed that  the  color  of  the  black  man's  skin  is  a  protec- 
tion from  certain  poisonous  sun's  rays  from  which  the 
white  man  must  protect  himself  in  an  artificial  manner. 
This  theory  is  now  questioned. 

SUMMARY 

To  summarize,  clothing  must  be  such  that  it  will  aid 
the  body  in  maintaining  constant  temperature  whatever 
the  temperature  of  the  outside  air  may  be. 


I/O  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Clothing  material  must  be  of  such  texture  that  it 
not  only  aids  in  maintaining  the  right  temperature,  but 
also  takes  care  of  perspiration  in  such  a  way  that  the 
skin  is  cooled  rapidly  in  hot  weather  and  not  too  rapidly 
in  cold  weather. 

The  outside  clothing  must  perform  a  function  dif- 
ferent from  the  under  clothing,  and  so  should  differ  in 
nature. 

A  thick  garment  is  not  necessarily  the  warmest  one, 
neither  need  a  garment  be  heavy.  Light  and  warm  are 
not  opposing  terms. 

Access  of  air  to  the  skin  should  be  regulated,  not 
prevented. 

Free  movement  of  the  body  should  not  be  interfered 
with,  neither  should  clothing  be  so  warm  that  exercise 
is  uncomfortable. 

Cleanliness  is  all  important  both  for  the  best  func- 
tioning of  the  skin  and  for  the  comfort  of  one's  self  and 
one's  friends. 

Every  person  must  decide  what  his  or  her  needs  are 
and  dress  accordingly.  General  rules  cannot  be  laid 
down  for  all.  Much  is  determined  by  living  conditions, 
amount  of  exercise,  age,  health,  etc.  If  not  enough 
clothes  are  worn  then  more  food  is  required,  and  the 
organs  must  do  more  work  to  keep  the  body  temperature 
normal. 

There  has  been  a  reaction  from  the  woolens  of  the 
past,  and  doubtless  some  have  gone  to  the  extreme  of 
not  dressing  warmly  enough.  Common  sense,  together 
with  knowledge  of  bodily  needs,  will  do  much  to  improve 
conditions. 


THE  HYGIENE  OF  CLOTHING  MATERIALS 

REFERENCES 

Harrington,  Charles.    Manual  of  Hygiene. 
Hough  and  Sedgwick.    The  Human  Mechanism. 


CHAPTER    XI 
DESIGN  AND   COLOR  IN   TEXTILE  FABRICS 

THE  problems  of  design  and  color  in  textile  fabrics 
are  somewhat  complicated.  No  general  rules  for  se- 
lection may  be  given,  for  there  are  many  factors  influenc- 
ing the  choice;  among  these  are  the  use  to  which  the 
material  is  to  be  put,  the  texture  and  cost  of  the  material, 
and  the  individual  taste.  It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this 
chapter  to  go  deeply  into  the  theories  of  design  and  color, 
but  only  to  give  a  few  suggestions  which  may  lead  to 
further  study  or  which  may  in  themselves  prove  helpful 
in  choosing  artistic  fabrics.  A  few  foundation  principles 
will  be  given,  then  a  more  general  discussion  of  decora- 
tive art  as  applied  to  clothing  and  house  furnishing 
materials. 

DESIGN 

The  terms  and  principles  of  pure  design  have  been 
reduced  by  theorists1  to  simple  denominations.  Tone, 
measure,  and  shape  are  terms  which  define  the  units  of 
a  composition.  The  principles  by  which  these  units  are 
combined  to  produce  order  and  beauty  are  termed 
rhythm,  balance,  and  harmony: 

"Tone  means  the  value  (as  dark,  light)  or  the  color 
(as  red,  green,  blue). 

"Measure  means  the  size  (as  long,  short,  large,  small). 

1  Notably  Dr.  Denman  W.  Ross,  of  Harvard  University. 
172 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  173 

"Shape  means  the  contour  or  bounding  line  (as 
straight,  curved,  square,  round). 

"Rhythm  means  joint  action  or  movement,  a  consistent 
relation  and  connection  of  parts  that  enable  the  eye  to 
find  a  way  through  all  the  details  of  a  design. 

"Balance  means  repose,  that  results  from  the  oppo- 
sition of  attractions. 

"Harmony  means  'the  consistency  of  likeness,  hav- 
ing something  in  common.'  'A  unity,  all  the  terms  of 
which  are  in  interior  accord.'  "  x 

Rhythm  is  gained  either  through  a  gradation  of  tone 
from  light  to  dark  or  from  one  color  to  another, 
through  a  shape  which  by  its  repetition  or  by  its  outline 
carries  the  eye  along,  or  through  measures  which  in- 
crease from  small  to  large. 

Harmony  is  obtained  by  a  similarity  of  tone,  or  tones, 
having  some  common  element,  by  a  likeness  of  shapes, 
by  measures  either  like  or  in  some  definite  proportion. 

Balance  is  obtained  by  the  arrangement  of  tones, 
shapes,  and  measures  in  such  a  manner  that  there  is 
symmetry  between  the  parts. 

With  these  terms  and  principles  we  have  a  number 
of  possible  combinations  which  may  produce  order. 
We  may  have  one  or  all  of  the  following  present  in  a 
good  design:  tone  rhythm,  tone  balance,  tone  harmony; 
shape  rhythm,  shape  balance,  shape  harmony,  or  measure 
rhythm,  measure  balance,  measure  harmony. 

Analysis  of  one  or  two  designs  may  aid  in  illustra- 
tion. In  the  photograph  of  a  piece  of  Japanese  silk  the 
figure  of  the  dragon  illustrates  measure  rhythm  from 

1Batchelder,  Ernest  A.    The  Principles  of  Design. 


1/4  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

the  small  scales  at  the  end  of  the  tail  to  the  larger  scales 
in  the  body.  The  scroll  shape  on  the  body  is  rhythmic 
in  its  gradually  tapering  points.  There  is  rhythm  of 
tone  from  the  lighter  tones  to  the  dark  ones  throughout 
the  figure.  While  there  is  no  balance  produced  by  oppo- 
sition of  like  figures  on  two  sides  of  a  line,  there  is  tone 
balance  between  the  lights  and  darks,  giving  the  effect 
of  a  medium  tone  to  the  whole.  Tone  harmony  is  illus- 
trated by  the  repetition  of  the  same  tone  in  different  parts 


FIG.  39. — JAPANESE  SILK 

of  the  design,  shape  harmony  by  the  similarity  of  con- 
tour, and  measure  harmony  by  the  similarity  in  size 
of  some  of  the  scales. 

The  Persian  brocade  design  illustrates  the  principle 
of  balance  more  clearly.  There  is  exact  balance  of 
shape,  measure,  and  tone  on  the  two  sides  of  a  vertical 
axis.  Shape  rhythm  is  also  expressed  in  the  leaves, 
buds,  and  vases,  and  tone  rhythm  is  especially  well  shown 
in  the  birds  near  the  vases.  There  is  harmony  in  the 
shapes  of  buds,  flowers,  leaves,  and  scrolls,  and  harmony 
in  tone  in  the  different  parts.  The  result  is  not  only 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR 


1/5 


entirely  orderly,  but  beautiful  as  well.  Unless  some 
of  these  principles  are  observed  in  a  design,  order 
will  not  result,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  have  beauty  with- 
out order.  On  the  other  hand,  beauty  does  not  neces- 
sarily follow  order.  There  must  be  some  beauty  in  the 
shapes  chosen  for  the  parts  of  the  design,  some  ijiter- 


FIG.  40. —  PERSIAN  BROCADE 

est   in   the   combinations   of   shapes,    and   excellence   of 
execution. 

COLOR 

The  importance  of  color  in  clothing  and  house  fur- 
nishing is  even  greater  than  that  of  design.  The  effect 
of  a  good  design  may  be  ruined  by  poor  color  combina- 
tion, and  an  excellent  color  scheme  will  do  much  to  re- 
deem a  poor  design.  Color  is  ever  present  and  deter- 


176 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


Orange 
Yellow 


Red 
Orange 


mines  the  atmosphere  of  a 
room  or  costume.  Color  has 
a  decided  effect  upon  the 
nerves,  although  one  is  not 
always  conscious  of  its  influ- 
ence. 

As  in  design  there  are  prin- 
ciples which  aid  in  producing 
and  judging  good  results,  so 
in  color  there  are  theories 
which  aid  in  the  development 
of  a  good  color  sense.  The 
science  of  color  has  been  slow 
to  develop,  but  of  recent  years 
definite  scales  have  been  for- 
mulated, which  correspond  to 
scales  in  music,  and  rules  for 
color  harmonies  determined. 
The  use  of  these  scales  is  not 
very  general  yet.  Only  a  few 
principles  for  producing  color 
harmonies  will  be  given  here. 

If  a  beam  of  light  is  divided 
by  means  of  a  triangular  glass 
prism,  the  constituent  parts 
when  impinged  on  a  white 

FIG.  41.  —  SCALE  OF  VALUES    screen    WJH    show    a    band    of 
FROM  WHITE  TO  BLACK 

Colorsintheir^atestintensitiescorre-   Colors.       Beginning    at    One    end 
spond  in  value  to  spots  opposite  crimson)  this  grad- 


Violet 
Red 


Blue 
Violet 


ually    shades   into   a   brilliant    red,    which   develops    into 
orange,  then  into  yellow,   green,   blue,  and  finally   into 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR 

violet.  This  band  of  color  is  known  as  the  solar  spec- 
trum and  contains  all  color.  The  hundreds  of  variations 
of  color  found  in  nature  and  used  by  man  are  produced 
by  combinations  of  these  colors  with  each  other  or  with 
black  or  white. 

The  effect  of  light  produced  by  any  pigment  material 
or  mixture  of  pigments  is  known  as  a  tone.  As  has 
been  stated  above,  each  tone  has  two  elements,  the  ele- 
ment of  light  or  shade,  which  may  be  known  as  value, 
and  the  element  of  color  or  hue. 

When  we  speak  of  value,  we  mean  the  amount  of 
light  present,  or  the  absence  of  light.  If  we  were  to 
make  a  scale  of  spots,  white  at  one  end,  and  gradually 
becoming  darker  until  we  had  black  at  the  other  end, 
we  should  have  a  scale  of  values.  We  should  have 
absence  of  color,  but  a  variety  of  light  and  shade. 

The  colors  of  the  spectrum  are  as  pure  as  it  is  pos- 
sible to  obtain  color,  and  are  therefore  said  to  be  in 
their  greatest  intensity;  that  is,  the  red  is  as  red  as  is 
possible,  the  blue  as  blue,  and  so  on.  Opposed  to  this 
intensity  is  neutrality,  in  which  we  have  no  color.  The 
scale  of  values  between  black  and  white  is  a  neutral  scale. 

If  now  we  should  compare  the  colors  of  the  spectrum 
with  the  scale  of  values,  we  should  find  that  each  color 
in  its  greatest  intensity  would  correspond  in  value  with 
one  of  the  neutral  spots  in  that  scale.  In  those  colors 
we  should  have  great  difference  in  value,  from  very 
light  yellow  to  dark  violet. 

By  adding  black  or  white  to  any  color,  it  is  possible 
to  lessen  its  intensity  and  change  its  value,  so  that  we 
may  produce  any  one  color  in  all  the  different  values  of 


178 


HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 


the  scale.  These  variations  of  the  color  are  known  as 
tints  and  shades.  Again,  between  the  color  in  its  great- 
est intensity  and  the  neutral  spot  of  the  same  value 
there  are  a  great  many  variations.  As  we  neutralize  the 
intense  color,  we  have  a  series  of  tones,  often  known  as 


Blue 
Violet 


0 


>«* 

Orange 
Yellow 


FIG.  42.  —  COLOR  WHEEL 

broken  tones.  These  broken  tones  differ  from  tints  and 
shades  of  the  original  color,  in  that  they  may  either  be 
of  the  same  value  as  the  intense  color,  or  they  may  be 
of  different  values;  but  if  this  is  the  case  they  are  not 
as  intense  as  the  tint  or  shade  of  the  original  color  in  that 
value  would  be. 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  1/9 

If  the  six  colors  of  the  spectrum,  together  with  the 
colors  formed  by  the  combination  of  any  two  adjacent 
colors,  be  put  in  a  sequence,  as  in  the  figure,  we  should 
have  a  circle,  in  which  each  color  is  related  to  the  one 
next  it.  This  may  be  called  the  color  wheel,  and  serves 
as  a  basis  for  study  of  color  relations. 

In  examining  this  wheel  it  is  readily  seen  that  the 
colors  near  one  another  are  closely  related,  while  those 
farther  apart  have  little  in  common.  The  colors  directly 
opposite  in  the  wheel  have  least 'in  common,  and  there- 
fore make  the  greatest  contrast.  These  strongly  con- 
trasting colors  are  known  as  complementary  colors. 
Combined  in  pure  form,  as  found  in  the  spectrum,  they 
produce  white  light ;  in  pigments  they  produce  a  neutral 
gray.  Red  and  green,  blue  and  orange,  violet  and  yel- 
low, are  examples  of  complementary  colors.  Contrast- 
ing colors  when  placed  in  juxtaposition  produce  the 
effect  of  a  greater  difference  than  really  exists.  When 
properly  used  the  contrast  given  by  complementary  colors 
is  pleasing,  though  exciting,  and  must  be  used  with  care. 
Ordinarily  one  color  is  used  in  greater  quantity  than  its 
complementary :  thus  there  is  not  a  struggle  for  pre- 
dominance. 

The  combination  of  colors  just  next  to  the  comple- 
mentary is  less  contrasting  than  the  complementary  com- 
bination. The  colors  more  nearly  adjacent  on  the  wheel 
have  even  more  in  common.  As  the  interval  between 
the  colors  becomes  smaller,  the  contrast  becomes  less 
and  less. 

Very  pleasing  combinations  of  colors  in  this  small 
interval  may  be  produced :  for  example,  greens  and  blues, 


ISO  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

or  orange  yellows  and  yellows,  or  greens  and  yellows. 
On  the  red  side  of  the  circle  the  combinations  are  more 
difficult.  The  colors  are  very  warm,  and  there  is  a 
greater  difference  between  the  reds  and  violets  than 
between  the  oranges  and  yellows. 

Used  in  their  full  intensities  most  combinations  of 
colors  on  the  wheel  are  harsh  and  unpleasant.  There 
must  be  modification  of  the  colors.  Tints  and  shades  and 
broken  tones  are  most  used  in  producing  harmonies. 
This  is  especially  true  in  clothing  and  house  furnishing. 

The  combinations  giving  least  contrast  are  those  in 
which  different  tones  of  the  same  color  are  used.  Here 
the  contrast  is  only  that  of  light  and  shade,  or  value. 
Care  must  be  exercised  that  the  different  values  are  of 
the  same  or  harmonious  hues.  For  example,  a  light 
green,  which  was  a  very  blue  green,  might  not  harmo- 
nize with  a  darker  green  which  had  a  decidedly  yellow 
hue,  while  on  the  other  hand,  it  would  form  an  excellent 
combination  with  a  darker  blue  green. 

The  use  of  color  must  depend  entirely  upon  the  kind 
of  effect  which  is  to  be  produced.  If  a  brilliant  effect 
is  wanted,  intense  colors  may  be  used,  and  complemen- 
tary contrasts  will  be  in  place.  If  a  quiet,  restful  effect 
is  desired,  close  harmonies,  of  broken  tones,  as  browns 
and  warm  greens,  will  be  chosen.  A  touch  of  a  comple- 
mentary may  serve  to  relieve  the  monotony  of  a  large 
mass  of  color  or  to  increase  the  brilliancy  of  that  color. 

A  rich  result  may  be  obtained  by  combining  a  num- 
ber of  broken  tones  of  different  colors,  and  the  contrast 
may  be  lessened  by  having  these  colors  very  nearly  equal 
in  value  of  light  or  dark.  A  neutral  background  may 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  l8l 

serve  to  harmonize  a  number  of  colors.  Similarly  a 
drapery  of  chiffon  over  a  number  of  colors  in  a  cos- 
tume tends  to  harmonize  these. 

Certain  colors  have  characteristics  which  cause 
them  to  be  termed  warm  or  cold.  The  red,  orange,  yel- 
low side  of  the  color  wheel  contains  the  warm  colors, 
the  violet,  blue,  green  side  the  cold  colors.  The  warm 
colors  are  those  which  seem  to  advance,  the  cold  colors 
to  recede.  Gray  is  usually  cold,  but  when  it  contains  a 
large  amount  of  pink  becomes  warmer.  A  cold  color 
scheme  may  be  relieved  by  a  bright  touch  of  a  warm 
color,  which  if  in  small  quantity  may  be  quite  intense. 

The  texture  of  material  may  aid  in  harmonizing  color. 
The  rich,  deep  pile  of  rugs  with  the  play  of  light  and 
shade  on  its  surface  serves  to  bring  the  colors  together. 
Colors  seem  harsher  and  flatter  in  cotton  cloth  than  in 
silks  or  wools.  The  brilliancy  of  lustrous  silk  may  not 
be  produced  in  wool,  nor  the  richness  of  wool  in  linens. 

Colors  are  greatly  modified  by  others  placed  near 
them.  One  color  brings  out  the  hue  of  its  complemen- 
tary in  the  other.  If  one  looks  at  a  red  spot  for  a  long 
time  and  then  looks  at  a  white  paper,  a  green  spot,  the 
complementary  of  red,  will  appear  on  that  paper.  If 
red  is  put  next  to  blue,  the  blue  will  look  greenish,  be- 
cause green  is  complementary  to  red,  while  the  red  will 
look  more  orange,  because  orange  is  complementary  to 
blue.  It  will  not  be  possible  here  to  discuss  the  many 
variations  produced  by  this  juxtaposition  of  colors. 
Practice  in  combining  colors  will  illustrate  this  point. 

Skill  in  combination,  unless  one  is  a  born  colorist, 
requires  long  study  and  practice.  Study  of  successful 


l82  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

color  schemes,  in  rugs,  pictures,  fabrics,  etc.,  is  good 
training.  Nature  is  an  excellent  teacher,  but  it  is  always 
well  to  remember  that  a  brilliant  touch  of  color  with  all 
outdoors  for  a  background  might  be  very  trying  when 
confined  to  the  limitations  of  a  room  or  of  a  costume. 
The  proportion  in  which  colors  are  combined  is  of  great 
importance.  When  applying  color  and  design  in  the 
decoration  of  construction,  definite  limitations  must  be 
recognized.  For  perfect  harmony  the  small  detail  must 
be  governed  by  the  demands  of  the  larger  result.  Both 
design  and  color  must  be  subordinate  to  the  whole  effect 
to  be  produced.  In  architecture  the  farther  the  carv- 
ing is  removed  from  the  eye,  the  less  minute  the  units 
of  its  design.  The  size  of  the  space  to  be  ornamented 
influences  the  proportions  of  the  details  which  are  to  fill 
that  space.  There  are  recognized  positions  for  ornament, 
and  ornamentation  by  small  details  is  not  appropriate 
for  all  parts  of  a  building. 

Certain  colors  are  retiring  in  effect  and  may  be  used 
when  the  effect  of  space  is  desired ;  others  advance  and 
serve  to  bring  forward  parts  to  be  emphasized,  or  to 
produce  an  impression  of  coziness. 

GENERAL  PRINCIPLES 

As  stone  and  marble  immediately  place  some  limita- 
tion upon  the  kind  of  design  to  be  used  for  their  em- 
bellishment, so  rugs  and  fabrics  of  various  kinds  place 
restrictions  upon  the  decorator.  Although  wonderful 
machinery  may  weave  practically  any  pattern  which  the 
artist's  fancy  creates,  the  nature  of  the  material  to  be 
woven  determines  what  kind  of  design  is  appropriate  to 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  183 

it.  A  dark,  heavy  fabric  does  not  lend  itself  to  delicate 
details,  nor  a  filmy  material  to  heavy  design. 

Conventional  forms  are  the  outgrowth  of  the  limita- 
tion of  materials.  In  picturing  natural  objects  in  bas- 
ketry, the  savage  finds  himself  compelled  to  substitute 
square  forms  for  curved,  because  his  reeds  are  coarse 
and  the  lines  of  the  weave  are  square.  As  the  material 
becomes  finer  the  limitation  is  not  so  great,  and  as  man 
becomes  more  expert  he  finds  it  possible  to  develop  more 
and  more  elaborate  designs  in  his  weaving.  The  height 
of  perfection  with  the  least  conventionality  is  reached 
in  tapestries. 

The  use  for  which  a  fabric  is  intended  finally  deter- 
mines the  kind  of  design  which  shall  decorate  it.  A 
material  which  hangs  in  folds  must  have  a  different  treat- 
ment from  one  which  lies  flat.  Cloth  which  is  to  be  cut 
in  many  pieces  or  broken  by  seams  should  not  be  covered 
with  large  patterns.  A  fabric  forming  a  background 
must  needs  be  quiet  and  retiring  both  in  color  and  de- 
sign, while  that  which  serves  purely  as  ornament  may 
be  much  more  striking. 

There  are  two  distinct  methods  of  producing  design 
in  textile  fabrics.  In  the  one,  the  figure  is  woven  into 
the  material  in  various  colored  threads  or  with  differ- 
ent weaves.  In  the  other  method,  the  design  is  stamped 
in  color  on  the  threads  of  the  cloth  either  before  or  after 
weaving.  There  may  be  a  combination  of  these  two 
methods  in  one  fabric,  as  when  a  design  is  printed 
on  a  cloth  which  has  already  been  ornamented  in  the 
weave. 

Design  formed  by  variation  of  weave  may  consist  of 


184  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

lines,  stripes,  checks,  or  figures  of  the  same  color  as  the 
background.  With  the  introduction  of  different  colored 
threads  in  warp  and  filling  the  possibilities  of  variation 
become  endless.  The  devices  for  varying  weaves,  for 
alternating  colors,  become  almost  superhuman  in  the 
Jacquard  loom,  and  the  results  produced  are  marvels  of 
mechanical  skill. 

Printed  designs  are  somewhat  more  limited  in  color, 
although  even  here  a  wide  range  may  be  obtained.  The 
pattern  used  is  restricted  only  by  the  limitations  of  wood 
carving  or  copper  engraving. 

In  fabrics  used  for  clothing,  the  plain,  unfigured  cloth 
is  frequently  most  satisfying,  lending  itself  well  to 
tucks,  folds,  and  seams.  The  beauty  of  plain  cloth, 
however,  depends  for  its  charm  entirely  upon  the  tex- 
ture. When  the  texture  is  not  rich,  lines,  stripes,  or 
figures  add  interest.  With  the  hard-twisted  threads  of 
worsteds,  if  the  surface  is  broken  by  diagonal  twills, 
almost  invisible  though  they  may  be,  pleasing  results 
are  produced.  Introduction  of  a  little  color  in  a  hair 
line  or  a  cross  marking  leads  to  greater  variation  in 
stripes,  checks,  and  plaids.  Variety  thus  gained  adds  in- 
terest to  dress  and  offers  greater  possibilities  in  color 
combination.  The  dictates  of  good  taste  are  to  choose 
from  these  stripes,  checks,  and  plaids  the  inconspicuous 
and  those  suited  to  the  individual  figure,  leaving  the 
strangely  peculiar  styles  to  those  whose  chief  claim  to 
distinction  lies  in  the  loudness  of  their  clothes. 

Figures  in  cloth,  beginning  with  the  simple  dot,  a 
mere  variation  in  weave,  become  more  and  more  elab- 
orate, growing  into  scrolls,  flowers,  bouquets,  vines, 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  185 

trees,  finally  landscapes  and  architectural  representation. 
Possibilities  of  great  beauty  are  opened,  and  also  abun- 
dant opportunity  for  the  exercise  of  poor  taste.  The 
offerings  of  the  market  express  well  the  status  of  public 
taste.  In  contrast  with  the  many  really  beautiful  de- 
signs exhibited  in  the  best  shops  are  found  hundreds 
of  designs  with  nothing  to  commend  them,  unless  it 
be  that  they  are  "different." 

As  has  been  said  design  in  clothing  materials  must 
be  much  limited  by  the  comparatively  small  surface  to  be 
covered  and  by  the  lines  of  seams  and  folds  which  break 
that  surface.  The  richness  of  heavy  silk  may  be  in- 
creased by  a  damask  pattern  in  the  same  color,  which 
gives  an  added  play  of  light  and  shade  on  the  lustrous 
threads.  In  this  case  the  design  may  be  quite  large, 
but  not  too  complicated,  as  the  figure  is  partly  lost  in 
the  luster  of  the  surface.  No  other  material  offers  equal 
possibilities.  Linen  with  the  same  sort  of  design  gives 
beautiful  effects  for  table  use,  but  is  too  stiff  and  un- 
wieldy, when  so  ornamented,  for  beauty  in  clothing  mate- 
rial. Wool  lends  itself  to  such  design  only  under  ex- 
ceptional conditions  when  the  character  of  the  fiber  has 
been  altered  by  chemical  treatment,  and  it  is  then  too  wiry 
for  clothing.  Cotton  has  not  that  inherent  beauty  of 
texture  which  makes  damask  designs  excellent. 

Soft  cottons  and  silks  are  very  attractive  when 
decorated  with  bouquets  of  flowers,  even  if  these  are 
quite  large ;  a  pleasing  color  effect  is  obtained,  combined 
with  delicacy  and  gayety.  The  same  pattern  executed 
in  heavy  materials  would  be  most  inappropriate,  or  in 
dark  tones  would  loose  its  charm.  Simple  all-over  pat- 


1 86  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

terns  of  the  same  color  or  closely  related  colors  are 
pleasing  in  different  textures  provided  they  are  not  too 
large  or  too  intricate.  Oriental  patterns,  which  are 
combinations  of  geometric  designs  and  conventionalized 
natural  forms,  may  be  good  on  silk  or  more  simply  exe- 
cuted on  cottons. 

The  field  of  design  in  dress  materials  is  therefore 
limited  to  a  few  types,  variation  in  weave,  lines,  stripes, 
plaids,  checks,  more  or  less  complicated  spot  designs, 
and  rather  simple  all-over  designs  being  the  most  suitable 
forms. 

Another  field  for  design  in  dress  is  that  of  acces- 
sories, rather  than  of  the  dress  as  a  whole.  Here  greater 
possibilities  lie  before  the  designer.  A  band,  a  bit  of 
embroidery,  or  a  medallion,  to  be  used  in  small  amount, 
may  be  much  bolder  in  treatment  than  the  material  from 
which  a  whole  garment  is  made.  Stronger  colors  and 
larger  figures  are  permissible,  and  there  is  greater  op- 
portunity for  the  exercise  of  imagination  and  skill.  The 
main  fabric  of  a  garment  must  be  rather  conventional, 
but  the  ornament  need  not  be  limited  by  such  narrow 
bounds.  In  these  accessories  of  trimming,  strength  and 
character  of  both  color  and  design  are  required.  If  the 
trimming  is  to  add  distinction  to  the  dress  it  must  have 
qualities  which  make  for  distinction. 

In  the  selection  of  house  furnishing  materials  the 
choice  of  design  is  much  more  varied.  The  surfaces  to 
be  covered  in  rooms  are  larger,  the  effect  as  a  whole  is 
less  limited,  and  there  is  greater  opportunity  for  skill  in 
combining  colors  and  in  design.  Here  again,  if  the  best, 
results  are  to  be  obtained  limitations  must  be  recognized. 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  1 87 

Frequently  because  of  the  choice  of  large  figures  and 
strong  colors  in  wall  paper  a  room  is  made  to  look  small. 
The  design  in  a  rug  may  seem  to  rise  up  and  greet  one 
on  entering  a  room.  Confusion  may  be  the  result  of  too 
many  figured  surfaces. 

Each  type  of  furnishing  material  imposes  its  limi- 
tations on  design.  The  hanging  demands  design  that  is 
not  spoiled  by  folds.  Where  a  diagonal  stripe  would  be 
broken  and  would  give  an  unpleasant  effect,  a  vertical 
or  horizontal  stripe  would  be  successful.  Figures  which 
break  the  surface  and  give  variety  of  color  but  do  not 
depend  on  being  seen  in  their  entirety  are  more  suc- 
cessful than  carefully  developed  designs  which  lose 
their  charm  if  partly  hidden.  Similarly,  fabrics  for  up- 
holstery may  be  much  less  definite  in  design,  because 
the  surface  is  broken  by  buttons  and  the  folds  around 
the  buttons.  Rather  indefinite  foliage  patterns  give 
pleasing  color  variation  and  variety  of  surface,  and  are 
not  dependent  on  large  spaces  for  a  good  result. 

Wall  coverings  or  fiat  hangings  have  quite  a  differ- 
ent purpose  to  fulfill.  They  must  either  form  a  back- 
ground for  pictures  and  furniture,  or  they  must  furnish 
decoration.  In  case  a  background  is  desired,  plain  sur- 
faces, two-toned  designs,  or  simple,  unobtrusive  pat- 
terns are  most  satisfying.  The  wall  covering  should  be 
of  such  nature  that  it  will  not  dispute  with  the  pictures 
the  right  to  be  noticed.  When  decoration  in  a  narrower 
sense  is  demanded  of  this  covering,  it  must  possess  some 
real  value  as  design  or  as  pictorial  art.  In  houses  of 
moderate  means  it  is  rarely  possible  to  afford  this  latter 
type  of  wall  decoration.  In  screens,  sofa  cushions,  couch 


1 88  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

covers,  and  possibly  in  window  hangings  there  is  op- 
portunity for  expression  of  a  love  of  the  more  unusual, 
the  gay  and  the  bolder  design,  by  a  bit  of  Japanese 
print,  Oriental  cotton,  or  gay  English  or  French  chintz. 
If  the  pocketbook  can  aspire  to  embroideries,  there  are 
many  beautiful  bits  of  imported  silks  and  satins,  ex- 
quisitely worked,  which  add  a  tone  of  richness  to  an 
interior. 

The  charm  of  Japanese  designs  lies  largely  in  the 
grace  and  motion  which  they  are  able  to  express  in  the 
portrayal  of  the  simplest  objects,  the  fitness  of  their 
designs  to  the  object  decorated,  and  their  exquisite  use 
of  color.  In  introducing  Japanese  designs  into  our 
houses,  we  should  always  bear  in  mind  that  in  their 
native  environment  they  are  not  crowded  in  with  a 
great  many  other  things,  but  have  space  enough  to  be 
appreciated. 

The  rug  seems  to  furnish  the  most  difficult  problem 
to  American  manufacturers.  We  have  already  departed 
from  the  age  of  green  dogs  and  purple  cabbages  in  rugs, 
and  are  now  emerging  from  the  age  of  pink  roses. 
The  Persian  and  Turk  have  taught  us  that  designs  suit- 
able for  rugs  must  be  of  such  a  nature  that  they  do  not 
thrust  themselves  on  the  attention  at  once,  but  give 
variety  of  color  and  richness  of  surface  without  being 
immediately  evident.  Geometric  and  highly  conven- 
tionalized forms  in  not  too  large  units  are  desirable. 
Considerable  variety  in  the  design  in  order  that  the  units 
need  not  be  repeated  at  too  frequent  intervals  produces 
a  more  pleasing  result  than  constant  repetition.  Certain 
makes  of  rugs  are  limited  in  design  by  the  mechanism 


DESIGN    AND    COLOR  189 

of  their  weaving,  but  the  better  grades  have  practically 
no  such  limitation. 

It  has  taken  a  long  time  to  begin  to  teach  the  lesson 
of  good  taste  in  rug  design,  and  the  fact  that  it  is  now 
being  appreciated  is  probably  due  to  the  great  popu- 
larity of  Oriental  rugs.  The  design  of  these  rugs  may 
be  copied  by  machines  (although  it  becomes  too  perfect 
in  the  copying),  but  the  lesson  of  color  is  still  to  be 
learned  from  these  magic  rug  makers. 

The  subject  of  color  and  design  offers  a  most  attrac- 
tive field  for  study,  and  one  which  is  ever  present. 
Observation  of  birds,  trees,  flowers,  and  other  natural 
objects  is  a  pleasure,  and  affords  endless  suggestions  of 
form  and  color  which  may  be  adapted  to  decoration. 
Simplicity  is  a  good  watchword,  for  over-decoration 
has  been  a  failing  of  the  age. 

REFERENCES 

Batchelder,  Ernest  A.    Principles  of  Design. 
Ross,  Denman  W.    A  Theory  of  Pure  Design. 
Ward,  James.    Colour  Harmony  and  Contrasts. 


CHAPTER    XII 

LABOR  CONDITIONS   AND   EFFORTS   TO 
IMPROVE    THEM 

THE  United  States  Government  is  publishing  a  re- 
port of  nineteen  volumes  on  the  condition  of 
woman  and  child  wage-earners  in  the  United  States. 
The  size  of  this  report  suggests  the  vastness  of  the 
labor  problems  of  the  present  day.  The  textile  indus- 
try, aside  from  being  one  of  the  greatest  manufactur- 
ing industries,  employs  a  large  percentage  of  woman 
and  child  laborers.  A  study  of  textiles  would  therefore 
be  incomplete  which  did  not  at  least  touch  upon  the 
problems  of  these  laborers  and  tell  of  some  of  the  reforms 
which  have  been  or  are  now  being  accomplished. 

Ever  since  the  development  of  the  modern  factory 
system  it  is  the  women  and  children  who  have  been 
least  protected  and  who  have  suffered  most  from  the 
system.  Unorganized,  without  a  voice  in  the  making  of 
laws,  physically  at  a  disadvantage,  they  have  been  able 
to  do  little  for  themselves.  Labor  unions  and  power  in 
legislation  have  been  able  to  demand  certain  rights  for 
men,  but  even  they  have  not  accomplished  all  things,  as 
is  shown  by  the  prevalence  of  strikes  and  the  fact  that 
we  have  a  "submerged  tenth"  in  our  population.  It 
remains  for  the  twentieth  century  to  realize  more  fully 
that  the  people  as  a  whole,  the  community,  the  state,  and 
the  nation,  must  protect  the  working  man,  woman,  and 

190 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  191 

child,  and  through  them  protect  the   future  citizenship 
of  the  country. 

Investigation  of  the  problem  shows  that  it  concerns 
not  merely  the  age  at  which  the  law  shall  allow  a  child 
to  work,  but  where,  when,  and  under  what  conditions 
the  child,  the  woman,  or  even  the  man  shall  work.  What 
wage  shall  the  worker  receive?  what  protection  from 
machines?  how  many  hours  a  day?  If  the  child  is  shut 
out  from  the  mill,  how  much  time  must  he  spend  at 
school  and  what  shall  the  school  teach  him?  These  are 
a  few  of  the  questions  which  have  arisen.  To  under- 
stand them  it  is  necessary  to  have  some  appreciation  of 
conditions.  Although  the  old  systems  of  hand  industry 
abroad  often  meant  poverty,  filth,  disease,  and  all  sorts 
of  human  suffering,  in  some  respects  the  modern  factory 
system  has  made  conditions  worse.  There  have  been 
added  the  congestion  of  population  in  tenements  and 
•the  never  ending  routine  of  highly  specialized  work  for 
the  individual,  the  nerve-racking  noise  of  the  factory 
and  the  terrible  rush  of  competition.  The  possibilities 
of  machinery  are  boundless,  but  if  machinery  is  to  do 
the  greatest  good  for  the  human  race  it  must  not  be 
at  the  expense  of  the  bodies  and  souls  of  the  human 
beings  who  tend  the  machines. 

In  Europe  and  in  America  the  factory  system  in  a 
simple  form  came  into  existence  long  before  the  inven- 
tion of  machinery.  In  England,  after  the  Flemish 
weavers  had  introduced  fine  weaving  in  the  time  of 
Henry  I,  these  weavers  lived  and  worked  together  in 
communities.  Guilds  had  their  beginning  before  the 
Norman  conquest  and  flourished  all  through  the  Middle 


192  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Ages.  They  were  organizations  of  different  trades,  and 
became  very  powerful.  They  controlled  industries,  regu- 
lated prices  and  wages,  and  frequently  took  the  initiative 
in  suggesting  laws  for  the  benefit  of  trade.  The  craft 
guilds  protected  the  workman  and  the  interests  of  the 
various  crafts,  much  as  the  trade  unions  protect  the  inter- 
ests of  the  workingman  today.  Often  there  was  bitter 
feeling  between  guild  members  and  non-members.  So 
restrictive  had  the  power  of  guilds  become  by  the  time 
of  Henry  VIII  that  they  then  began  a  rapid  decline. 

The  wealthiest  manufacturer  of  this  time  was  said 
to  have  had  a  hundred  looms,  but  very  few  improve- 
ments had  been  introduced  in  the  methods  of  manu- 
facture. The  introduction  of  improvements  from  abroad 
was  strongly  opposed,  the  protection  of  home  indus- 
tries and  hand  labor  being  intense.  Laws  limited  the 
size  of  the  flocks  one  might  own,  the  amount  of  time 
which  it  took  to  tan  leather  was  not  allowed  to  be  less- 
ened, and  many  other  similar  regulations  existed.  While 
the  living  conditions  of  those  who  spun  and  wove  were 
frequently  very  miserable,  it  was  not  at  all  uncommon 
for  a  laborer  to  rise  to  be  a  successful  merchant  and 
become  a  knight  of  trade.  In  the  reign  of  Elizabeth 
conditions  were  better  in  England  than  in  surrounding 
countries.  The  eighteenth  century  brought  in  the  use 
of  machinery  and  revolutionized  methods.  By  1812  and 
1813  in  England  the  introduction  of  machinery,  together 
with  continual  wars,  had  brought  about  terrible  suffer- 
ing among  the  laborers.  Doubtless  the  factory  system 
alone  would  have  done  much,  for  the  English  capitalists 
saw  here  increased  opportunity  for  becoming  rich. 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  IQ3 

"The  factory  system  that  was  then  established  com- 
pletely changed  English  industrial  methods;  the  workers 
were  huddled  together  in  unhealthy  factories,  compelled 
to  work  from  early  morn  till  late  at  night,  and,  what 
was  the  worst  feature  of  the  system,  young  children  of 
tender  years  were  set  to  toil  in  the  mills  under  such  hard 
and  repellent  conditions  that  their  constitutions  were 
undermined,  and  a  race  of  working  people  grew  up 
stunted  in  body  and  weak  of  constitution.  So  bad  had 
things  become  that,  in  1802,  an  act  was  passed  for  the 
benefit  of  the  'health  and  morals'  of  apprentices  and 
others  employed  in  mills,  and  the  hours  of  work  were 
reduced  to  twelve  per  day."  * 

This  law  of  1802  related  to  cotton  mills  and  was  the 
first  factory  act.  The  abolition  of  slaves  in  1807  freed 
the  negro,  but  the  slavery  of  the  factory  worker  was 
not  broken  for  many  years.  In  1847  the  Ten  Hours 
Bill,  which  was  debated  for  fourteen  years  before  it 
could  be  passed,  became  a  law,  and  since  that  time  leg- 
islation in  England  has  advanced  continually. 

Factory  legislation  in  this  country  came  much  later, 
partly  because  factories  were  not  erected  so  early  here 
and  bad  conditions  did  not  develop  so  rapidly.  The 
long  struggle  for  legislation  and  the  attitude  towards 
these  problems  may  be  better  understood  if  we  trace 
briefly  the  development  of  this  field  of  labor  for  women 
and  children  in  the  United  States.  In  the  early  days 
women  had  a  place  in  the  home  which  demanded  all 
their  attention.  Children  as  well  as  grown  women  helped 
with  the  spinning  and  the  many  other  household  tasks. 

1  Burnley,  James.    The  Story  of  British   Trade  and  Industry. 


194  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 


The  chief  manufacturing  industries  of  the  colonies  for 
many  years  were  those  carried  on  in  the  home,  and 
women  had  comparatively  little  place  in  outside  indus- 
tries. A  few  were  employed  in  shops,  some  in  taverns, 
some  in  business  enterprises,  but  the  majority  of  those 
who  had  not  a  home  of  their  own  went  out  to  service, 
and  thus  were  employed  in  the  industries  of  another 
household.  The  attitude  of  the  early  New  England  col- 
onists towards  women  and  children  was  very  severe. 
They  were  not  permitted  to  be  idle,  if  they  were  poor, 
but  were  forced  by  public  opinion  and  by  law  to  do  some- 
thing for  a  livelihood.  Children  were  bound  out  as  ap- 
prentices. This  meant  to  girls  about  the  same  thing  as 
being  bound  out  to  household  service,  since  the  trades 
they  learned  were  spinning  and  weaving  and  other  house- 
hold industries.  The  United  States  was  much  slower 
than  England  in  developing  power  machinery.  There 
was  a  long  period  during  which  spinning  and  weaving 
had  in  part  gone  out  of  the  home,  yet  the  later  factory 
system  had  not  come.  In  the  cities  societies  "for  the 
Promotion  of  Industry"  were  organized  under  private 
or  public  management.  From  these  centers  work  in 
spinning  was  given  out  to  women  at  home  or  at  the 
manufactory.  In  some  establishments  many  looms  were 
operated;  in  others  the  yarn  was  sold  for  home  weav- 
ing or  to  other  factories.  Thus,  employment  might  be 
given  to  a  whole  community,  or  to  the  almshouses, 
and  the  poor  kept  busy.  This  was  the  first  step  in  the 
great  movement  of  women  from  the  home  to  the  fac- 
tory. Small  children  from  eight  years  up  were  em- 
ployed in  these  establishments,  and  it  was  considered 


LABOR   CONDITIONS  IQ5 

an  excellent  thing  that  children  could  thus  be  kept  from 
idleness. 

With  the  development  of  power  machines  and  great 
factories  for  spinning  and  weaving,  and  later  for  gar- 
ment making  and  the  food  industries,  it  was  natural  that 
women  should  follow  the  industry  from  the  home  and 
take  their  place  in  the  mills. 

The  conditions  under  which  women  worked  in  the 
early  days  of  power  machinery  were  little  better  than 
they  are  today,  for  the  commercial  spirit  developed  early ; 
but  the  attitude  of  women  toward  the  conditions  was 
very  different,  and  the  class  of  workers  was  different. 
Many  women  were  in  industry  temporarily,  to  earn 
money  to  go  to  college  or  to  earn  spending  money.  The 
great  rush  of  modern  competition  had  not  begun,  and 
the  factory  town  with  all  its  squalor  and  ugliness  had 
not  developed.  The  century  which  has  passed  since  has 
added  these  and  has  given  a  different  face  to  the  problem. 

Factories  grew  much  faster  than  laws  for  their 
regulation.  The  increase  of  child  labor  was  so  great 
that  the  results  were  soon  visible  in  stunted  adults;  and 
yet  long  hours  and  night  work  for  children,  preventing 
proper  physical  and  mental  development  and  instilling 
in  the  minds  of  the  children  low  morals,  have  been 
allowed  for  more  than  a  hundred  years  by  so-called 
highly  civilized  nations. 

Crowded  factories,  with  unprotected  machinery,  have 
meant  death  or  the  maiming  for  life  of  many  thousands 
of  men,  women,  and  children.  Bad  sanitary  condi- 
tions cause  not  only  physical  harm,  but  often  moral 
degeneration. 


196  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Rapid  immigration  into  America  has  helped  to  pro- 
duce a  system  of  manufacture  which  has  been  called  a 
disgrace  to  the  nation.  The  press  of  competition  led 
men  to  employ  these  newly  arrived  immigrants  at  the 
lowest  wages,  herd  them  together  in  cheap  workrooms, 
and  work  them  long  hours.  As  competition  increased, 
it  was  found  that  money  could  be  saved  by  letting  these 
people  take  the  work  to  their  own  homes,  if  homes  they 
might  be  called.  In  the  dark,  foul  rooms  of  the  tene- 
ments, the  sick  and  those  too  young  to  go  to  the  factory 
might  work  at  starvation  wages,  sometimes  infecting 
the  garments  they  were  making  with  the  germs  of  ter- 
rible diseases.  Meanwhile  the  purse  of  the  manu- 
facturer grew  fatter  and  fatter.  Thus  the  sweat  shop 
system  grew  and  increased,  and  thus  it  still  exists. 

One  might  write  on  and  on,  of  conditions  around 
factories,  of  the  hovels  in  towns  and  villages  where 
workmen  and  their  families  are  huddled  together  in  filth, 
without  a  tree  or  a  blade  of  grass,  with  not  even  fit 
water  to  drink,  and  with  the  very  air  they  breathe  made 
poisonous  by  the  gases  of  hundreds  of  chimneys.  Low 
wages,  fire  traps  in  which  to  work,  no  schools  because 
the  children  must  work  long  hours,  all  these  things  grind 
down  the  lives  of  men,  women,  and  children  who  are  the 
producers  of  the  world. 

Not  only  among  producers  have  these  bad  conditions 
existed,  but  among  distributers  as  well.  It  was  the  con- 
dition of  women  in  the  shops  which  first  aroused  the 
united  action  of  women  in  New  York  City.  There  again, 
long  hours,  low  wages,  bad  sanitary  conditions,  no  pro- 
vision for  chance  rest  during  working  hours,  no  rest 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  197 

rooms,  no  decent  places  for  lunch,  inhumane  treatment 
from  employers,  and  the  employment  of  child  labor 
were  the  most  striking  evils. 

That  all  of  the  conditions  mentioned  exist  today  in 
factory  and  in  shop,  in  one  place  or  another,  is  a  well 
recognized  fact,  but  the  fact  that  they  have  been  im- 
proved in  many  cases  is  also  recognized.  The  first  leg- 
islation in  this  country  to  regulate  labor  in  factories  was 
,  an  act  passed  in  Massachusetts  in  1842  prohibiting  the 
employment  of  children  under  twelve  years  of  age  for 
more  than  ten  hours  a  day.  In  1848  Pennsylvania  passed 
a  law  forbidding  children  under  twelve  to  work  in  cotton, 
woolen,  silk,  and  flax  industries ;  in  1849  this  was  made 
to  include  bagging  and  paper  industries,  and  the  age 
limit  was  raised  to  thirteen  years. 

Prior  to  1860  hours  of  labor  for  children  in  in- 
dustry were  reduced  in  the  states  of  Maine,  New  Hamp- 
shire, Massachusetts,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  and 
Ohio  to  ten  a  day.  The  age  limit  differed  in  these  dif- 
ferent states.  At  the  same  time  laws  were  also  passed 
in  these  states  and  in  Connecticut  requiring  a  certain 
amount  of  schooling.  Usually  the  law  required  three 
months  out  of  twelve,  but  varied  in  different  states  in 
regard  to  length  of  time  required  and  the  age  of  the 
child.  At  first  there  was  no  provision  for  the  enforce- 
ment of  these  laws,  no  factory  inspection,  and  no  re- 
quirement as  to  proof  of  a  child's  age  was  made.  Con- 
sequently the  laws  amounted  to  very  little. 

Gradually,  however,  there  has  developed  a  sentiment 
for  better  conditions,  which  has  slowly  increased  in- 
spection and  regulation,  vitalized  compulsory  educa- 


198  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

tion,  and  changed  the  attitude  of  legislators  towards 
these  things.  It  was  not  until  1898,  however,  that  the 
first  law  placing  the  age  limit  for  child  labor  at  four- 
teen years  was  passed,  and  even  that  limit  has  not  yet 
been  reached  by  many  states. 

There  have  been  a  number  of  forces  working  to  bring 
about  this  legislation  and  to  improve  methods  of  in- 
spection and  enforcement.  Great  numbers  of  statistics 
have  been  collected  to  show  the  effects  of  long  hours, 
poor  wages,  and  unsanitary  conditions,  and  volumes 
have  been  written  on  the  subject.  Public  lectures,  free 
literature,  and  various  methods  of  interesting  the  general 
public  have  been  tried,  and  yet  progress  is  slow.  General 
enlightenment  in  regard  to  sanitation  and  hygiene  has  car- 
ried a  demand  for  better  conditions  in  all  public  places. 
The  development  of  the  educational  system,  with  its  com- 
pulsory education  laws  and  its  truant  officers,  has  taken 
many  children  from  the  factory.  Changed  methods  in 
the  schools,  the  introduction  of  new  subjects,  as  manual 
training,  have  given  an  added  interest  and  kept  the  chil- 
dren in  the  schools  for  a  longer  time.  It  has  been  found 
that  factory  laws  do  little  good  unless  there  is  factory 
inspection  also,  and  this  has  been  greatly  increased. 

Not  all  betterment  of  conditions  has  come  from  the 
outside,  however.  In  many  cases,  realizing  that  better 
work  results  from  good  conditions,  the  factory  owners 
themselves  have  improved  their  work  rooms,  provided 
good  homes,  libraries,  gymnasiums,  club  houses,  and 
other  comforts  for  their  employees,  expressing  at  the  same 
time  a  sense  of  their  responsibility  toward  those  less 
fortunate  than  themselves. 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  199 

Conditions  of  factories,  child  labor,  low  wages,  long 
hours,  and  bad  moral  influence  are  deplored  by  most 
enlightened  people,  but  deploring  bad  conditions  does 
not  remedy  them.  In  recent  years  many  organizations 
have  sprung  up  for  united  effort  of  one  sort  or  another 
to  bring  about  certain  ends.  One  of  the  most  potent 
agencies  for  improvement  in  working  conditions  has 
been  the  National  Consumers'  League.  The  outgrowth 
of  the  formation  in  New  York,  in  1890,  of  a  group  of 
intelligent  women  who  sought  to  reform  conditions  in 
retail  stores  has  become  a  nation-wide  movement  work- 
ing in  many  fields.  In  1898  the  organization  was  incor- 
porated as  the  New  York  City  Consumers'  League.  In 
1899  the  National  Consumers'  League  was  founded,  and 
it  was  incorporated  in  1902.  The  purpose  of  the  League 
is  to  educate  the  consumer  to  find  out  the  conditions 
under  which  the  product  is  manufactured  in  order  that 
he  or  she  may  be  protected,  and  at  the  same  time  that 
the  conditions  of  working  women  and  other  employees 
may  be  improved. 

To  many  people  the  problem  of  buying  means  merely 
getting  the  worth  of  one's  money  in  the  thing  purchased. 
This  money's  worth  may  be  in  wearing  quality,  in  color, 
design,  texture,  in  fashion  or  fad,  according  to  the  needs 
and  the  demands  of  the  individual  buyer.  The  knowl- 
edge that  diseases  may  be  carried  through  ready-made 
clothing  has  put  another  responsibility  upon  the  family 
provider,  who  must  now  see  to  it  that  she  does  not  buy 
tuberculosis,  smallpox,  or  any  other  dread  disease  along 
with  the  garment  she  purchases.  The  laws  of  economics 
teach  that  demand  determines  supply,  that  each  person 


2OO  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

who  buys  does  just  so  much  towards  setting  the  stand- 
ards for  good  or  poor  supply.  The  manufacturer  must 
meet  the  public  demand,  not  only  in  kind  of  material, 
but  in  price.  In  the  effort  to  produce  cheap  material, 
cheap  labor  is  employed,  conditions  of  work  are  poor, 
and  work  is  sent  out  to  places  where  it  may  be  done  more 
cheaply.  The  buyer  can  insist  that  what  she  buys  is  not 
contaminated  with  disease  germs  and  does  not  represent 
the  life  blood  of  the  poor.  The  intelligent  women  of  the 
future  must  realize  this  responsibility. 

The  New  York  Consumers'  League,  with  this  truth 
in  mind,  began  its  work,  not  with  the  factory,  the  center 
of  production,  but  with  the  retail  store,  the  center  of 
distribution.  The  store  was  more  within  reach  of  the 
shopping  public.  From  the  store  the  League  went  to 
the  factory. 

The  National  Consumers'  League  has  expanded  from 
year  to  year.  The  field  covered  by  its  efforts  has  in- 
creased. It  has  endeavored  to  improve  conditions  in 
stores,  tailors'  shops,  ready-made  clothing  and  other  fac- 
tories ;  has  worked  for  pure  food  laws,  for  sanitary 
handling  of  goods,  for  child  labor  legislation,  for  laws 
regulating  women's  labor,  for  the  abolition  of  sweat 
shops,  and  for  many  other  things.  An  organization  of 
this  sort,  which  has  no  direct  power  to  make  laws,  must 
work  in  a  scientific  way  to  accomplish  any  great  re- 
sults. Investigation  of  conditions  and  the  accumulation 
of  facts  are  first  necessary;  after  this,  intelligent  inter- 
pretation of  these  facts,  publication  of  results,  and  the 
arousing  of  public  interest  aid  in  bringing  about  legis- 
lation. 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  2OI 

When  the  Consumers'  League  began  its  work  there 
were  in  many  states  laws  regulating  factories  and  other 
industries,  but  these  laws  were  often  inadequate  and 
were  not  enforced.  The  lack  of  factory  inspection  so 
evident  today  was  much  more  evident  fifteen  years  ago. 
While  some  states  were  enacting  excellent  laws,  many  had 
done  nothing  at  all. 

Through  the  efforts  of  organizations  and  individuals 
matters  have  been  much  improved  and  excellent  legis- 
lation has  been  passed  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  but 
the  work  is  only  begun.  <  Laws  are  not  at  all  uniform 
in  different  states,  which  complicates  the  situation. 
The  press  of  competition  makes  it  extremely  difficult 
for  one  factory  to  live  up  to  high  standards  when  a 
factory  in  a  neighboring  state  is  paying  low  wages, 
working  long  hours,  and  employing  child  labor.  The 
American  Bar  Association  has  recently  given  a  great 
deal  of  attention  to  the  securing  of  uniform  state  laws 
of  various  kinds. 

One  method  by  which  the  Consumers'  League  has  put 
a  premium  on  the  best  factory  conditions  is  by  giving 
to  the  manufacturer  who  lives  up  to  certain  standards 
a  label  to  be  attached  to  his  goods.  The  label  provided 
by  the  League,  and  pictured  here,  insures  to  the  buyer 
that  goods  so  marked  fulfill  the  following  requirements : 

1.  Clean   and   safe   workrooms   with   good   sanitary 
conditions. 

2.  No  child  labor. 

3.  No  work  outside  the  factories. 

4.  Proper  working  hours. 

Those  who  insist  on  buying  goods  marked  with  the 


2O2  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Consumers'  League  label  protect  themselves  and  their 
families  from  the  danger  of  buying  garments  made 
in  filthy  homes  and  by  diseased  workers.  They  protect 
the  worker  from  unlimited  hours  of  work  and  from  the 
lowest  possible  wages.  They  insure  against  the  labor  of 
little  children  and  decrease  the  danger  from  tuberculosis. 

This  label  is  granted  only  after  careful  inspection, 
and  its  use  means  continued  inspection  by  the  Consumers' 
League. 

Up  to  the  present  time  the  label  has  been  limited  to 
women's  cotton  underwear,  wrappers,  cotton  dresses,  and 


FIG.  43.  —  CONSUMERS'  LEAGUE  LABEL 

a  few  other  ready-made  garments.  These  seemed  to  be 
the  best  lines  to  begin  on,  partly  because  so  many  women 
are  employed  in  making  them.  As  funds  are  available, 
and  as  it  is  feasible,  other  kinds  of  garments  will  be 
included. 

In  some  states  the  League  has  a  list  of  approved 
tailors.  The  requirements  are  much  the  same  as  those 
for  factories.  The  work,  with  the  exception  of  embroid- 
ery, is  all  to  be  done  on  the  premises  or  in  approved 
workshops,  the  requirements  of  factory  inspectors  must 
be  met,  and  the  conditions  of  the  workrooms  must  be 
fair. 

One  of  the  best  results  accomplished  by  the  League 
is  that  many  merchants  have  learned  that  it  is  economy 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  203 

to  treat  employees  humanely,  to  pay  living  wages,  to  give 
vacations  on  pay,  to  give  Saturday  afternoon  holidays, 
and  to  provide  decent  rest  and  lunch  rooms.  The  shop 
girl  who  has  these  things  done  for  her  sells  more  goods 
than  the  girl  who  is  worked  long  hours  and  has  no  chance 
for  rest. 

The  Consumers'  League  has  a  White  List,  in  which 
the  names  of  all  stores  and  factories  which  come  up  to 
the  requirements  of  the  League  are  printed.  These 
requirements  are  as  follows : 

I.    Wages : 

1.  Equal  value  to  receive  equal  pay  regardless  of 

sex. 

2.  No  saleswoman  over  eighteen  years  of  age  to 

receive  less  than  $6.00  a  week. 

3.  WTages  paid  by  the  week. 

4.  Minimum    payment   to    each    child   $2.50   per 

week. 

II    Hours: 

8.00  A.M.  to  6.00   P.M.     Three- fourths  hour   for 

noonday   lunch,   one   half   holiday   per   week 

during  two  summer  months. 
Vacation  of  one  summer  week  on  pay. 
All  overtime  compensated. 
Wages  paid   and   premises   closed    for   five   legal 

holidays. 

ITT.    Physical  conditions: 

Lunch  and  retiring  rooms  apart. 
Sanitary  conditions. 
Seats  for  saleswomen. 


2O4  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

IV.    Other  conditions : 

Humane  treatment  of  employees. 

Length  of  service  compensated. 

No  children  under  fourteen  years  employed. 

No   children   under   sixteen   years   employed    for 

more  than  nine  hours  per  day. 
These   children    from    fourteen   to   sixteen   years 
shall  have  employment  certificates  from  Board 
of  Health. 

All  city  ordinances  and  state  laws  must  be  obeyed. 
The  League  wishes  to  make  it  a  good  advertisement 
for  a  store  to  be  on  the  White  List  or  to  carry  a  large 
stock  of  Consumers'  League  labeled  goods.  It  is  hoped 
that  people  will  buy  at  the  stores  which  are  so  advanced. 
If  the  public  would  learn  to  demand  these  things  the 
manufacturers  would  soon  come  up  to  the  requirements. 
Although  the  list  of  factories  and  stores  complying 
with  all  the  requirements  of  the  Consumers'  League 
seems  small,  it  grows  year  by  year,  and  there  are  many 
other  concerns  which  fail  to  meet  the  requirements  only 
in  small  ways. 

One  of  the  requirements  of  the  League,  which  ex- 
cludes many  stores  from  its  White  List,  is  in  regard  to 
uncompensated  overtime  at  the  Christmas  season.  "Only 
the  long,  slow  process  of  public  education  will  remove 
the  custom  whereby  thousands  of  young  girls  and  women 
are  compelled  every  holiday  season  to  give  their  employ- 
ers from  thirty  to  forty  hours  of  uncompensated  labor." 
Much  literature  has  been  published  advocating  early 
Christmas  and  early  afternoon  shopping.  These  ap- 
peals in  the  papers,  by  posters  and  by  many  other  means 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  2O5 

have  brought  about  a  little  more  thoughtfulness  in  these 
matters. 

Investigation  into  the  working  and  living  conditions 
of  women  in  factories  has  led  to  many  results.  A  strong 
body  of  women  has  been  formed  who  demand  legislation 
and  have  succeeded  in  obtaining  it.  The  development 
of  legislation  regulating  the  number  of  hours  of  work 
for  women  has  been  most  encouraging  since  the  Su- 
preme Court  of  the  United  States,  in  1908,  asserted  the 
right  of  states  to  limit  the  hours  of  labor.  In  Oregon, 
Illinois,  and  Michigan  there  have  been  epoch-making 
decisions  in  cases  where  the  law  limiting  hours  of  labor 
was  declared  unconstitutional  by  a  lower  court  and  the 
decision  reversed  by  the  Supreme  Court.  These  deci- 
sions have  paved  the  way  for  similar  laws  in  other  states. 

At  present  one  of  the  most  important  investigations 
carried  on  by  the  Consumers'  League  is  in  relation  to 
the  minimum  wage  problem.  The  work  of  the  special 
committee  "has  been  directed  toward  two  ends:  (i) 
Agreement  upon  a  legislative  program  adapted  to  the 
peculiar  American  conditions;  (2)  publicity  for  the 
proposal  to  establish  minimum  wage  boards."  ^ — 

The  limits  of  this  chapter  do  not  permit  a  longer 
discussion  of  the  far-reaching  work  of  this  organization. 
Full  reports  and  articles  may  be  obtained  from  other 
sources. 

The  National  Child  Labor  Committee,  organized  in 
New  York  in  1904  by  a  number  of  representative  citi- 
zens from  different  parts  of  the  country,  is  a  force  which 
is  making  itself  felt  in  child  labor  legislation.  This 
committee  investigates  facts  regarding  child  labor,  en- 


2C>6  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

deavors  to  raise  the  standard  of  public  opinion  and 
parental  responsibility,  and  assists  in  protecting  children 
by  suitable  legislation. 

It  is  now  practically  agreed  that  a  humane  child 
labor  law  shall  provide  the  following: 

A  fourteen  years  limit,  below  which  children  are 
not  to  be  employed. 

Regulation  of  work  of  children  below  sixteen  years, 
including : 

Prohibition  of  night  work, 
Shortening  of  hours  by  day, 

Protection  against  dangerous  machinery  and  un- 
sanitary or  immoral  conditions. 

There  should  also  be  compulsory  school  requirements, 
and  there  is  necessity  for  inspection  and  enforcement  of 
these  laws.  A  few  states  have  reached  this  high  standard ; 
most  have  not. 

In  April,  1912,  Congress  passed  an  act  creating  a 
Federal  Child  Bureau  which  shall  collect  statistics  re- 
garding children  and  conduct  a  thorough  study  of  all 
sorts  of  child  problems.  From  this  center  information 
will  be  disseminated  to  all  who  need  it.  The  National 
Child  Labor  Committee  worked  very  hard  for  this  bill. 

With  the  growth  of  the  public  health  movement 
additional  agencies  are  working  for  an  enlightened 
attitude  toward  many  great  national  problems.  The  study 
of  preventive  medicine  has  led  to  housing  reforms,  better 
sanitary  conditions  in  public  buildings  of  all  kinds,  the 
abolition  of  the  public  drinking  cup,  and  the  investiga- 
tion of  water  supplies.  The  great  need  is  for  education 
in  order  that  the  public  may  come  to  know  that  these 


LABOR    CONDITIONS  2O/ 

things  must  be.  The  slowness  of  legislatures  in  passing 
laws  merely  reflects  the  attitude  of  the  people  as  a  whole. 
Long  and  tireless  effort  must  be  put  forth  by  the 
enlightened  men  and  women  of  the  country  in  the  future 
as  it  has  been  in  the  past  New  ways  of  spreading  in- 
formation are  ever  arising,  more  and  more  scientific 
methods  of  investigating  and  solving  these  great  prob- 
lems are  appearing  as  the  thoughtful  men  and  women 
of  the  country  give  their  lives  to  the  cause  of  race  im- 
provement. It  is  no  longer  a  question  of  charity,  to  ease 
one's  conscience,  or  even  for  the  sake  of  the  poor  alone. 
The  problem  of  the  less  fortunate  becomes  the  problem 
of  the  whole  nation. 

REFERENCES 

United  States  Bureau  of  Labor.  Report  on  Condition 
of  Woman  and  Child  Wage  Earners  in  the  United 
States.  1910 — 

National  Consumers'  League  Reports. 
Supplements  to  Annals  of  American  Academy  of  Polit- 
ical and  Social  Science  on 

National  Consumers'  League. 
Child  Workers  of  the  Nation. 


CHAPTER    XIII 
THE  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS  MOVEMENT 

THE  introduction  of  machinery  for  the  manufacture 
of  almost  all  articles  necessary  to  satisfy  human 
needs  and  desires  began  an  era  of  decline  in  the  beauty 
and  the  honesty  of  useful  things.  Painting  and  sculpture 
rapidly  came  to  be  considered  the  only  real  art,  and 
it  seemed  that  before  long  nothing  else  would  be  worthy 
the  name.  Textile  fabrics,  house  furnishings,  the  tools 
of  man,  and  public  buildings  alike  became  more  and 
more  marked  with  the  term  machine-made.  Individual- 
ity was  lost,  while  over-decoration,  sameness,  and  use- 
lessness  were  growing  factors.  In  the  second  half  of 
the  last  century,  a  group  of  English  artists  more  far- 
sighted  than  their  contemporaries  became  alarmed  at 
the  state  of  affairs  and  set  out  to  awaken  men  to  a 
realization  of  what  was  happening. 

This  group  of  men  saw  that,  unless  a  reaction  took 
place,  machinery  would  destroy  all  art  in  every-day 
things,  flood  homes  with  unartistic  bric-a-brac  and  cities 
with  ugly  ornamentation,  and  cost  would  be  the  criterion 
by  which  all  things  would  be  judged.  The  whole  ten- 
dency of  the  system  seemed  to  be  toward  ugliness  rather 
than  toward  beauty.  In  searching  for  an  understanding 
and  a  remedy  for  these  conditions  they  turned  back  to 
mediaeval  times,  to  a  period  entirely  different  from  the 
one  in  which  they  lived.  Here  they  sought  the  secret 

208 


ARTS    AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT  2OO, 

of  beauty  in  every-day  things.  They  found  that  when 
handicrafts  were  at  their  best  in  the  Middle  Ages  the 
simplest  tools  and  household  articles,  while  often  clumsy, 
were  honest  in  construction  and  frequently  marked  in 
their  beauty.  The  individuality  of  the  worker  was  ex- 
pressed in  his  products  and  the  nature  of  the  material 
was  respected. 

As  machinery  increased  the  output  and  made  cheaper 
and  cheaper  products,  honesty  of  material  became  more 
rare,  the  individuality  of  the  workman  was  lost,  and  fad 
and  novelty  were  replacing  real  artistic  merit.  The  very 
fact  that  ornament  could  be  produced  cheaply  led  to 
great  profusion  of  it,  and  over-decoration  of  all  kinds 
resulted.  Machinery  was  doing  away  with  the  crafts- 
man, and  man  was  forgetting  how  to  make  things  with 
his  hands. 

Out  of  this  period  of  degeneracy  in  useful  arts  the 
voice  of  Carlyle  in  England  came  as  the  first  warning 
which  set  men  to  thinking.  Believing  thoroughly  in  the 
value  of  work  and  the  effect  of  honest  labor  and  honest 
production  upon  the  character  of  man,  he  deplored  the 
state  of  the  manufactures  of  his  time.  He  pronounced  the 
goods  of  his  day  " cheap  and  nasty"  and  "tainted  with 
the  spirit  of  Mammon."  "If  I  want  an  article,"  he  said, 
"let  it  be  genuine  at  whatever  price;  if  the  price  is  too 
high  for  me,  I  will  go  without  it ;  unequipped  for  the 
present,  I  shall  not  have  equipped  myself  with  hypoc- 
risy at  any  rate." 

Carlyle  preached  the  doctrine  of  work,  the  education 
of  men  to  do  things,  and  to  do  them  honestly.  He  did 
not  by  practice  attempt  to  alter  the  methods  of  the  times, 


2IO  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

but  his  writings  inspired  others.  He  saw  that  the  old 
era  had  passed,  when  men  could  stand  idle,  and  that  a 
new  industrial  era  had  arrived,  in  which  work  was  to 
be  the  chief  duty  of  man. 

Ruskin,  following  after  Carlyle,  was  influenced  by 
his  writings.  A  man  of  wide  interests  and  studies,  he 
was  a  socialist  and  much  dissatisfied  with  the  existing 
order  of  things.  He  saw  that  art  was  getting  far  away 
from  nature  and  was  becoming  degraded.  He  deplored 
the  fact  that  art  and  the  crafts  were  so  far  separated  in 
the  new  system  of  machine  production. 

Believing  that  great  art  is  produced  only  out  of  pure 
national  faith  and  domestic  virtue,  and  that  artists  must 
be  workmen  and  workmen  artists,  he  saw  that  the  social 
problem  must  be  the  point  of  attack.  If  workmen  are 
to  be  artists,  they  must  have  the  education,  the  surround- 
ings, and  the  happiness  which  will  enable  them  to  pro- 
duce beautiful  things.  The  true  test  of  art,  he  consid- 
ered, should  be  its  serviceability  to  social  needs.  It  must 
be  universal  and  lowly.  Not  only  should  art  be  the 
product  of  all  men,  but  it  should  serve  all  men.  The 
office  of  machinery,  according  to  Ruskin's  ideas,  must 
be  to  do  things  for  man,  to  relieve  him  of  drudgery  and 
debasing  work,  but  artistic  work  must  be  the  work  of 
the  hand.  He  saw  that  minute  division  of  labor  was 
deadly  to  the  workman  and  to  the  product.  Though 
there  was  an  increase  in  quantity  produced,  there  was  a 
decrease  in  quality. 

Ruskin  believed  that  every  man  must  work  to  be 
happy,  but  he  says :  "  In  order  that  people  may  be  happy 
in  their  work,  three  things  are  needed;  they  must  be  fit 


ARTS    AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT  211 

for  it;  they  must  not  do  too  much  of  it;  and  they  must 
have  a  sense  of  success  in  it."  The  reward  for  work 
was  to  be  not  in  the  money  received  for  it,  but  in  the 
satisfaction  of  having  done  well.  He  believed  that 
through  education  reform  would  come. 

A  man  of  great  genius,  an  artist,  and  a  writer  on 
many  and  diverse  subjects,  it  is  easy  to  forget  that  sociol- 
ogy was  perhaps  Ruskin's  chief  interest  and  that  he 
hoped  to  achieve  social  reform  through  industrial  reform. 
He  approached  the  subject  from  so  many  sides  one  does 
not  always  realize  that  the  social  problem  was  the  one 
at  which  he  worked  hardest.  Ruskin  went  beyond  Car- 
lyle  in  that  he  put  some  of  his  theories  into  practice  and 
spent  a  large  part  of  his  fortune  on  his  schemes. 

The  revival  of  home  industries,  where  workers  might 
"engage  in  some  useful  craft  under  wholesome  and 
humane  conditions,"  was  one  of  his  ideas.  Home  indus- 
tries were  to  exist  side  by  side  with  the  factories,  not  to 
supplant  them.  Some  of  these  industries  were  started 
by  him  and  still  flourish.  In  the  Isle  of  Man  and  in 
"Westmoreland  he  revived  spinning  and  weaving  and 
encouraged  handwork  among  the  cottagers.  This  work 
has  proved  not  only  pleasurable  but  profitable,  and  some 
very  excellent  products  have  resulted  from  his  beginnings. 

In  1848,  at  Oxford  University,  there  was  formed  a 
society  of  painters,  sculptors,  and  writers,  the  Pre- 
Raphaelite  Brotherhood.  These  men  were  destined  to 
have  a  great  influence  on  art  and  literature.  Their  chief 
doctrine  was  a  fidelity  to  nature  and  a  sincerity  in  prac- 
tical work.  Their  influence  was  to  be  felt  later  in  useful 
as  well  as  in  fine  arts. 


212  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

A  few  years  after-  this  Pre-Raphaelite  group  was 
formed  at  Oxford,  William  Morris  and  Edward  Burne- 
Jones  came  as  students  to  train  for  the  ministry.  In- 
spired by  Carlyle  and  Ruskin,  these  two  and  a  few  other 
fellow-students  read,  discussed,  and  thought.  They  also 
worked  and  wrote.  The  profession  for  which  they  had 
begun  to  train  was  forgotten  and  they  set  about  to  be- 
come artists,  not  artists  merely  in  the  sense  of  painting 
pictures,  but  in  a  more  general  sense. 

In  the  field  of  art  in  textiles  and  house  furnishings, 
Morris  has  been  most  influential,  although  inspired  and 
aided  for -years  by  Rossetti,  Burne- Jones,  and  others. 
The  extent  of  Morris's  work  was  marvelous.  It  has 
been  said  that  he  accomplished  more  than  seven  ordinary 
men. 

Beginning  as  poet  and  painter,  he  studied  archi- 
tecture at  Oxford.  On  going  up  to  London  he  deplored 
the  condition  of  the  houses  of  the  period.  When  he 
found  it  impossible  to  buy  any  furniture  that  he  would 
have  in  his  rooms,  he  had  some  made  from  his  own  de- 
signs. When  the  furniture  was  built,  Rossetti  painted 
the  panels  for  him.  The  result  was  rather  mediaeval, 
but  was  a  start  in  the  direction  of  better  lines  and  greater 
usefulness. 

Later,  when  he  was  to  be  married  and  wished  a 
house  to  live  in,  he  found  he  must  build  the  house  and 
everything  which  was  to  go  into  it,  so  impossible  was 
it  to  satisfy  his  artistic  taste  with  the  degraded  deco- 
ration of  the  English  market.  Red  House,  as  he  called 
his  home,  opened  a  new  era  in  house  decoration.  Ap- 
preciating the  facts  that  a  house  is  built  for  the  needs 


ARTS    AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT  213 

of  the  owner  and  that  the  individuality  of  the  owner 
may  be  expressed  therein,  every  bit  of  construction, 
decoration,  and  furnishing  was  carefully  worked  out 
in  order  that  Red  House  might  be  truly  his  own. 
Although  Philip  Webb  was  the  architect,  through  the 
work  of  decoration  and  furnishing  Morris  first  showed 
his  wonderful  skill  as  a  workman.  In  whatever  medium 
he  was  moved  to  work,  he  proved  himself  master. 
Wood,  glass,  plaster,  clay,  leather,  textile  fabrics,  and 
wall  paper,  all  had  their  turn.  Bookbinding  or  tapestry 
weaving,  he  put  his  whole  heart  and  soul  into  the  work, 
and  his  results  were  wonderful. 

In  1861,  as  a  result  of  their  cooperation  in  Red 
House,  Morris  and  his  fellow-artists  established  the 
firm  of  Morris,  Marshall,  Faulkner  &  Company,  Decora- 
tive Artists.  Associated  with  the  firm  were  Rossetti,  Ford 
Madox  Brown,  Burne -Jones,  Philip  Webb,  and  others. 
They  advertised  to  do  work  in  glass,  wood  or  stone 
carving,  pottery,  metals,  embroidery,  and  furniture. 
At  first  an  experiment  in  a  new  line,  the  work  of  the 
firm  soon  became  known,  and  their  beautiful  windows, 
tiles,  etc.,  gained  a  place  in  the  best  churches  and 
private  houses  of  the  time. 

Later,  interested  in  producing  beautiful  prints  on 
cloth  or  on  wall  papers  and  in  reviving  the  tapestry  and 
rug  weaving  industries,  workshops  were  established  in 
London  and  then  at  Merton  Abbey,  where  hand  weav- 
ing, dyeing,  and  printing  were  carried  on.  The  Merton 
Abbey  workshops  had  the  advantage  of  abundance  of 
sunlight,  fresh  air,  and  beautiful  country  environment, 
excellent  attributes  for  the  production  of  artistic  work. 


214  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

The  whole  spirit  of  Morris's  works  and  writings  em- 
phasized the  necessity  of  better  conditions  for  the  work- 
man, higher  ideals  for  the  product,  and  the  existence  of 
beauty  in  the  most  commonplace  things.  Sham  work 
he  believed  to  be  hurtful  to  the  buyer,  more  hurtful  to 
the  seller,  but  most  hurtful  to  the  maker.  He  felt  that 
the  age  of  machinery  had  brought  the  competition  of 
cheapness  rather  than  of  excellence,  that  a  great  change 
must  take  place  in  the  public  attitude  toward  art  and 
industry,  and  that  the  two  must  be  more  united  if  the 
hideousness  of  the  age  was  to  be  at  all  lessened. 

The  whole  life  of  Morris,  the  study  of  his  writings 
and  his  work,  is  an  inspiration  to  all  those  who  are  in- 
terested in  making  the  world  more  beautiful,  in  raising 
the  standards  of  art  in  every-day  life,  and  in  bettering 
the  conditions  of  the  worker.  There  have  been  few 
men  who  have  accomplished  such  a  mass  of  work  in  a 
lifetime,  few  who  have  left  their  impression  on  so 
many  fields  of  human  effort.  He  was  a  poet,  story- 
writer,  essayist,  socialist,  printer,  bookbinder,  illustrator, 
painter,  designer,  carver,  potter,  weaver,  dyer,  leather 
worker,  embroiderer,  glass  worker,  and  metal  worker. 
How  many  men  could  add  as  many  trades  to  their 
name  ?  The  most  wonderful  part  of  it  all  is  that  Morris 
was  skilled  in  each.  He  has  been  the  inspiration  for  the 
best  that  has  been  done  in  decorative  art  for  nearly  a 
half  century,  the  force  that  set  England,  America,  and 
most  of  Europe  thinking  and  turned  the  tide  of  the  fast 
disappearing  handcrafts. 

The  Arts  and  Crafts  movement  in  England  and 
America  is  one  outgrowth  of  this  new  interest  in  ap- 


ARTS   AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT  215 

plied  arts.  In  the  minds  of  many,  Arts  and  Crafts  means 
merely  shops  where  hand-made  articles  are  offered  for 
sale,  or  it  may  be  the  name  brings  to  mind  a  type  of 
ornament  represented  by  the  severely  plain,  straight- 
line  candlestick  or  writing  set,  the  stenciled  crash  table- 
runner  or  pillow  top,  the  simple  rag  rug,  etc.  The 
movement  has  sometimes  come  into  disrepute  because 
it  has  been  judged  solely  by  these  things,  which  in  some 
cases  have  little  or  no  real  artistic  value. 

A  true  understanding  of  the  significance  of  the 
movement  requires  some  investigation  into  the  broad 
field  of  its  work.  As  the  name  implies,  Arts  and  Crafts 
is  an  effort  to  associate  art  and  industry;  not  an  effort 
to  do  away  with  machinery,  but  rather  to  encourage 
individual  expression  in  the  craftsman's  work  and  to 
bring  beauty  into  the  every-day  things  of  life.  It  is  an 
outgrowth  of  the  effort  to  draw  away  from  the  bad 
designs,  over-ornamentation,  and  poor  workmanship  of 
the  factory  age,  and  to  return  to  simplicity  and  beauty 
in  workmanship. 

Realizing  that  the  expression  of  art  is  not  restricted 
to  painting  and  sculpture,  the  effort  is  made  to  bring 
truly  beautiful  furnishings  into  the  homes'  of  all,  and 
to  create  the  desire  for  the  beautiful  and  useful,  rather 
than  for  the  over-ornate  and  useless.  By  thus  creating 
a  demand  for  the  artistic,  the  workman  who  can  make 
beautiful  things  will  be  given  an  opportunity  to  express 
himself  in  truly  individual  work.  There  are  many  peo- 
ple who  have  not  the  great  genius  necessary  to  produce 
wonderful  paintings,  but  whose  skill  might  find  expres- 
sion in  the  lesser  arts.  These  men  who  know  and  are 


2l6  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

true  to  the  material,  the  construction,  and  the  tool  find 
pleasure  in  work,  and  the  thing  produced  is  its  own 
inspiration  and  its  own  reward.  Yet  we  all  must  live, 
and  there  must  be  sufficient  money  compensation  for  our 
work. 

If  hand-made  articles  produced  under  the  desired 
conditions  are  to  command  a  good  price,  the  public  in 
general  must  be  educated  to  appreciate  the  value  of 
honest  workmanship,  to  appreciate  beautiful  materials 
and  simplicity,  and  to  demand  the  few  things,  excellent, 
rather  than  the  many,  poor  in  quality.  Therefore  a 
movement  such  as  we  are  considering  must  educate  not 
only  the  worker,  but  the  public  as  well.  The  buyer  must 
be  able  to  distinguish  the  good  from  the  bad.  Not  all 
handwork  is  good,  although  in  the  fad  for  such  work 
anything  hand-made  is  prized  by  many. 

In  its  development,  the  Arts  and  Crafts  movement 
has  worked  along  various  lines.  In  England  there  are 
several  methods  of  expression,  among  which  are  the 
production  of  works  of  art  craftsmanship  by  individuals, 
by  schools  and  lectures,  by  communities,  by  exhibitions 
and  museums.  Village  industries  have  been  developed 
in  which  weaving,  pottery,  metal,  leather,  and  other 
handwork  is  carried  on.  Museums  in  connection  with 
these  industries  furnish  inspiration,  and  shops  in  the 
village  or  in  a  near-by  city  provide  a  market  for  the 
product.  Exhibitions  and  lectures  arouse  public  interest, 
aid  in  forming  a  demand  for  the  Arts  and  Crafts 
products,  and  tend  to  elevate  the  public  taste  in  house 
furnishing. 

In  America  the  English  example  has  been  followed. 


ARTS    AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT 

The    Centennial    Exhibition    in    Philadelphia,    in    1876, 
aroused  the  American  artistic   world  to  the   utter  lack 


FIG.  44.  —  A.  SWEDISH  HAND-WOVEN  LINEN 
B.  HAND-WOVEN  LINEN  FROM  AN  ENGLISH  VILLAGE  WORKSHOP 

of  crafts  work  produced  in  this  country.  By  1893,  at  the 
Columbian  Exposition  in  Chicago,  it  was  possible  to 
gather  a  fair  collection  illustrative  of  industrial  art,  and 


2l8  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

the  situation  seemed  more  encouraging.  These  and  the 
later  expositions  at  Buffalo  and  St.  Louis  aided  in 
creating  a  sentiment  for  beauty  in  all  lines  of  decorative 
and  applied  arts  as  well  as  in  the  fine  arts.  In  1897,  in- 
spired by  William  Morris  and  his  English  followers,  the 
Boston  Society  of  Arts  and  Crafts  was  organized.  The 
first  organization  of  its  kind  formed  in  this  country,  its 
purpose  was  and  is  "to  develop  and  encourage  higher 
artistic  standards  in  the  handicrafts."  The  membership 
of  the  Boston  society  embraces  not  only  those  practicing 
some  branch  of  decorative  art,  "Craftsmen"  or  "Mas- 
ters," but  also  "Associates,"  those  interested  in  the  work, 
but  not  necessarily  designers  or  crafts  workers.  A  shop 
is  maintained  in  which  all  articles  for  sale  must  have 
been  approved  by  a  jury.  It  is  proving  a  financial  suc- 
cess as  well  as  a  place  that  attracts  those  who  desire 
beautiful  objects  not  made  by  wholesale. 

Other  societies,  following  the  same  general  scheme 
as  that  of  Boston,  have  been  founded  in  different  cities, 
and  shops  more  or  less  successful  have  been  established 
all  over  the  country.  As  might  be  expected,  the  standard 
of  excellence  is  not  always  upheld.  Amateurs,  without 
a  thorough  training  in  design,  have  rushed  into  the  work, 
and  many  of  their  products  are  not  worthy  of  approval. 
Yet  there  is  a  distinctive  quality  about  the  articles  found 
in  such  shops  which  attracts  the  thoughtful  and  artistic 
public. 

These  clubs,  societies,  and  shops  are  but  one.  branch 
of  the  movement.  They  provide  a  market  for  the  handi- 
craft worker,  and,  the  best  of  them  at  least,  assure  the 
purchaser  that  he  is  getting  honest  wares.  The  criticism 


ARTS   AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT 

is  often  made  that  the  prices  for  these  wares  are  too 
high,  but  he  who  buys  may  have  the  satisfaction  of 
knowing  not  only  that  his  purchase  will  be  durable,  but 
also  that  the  man  who  made  it  is  receiving  something 
more  than  starvation  wages. 

Village  industries  have  been  started  in  this  country, 
after  the  example  set  by  the  English.  The  crafts  car- 
ried on  are  often  revivals  of  old  industries  flourishing 
before  the  factory  system  crowded  out  all  handwork. 
Old  looms  and  old  designs  are  brought  out  of  attics, 
and  under  the  guidance  of  trained  hands,  beautiful  rugs, 
towels,  coverlets,  and  many  other  articles  are  produced. 
Close  to  nature,  with  nature's  inspiration,  and  under 
most  favorable  conditions,  these  crafts  are  carried  on. 

Deerfield,  Massachusetts,  is  perhaps  the  most  famous 
of  the  village  industries.  Here  wood  carving,  metal 
work,  pottery,  weaving  of  many  kinds,  embroidery,  and 
other  crafts  flourish,  and  the  demand  for  the  products 
always  exceeds  the  supply.  The  sleepy  New  England 
village  has  been  awakened  to  a  new  prosperity,  worthy 
of  its  fine  old  homes  and  beautiful  streets. 

In  mountain  communities  of  Kentucky,  Tennessee, 
the  Carolinas  and  New  Hampshire,  old  crafts  which  had 
almost  disappeared  have  been  nourished  and  given  new 
life,  and  delightful  products  of  the  loom,  also  pottery 
and  baskets,  find  their  way  into  our  homes  through  the 
Arts  and  Crafts  shops.  This  development  of  the  moun- 
tain industries  has  meant  a  broadening  of  the  lives  of 
the  mountain  people,  has  brought  them  in  contact  with 
the  outside  world,  of  which  they  know  but  little,  and 
has  added  to  their  meager  incomes.  At  Berea  College 


22O  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

in  Kentucky,  which  is  a  center  for  the  mountain  indus- 
tries, a  carefully  woven  blue  and  white  "kiver"  or  cover- 
let often  pays  part  of  the  school  bill  of  a  mountain  boy 
or  girl. 

Rag  rugs,  hooked  or  woven,  bedspreads,  wonderful 
linens  and  cottons  from  these  remote  districts  have 
added  interesting  possibilities  to  house  furnishings. 

Not  only  in  the  remote  parts  of  our  country  may 
these  old  industries  be  found  dormant,  but  in  the  heart 
of  the  most  crowded  parts  of  our  cities  as  well.  Many 
of  the  foreigners  who  come  to  us  have  great  skill  in 
handcrafts,  but  have  no  opportunity  to  make  use  of 
this  skill.  They  must  earn  a  living,  and  they  have  not 
the  opportunity  to  earn  it  through  this  sort  of  work. 
At  some  of  the  social  centers  in  the  large  cities  oppor- 
tunity has  been  given  for  men  or  women  to  work  at 
those  crafts  in  which  they  are  skilled.  Hull  House  in 
Chicago,  for  example,  has  looms  and  wheels  on  which 
these  foreigners  may  spin  and  weave,  and  the  exhibitions 
held  show  the  products  to  be  well  worth  encouragement. 
Lace  making  and  embroidery  by  foreign  girls  have  been 
developed  in  some  cases,  and  the  skill  and  artistic  ability 
discovered  are  sometimes  remarkable. 

A  different  sort  of  community  work  has  been  de- 
veloped by  the  Roycrofters  in  East  Aurora,  New  York. 
Though  more  fully  developed  here,  the  idea  is  the  same. 
A  band  of  workers  is  collected  under  pleasant  living  con- 
ditions, working  cooperatively.  Each  individual  is  given 
opportunity  for  the  best  expression  of  his  ideas  in  the 
production  of  beautiful  objects.  The  Roycrofters  are 
best  known  for  their  bookbinding,  which  was  the  first 


ARTS   AND   CRAFTS    MOVEMENT  221 

undertaking ;  but  later  cabinet  work,  clay  modeling,  terra 
cotta  work,  and  ornamental  black  printing  have  been 
developed. 

The  Stickley  United  Crafts  in  Syracuse,  New  York, 
do  cabinet  making,  furniture,  leather,  metal,  glass  work 
and  textiles,  and  also  publish  The  Craftsman  magazine. 
The  "Craftsman  houses"  mission  furniture  and  hang- 
ings, metal  work  and  ornaments  adapted  to  these  houses, 
have  been  their  chief  work. 

A  number  of  potteries  have  sprung  up  in  recent  years, 
with  simplicity,  beauty  in  color  and  texture,  and  appro- 
priateness of  decoration,  true  Arts  and  Crafts  principles, 
as  their  guiding  rules.  The  Rookwood  Pottery,  which 
was  the  first,  has  grown  into  a  large  business  enterprise, 
still  true,  however,  to  its  original  ideals  and  increasing 
the  beauty  of  its  products  yearly.  Grueby,  Teco,  Dedham, 
and  other  potteries  are  outgrowths  of  the  same  move- 
ment. Newcomb  College  in  New  Orleans  has  combined 
the  school  and  the  workshop  in  its  art  department,  and 
produces  beautiful  needlework,  textile  fabrics,  pottery, 
etc.,  in  sufficient  quantity  to  put  upon  the  market.  These 
different  enterprises  carry  out  the  idea  of  Morris,  that, 
when  the  individual  worker  takes  pleasure  in  his  work, 
beauty  will  result.  They  are  attempts  to  reconstruct  the 
workshop  in  such  a  way  that  the  workman  may  really 
"live"  and  that  the  product  may  give  pleasure  to  the 
worker  as  well  as  to  the  buyer. 

To  realize  more  fully  the  ideals  of  the  Arts  and 
Crafts  we  must  go  to  the  schools  and  see  what  change 
has  taken  place  there.  What  is  the  meaning  of  manual 
arts  which  has  taken  such  a  hold  in  the  last  few  years? 


222  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Why  has  art  teaching  changed  from  painting  of  still  life 
and  impossible  landscapes,  "  gardening,"  one  prominent 
educator  called  it,  to  wood  carving,  block  printing,  metal 
work,  and  designing?  The  doctrine  of  work  as  an  edu- 
cational factor  is  spreading.  The  child  is  to  be  trained 
to  use  his  hand  and  his  brain  together,  to  take  pleasure 
in  his  work,  and  to  appreciate  the  fact  that  beauty  may 
exist  in  the  simplest  things,  if  only  he  has  eyes  to  see  it. 

The  Industrial  Era  of  which  Carlyle  wrote  is  surely 
with  us,  and  man  has  awakened  to  the  fact  that  in  in- 
dustry is  the  hope  of  the  future.  He  is  also  fast  awak- 
ening to  the  necessity  "to  civilize  out  of  its  utter  savagery 
the  world  of  industry." 

From  the  purely  commercial  standpoint  the  Arts  and 
Crafts  shops  and  communities  have  little  strength. 
Compared  with  the  great  factory  industries  they  are 
nothing,  but  the  influence  of  their  ideals  is  far  spread. 
Possibly  it  is  not  as  Ruskin  and  Morris  hoped  it  would 
be,  a  means  of  solving  the  industrial  problems  of  the 
age;  but  the  same  general  movement  which  insists  on 
better  art  in  our  homes  is  awakening  the  public  to  the 
need  of  civic  beauty,  and  is  perhaps  caused  by  the  same 
spirit  which  is  arousing  the  industrial  magnate  to  the 
need  of  more  humane  factories  and  factory  surroundings. 

The  demand  for  greater  beauty  in  every-day  things 
has  influenced  not  only  the  hand-made,  but  also  the 
machine  products.  Furniture,  rugs,  textiles,  ornaments 
of  various  kinds  have  felt  the  move  toward  simplicity. 
True,  the  result  obtained  by  the  machine  product  is  often 
but  a  poor  imitation  of  the  hand-made,  but  often  it  is 
excellent  in  itself.  Where  absolute  perfection  of  detail 


ARTS    AND    CRAFTS    MOVEMENT  223 

is  required  the  machine  is  marvelous,  but  where  individ- 
uality is  desired  it  is  helpless.  The  machine-made  must, 
however,  fill  the  needs  of  the  multitudes,  but  any  addition 
of  art  to  it  must  be  encouraged. 

Training  in  the  school  will  develop  a  love  of  the 
beautiful  in  the  child,  and  in  time  possibly  we  shall  reach 
the  state  when  a  few  good  things  will  be  more  highly 
prized  than  many  cheap  things.  The  tendency  of  the 
age  is  toward  buying  the  many  things  which  show  ex- 
penditure of  money,  but,  as  has  been  seen,  there  is  a 
considerable  force  in  society  working  against  this 
tendency  through  a  quiet  appreciation  of  higher  values. 

Whether  the  result  is  shown  in  products  of  handi- 
craft or  in  effort  for  greater  civic  beauty,  the  greatest 
accomplishment  of  the  Pre-Raphaelite  and  Arts  and 
Crafts  movements,  and  the  outgrowth  from  these,  has 
been  the  sending  of  man  to  Nature.  By  opening  men's 
eyes  to  the  beauty  of  natural  things  they  have  been  made 
to  realize  the  hideousness  of  artificiality.  Their  lives  have 
been  enriched  by  the  spirit  of  outdoors,  and  that  spirit 
is  leading  to  beauty  in  many  lines. 

REFERENCES 

Vallance,  Aymer.  William  Morris.  His  Art,  His  Writ- 
ings, and  His  Public  Life. 

Triggs,  Oscar  Lovell.  Chapters  in  the  History  of  the 
Arts  and  Crafts  Movement. 

Morris,  William.    Hopes  and  Fears  for  Art. 

Ruskin,  John.    Pre-Raphaelitism. 


APPENDIX  A 
LABORATORY  TESTS  FOR  TEXTILE  FIBERS 

OF  the  many  tests  which  may  be  used  to  distinguish 
one  fiber  from  another,  only  enough  will  be  given 
here  to  serve  the  purpose  of  those  who  wish  to  analyze, 
in  a  simple  manner,  the  fabrics  commonly  found  on  the 
markets.  No  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  laboratory 
guide  for  a  course  in  textiles. 

Two  kinds  of  tests  used  for  identifying  fibers  are 
the  microscopic  and  the  chemical.  Some  tests  are  suit- 
able for  quantitative  work,  others  only  for  qualitative 
identification.  In  some  instances,  notably  in  the  case  of 
linen  and  cotton  in  the  bleached  state,  the  chemical  nature 
of  the  two  fibers  is  so  nearly  identical  that  the  quantita- 
tive tests  are  not  very  accurate. 

In  qualitative  work,  the  high  power  microscope  is  the 
unfailing  test  and  is  the  simplest  one  to  apply.  Combined 
with  counting,  it  serves  as  a  partial  quantitative  test 
when  threads  of  different  fibers  are  woven  together,  but 
not  where  two  fibers  are  twisted  together  in  one  thread. 
The  method  of  examination  is  very  simple,  as  it  is  not 
necessary  to  prepare  permanent  slides.  The  untwisted 
end  of  a  thread  is  placed  on  the  slide  dry,  or  better  with 
a  drop  of  water,  and  the  cover  glass  put  on.  It  is  some- 
times necessary  to  remove  the  sizing  from  a  material  by 
boiling,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  sodium  carbonate, 
and  then  washing,  before  a  satisfactory  microscopic 

224 


LABORATORY    TESTS  225 

analysis  may  be  made.  For  a  thorough  analysis  one  must 
be  sure  that  each  kind  of  thread  in  the  material  has  been 
examined.  The  microscopic  characteristics  of  the  fibers 
have  been  given  before  and  will  not  be  repeated  here. 

Often  a  microscopic  test  may  be  made  more  satisfac- 
tory by  staining  the  fibers  or  by  treating  them  on  the 
slide  with  a  chemical  which  gives  a  characteristic  test. 

Staining  with  Iodine  and  Sulphuric  Acid.  Cotton 
and  linen,  when  steeped  in  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potas- 
sium iodide  and  then  in  sulphuric  acid  and  glycerine,  are 
stained  blue.  The  cellulose,  by  the  action  of  the  sulphuric 
acid,  is  converted  into  amyloid,  a  starch-like  substance 
which  is  stained  by  the  iodine.  The  glycerine  prevents 
the  destruction  of  the  fiber  by  the  acid. 

Three  grams  potassium  iodide  in  60  c.c.  water,  add 
i  gram  iodine,  dilute  before  using  with  10  parts  water. 

Three  parts  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  I  part  water, 
and  3  parts  glycerol. 

Fibers  moistened  first  with  the  iodine  solution,  then 
with  sulphuric  acid  solution.1 

Methyl  violet  in  alcoholic  solution  stains  linen  and 
cotton  a  deep  blue  and  shows  up  the  structure  of  the  fiber 
very  well. 

Fuchsine  in  alcoholic  solution  stains  linen  and  cotton 
pink.  Unbleached  linen  retains  the  color.  Bleached  linen 
and  cotton  do  not  retain  it  when  washed  in  ammonia. 

Schweitzer's  Reagent.  When  cotton  is  treated  with 
an  ammoniacal  solution  of  copper  oxide,  the  fiber  swells 
and  gradually  dissolves.  The  action  is  slow  and  a  charac- 
teristic structure  is  visible  with  the  high  power  micro- 

1  Matthews.    Textile  Fibers,  p.  338. 


226  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

scope.  Apparently  the  cotton  cell  has  an  outer  and  an 
inner  cuticle,  and  in  the  swelling  the  outer  one  constricts 
the  fiber,  giving  it  the  appearance  shown  in  the  figure. 
The  inner  cuticle  is  also  shown.  Linen  swells  in  a  some- 
what different  manner  from  cotton  and  dissolves  rather 
more  slowly.  A  faint  blue  coloration  is  visible  in  both 
linen  and  cotton.  Silk  swells  and  dissolves  very  rapidly 


FIG.  45.  —  COTTON  TREATED  WITH  SCHWEITZER'S  REAGENT 

in  Schweitzer's  reagent,  as  does  artificial  silk.  Wool  is 
apparently  not  affected  at  all.  « 

Analysis  of  a  Cotton  and  Wool  Sample,  (a)  The 
sample  is  boiled  for  ten  minutes  in  a  5  per  cent  solution 
of  sodium  or  potassium  hydroxide.  The  wool  present  is 
entirely  dissolved,  the  cotton  remains  unaltered. 

(b)  The  sample  is  steeped  in  concentrated  Schweit- 
zer's reagent.1 

Two  grams  of  copper  sulphate  dissolved  in  100  c.c. 
of  water.  Precipitate  copper  oxide  with  a  10  per  cent 
solution  of  sodium  hydroxide.  Wash  the  precipitate 

Proportions  from  Methods  of  Textile  Chemistry,  by  Dannerth, 

p.  5- 


LABORATORY   TESTS 

thoroughly,  dissolve  in  smallest  amount  of  ammonia  sul- 
phuric acid  for  two  or  three  minutes;  the  cotton  is  then 
washed  out,  the  wool  remains. 

These  tests  may  be  made  quantitative  by  drying  the 
sample  at  100°  C.  and  weighing  before  treating,  and  by 
neutralizing  the  alkali  with  acid  or  the  acid  with 
ammonia  after  treatment,  washing,  drying,  and  weighing 
the  residue. 

Analysis  of  a  Silk  and  Wool  Sample.  The  sample 
is  steeped  for  two  minutes  in  a  concentrated  solution  of 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  silk  is  immediately  dissolved, 
while  the  wool  is  hardly  affected.  If  the  sample  is  dried 
and  weighed  before  and  after  treatment,  the  test  will  be 
quantitative.  Loewe's  reagent,  given  below,  also  serves 
to  distinguish  wool  and  silk.  The  silk  is  dissolved. 

Analysis  of  a  Silk  and  Cotton  Sample.  The  sample 
is  treated  with  a  basic  solution  of  zinc  chloride,  zinc  oxide 
— very  concentrated.  The  silk  is  almost  immediately  dis- 
solved ;  the  cotton  dissolves  more  slowly,  first  becoming 
gelatinized. 

The  sample  is  treated  with  Loewe's  reagent,  an 
alkaline  copper-glycerol  solution.  Silk  dissolves  readily, 
cotton  is  not  affected. 

Artificial  and  Natural  Silk.  Artificial  silk  is  un- 
affected by  Loewe's1  reagent,  even  when  boiled. 

Artificial  silk  stains  blue  with  iodine  and  sulphuric 
acid,  dissolves  readily  in  Schweitzer's  reagent,  and  gives 
other  tests  similar  to  cotton. 

1  Loewe's  Reagent.  Ten  grams  of  copper  sulphate,  dissolved  in 
100  c.c.  of  water.  Five  c.c.  of  glycerol  added,  then  sodium  hydrox- 
ide solution,  until  the  precipitate  is  just  dissolved. 


228  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Analysis    of   a    Cotton    and    Linen    Sample.     The 

sample  is  steeped  for  two  minutes  in  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid.  The  cotton  is  converted  into  a  jelly-like 
mass  which  may  be  washed  out,  the  linen  just  begins  to 
dissolve.  The  linen  may  be  washed,  then  steeped  in 
dilute  ammonia  and  weighed  to  give  a  rough  quantitative 
test.  When  the  linen  is  bleached  it  dissolves  quite  readily 
in  sulphuric  acid,  so  that  the  reaction  must  be  stopped  at 
the  right  moment. 

Jute  and  hemp  fibers  contain  ligno-cellulose  with 
iodine,  and  in  sulphuric  acid  jute  turns  dark  yellow  or 
brown  and  hemp  becomes  yellow  or  greenish  in  color. 
Combined  with  the  microscopic  tests,  the  staining  tests 
are  more  reliable. 

For  further  tests  see 

Dannerth.    Methods  of  Textile  Chemistry. 

Matthews.    Textile  Fibres. 

Matthews.  Laboratory  Manual  of  Dyeing  and  Tex- 
tile Chemistry. 


APPENDIX  B 
BIBLIOGRAPHY1 

THE  books  here  listed  are  those  which  have  been 
used  by  the  author  for  reference. 

Abbott,  Edith.  Woman  in  Industry.  New  York:  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.  1910. 

Baines,  E.  History  of  Cotton  Manufacture  in  Great 
Britain.  London :  H.  Fisher,  R.  Fisher,  and  P.  Jack- 
son. 1835. 

Barker,  A.  F.    Textiles.    London :  Constable  &  Co.    1910. 

Batchelder,  Ernest  A.  Principles  of  Design.  Chicago: 
The  Inland  Printer  Co.  1906. 

Batchelder,  S.  Cotton  Manufacture.  Boston:  Little, 
Brown  &  Co.  1863. 

Beaumont,  Roberts.  Woolen  and  Worsted  Cloth  Manu- 
facture. London :  G.  Bell  &  Sons.  1899. 

Bowman,  Fred  H.  Structure  of  the  Cotton  Fibre.  Lon- 
don: The  Macmillan  Co.  1908. 

Bowman,  Fred  H.  Structure  of  the  Wool  Fibre.  Lon- 
don: The  Macmillan  Co.  1908. 

Brooks,  C.  P.  Cotton.  New  York:  Spon  &  Chamber- 
lain. 1898. 

British  Manufacturing  Industries.  Vols.  5  and  6,  edited 
by  G.  P.  Bevan.  London:  E.  Stanford.  1876-1877. 

1  Certain  of  these  books  are  out  of  print,  but  since  they  may 
be  obtained  in  public  or  college  libraries  they  have  been  included 
in  this  list. 

229 


230  HOUSEHOLD   TEXTILES 

Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Smithsonian  Institute,  Report 
1881-1882.  Washington. 

Burnley,  James.  The  History  of  Wool  and  Wool  Comb- 
ing. London :  S.  Low,  Marston,  Searle  &  Rivington 
1889. 

Burnley,  James.  The  Story  of  British  Trade  and  Indus- 
try. London :  Newnes.  1904. 

Chapman,  S.  J.  The  Cotton  Industry  and  Trade.  Lon- 
don :  Methuen  &  Co.  1905. 

Clapham,  J.  H.  The  Woolen  and  Worsted  Industries. 
London :  Methuen  &  Co.  1907. 

Cole,  G.  S.  Encyclopedia  of  Dry  Goods.  New  York: 
Root.  Newspaper  Association.  1900. 

Corticelli  Silk  Pamphlet.  Nonotuck  Silk  Co.,  Florence, 
Massachusetts. 

Cotton  Plant  (The).  Bulletin  33,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Office  of  Experiment  Station.  1896. 

Cultivation  of  Ramie.  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture.  Office  of  Fiber  Investigation,  Report 
No.  7. 

Dana,  W.  B.  Cotton  from  Seed  to  Loom.  New  York: 
W.  B.  Dana  &  Co.  1878. 

Dannerth,  Fred.  The  Methods  of  Textile  Chemistry. 
New  York:  J.  Wiley  &  Sons.  1908. 

Dodge,  C.  R.  Catalog  of  Useful  Fibres.  LTnited  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Office  of  Fiber  Investi- 
gation, Report  9,  Reprint  1897. 

Dooley,  W.  H.  Textiles.  Boston:  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co. 
1912. 

Karle,  Alice  Morse.  Home  Life  in  Colonial  Days.  New 
York :  The  Macmillan  Co.  1900. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  23! 

Flax  Culture  for  Seed  and  Fibre.  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  Office  of  Fiber  Investigation, 
Report  10. 

Fraps,  G.  S.  Principles  of  Dyeing.  New  York:  The 
Macmillan  Co.  1903. 

Guiffrey,  Jules.  Les  Gobelins  et  Beauvais.  Paris:  H. 
Laurens.  1907. 

Hannan,  W.  I.  Textile  Fibres  of  Commerce.  London: 
C.  Griffin  &  Co.  1902. 

Harrington,  Charles.  Manual  of  Hygiene.  Philadel- 
phia and  New  York:  Lea  Bros.  &  Co.  1901. 

Herzog,  Alois.  The  Determination  of  Cotton  and  Linen. 
1908.  Translated  by  Ellen  A.  Beers.  New  York: 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University.  1912. 

Holmes,  W.  H.  Textile  Art  in  Prehistoric  Archaeology. 
Reprint  from  American  Antiquarian,  September, 
1886. 

Holmes,  W.  H.  Textile  Fabrics  of  Ancient  Peru. 
Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Bulletin  No.  7.  1889. 

Hough,  T.,  and  Sedgwick,  W.  T.  The  Human  Mechan- 
ism. Boston :  Ginn  &  Co.  1906. 

Hummel,  J.  J.  Dyeing  of  Textile  Fabrics.  London,  New 
York:  Cassell  &  Co.,  Ltd.  1898. 

Hurst,  G.  H.  Dyeing  and  Printing  of  Silk.  London: 
G.  Bell  &  Sons.  1892. 

Knecht,  E.,  Rawson,  C.,  and  Loewenthal,  R.  Manual  of 
Dyeing.  London:  C.  Griffin  &  Co.,  Ltd.  1910. 

Le  Bosquet,  Maurice.  Personal  Hygiene.  Chicago: 
American  School  of  Home  Economics.  1907. 

MacLaren,  W.  S.  B.  Spinning  Woolen  and  Worsted. 
London,  New  York:  Cassell  &  Co.,  Ltd.  1899. 


232  HOUSEHOLD    TEXTILES 

Marsden,  R.  Cotton  Weaving.  London :  G.  Bell  &  Sons. 
1895. 

Mason,  O.  T.  Origins  of  Inventions.  London:  W.  Scott. 
1901. 

Mason,  O.  T.  Woman's  Share  in  Primitive  Culture. 
New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.  1899. 

Matthews,  J.  M.  Laboratory  Manual  of  Dyeing  and  Tex- 
tile Chemistry.  New  York :  J.  Wiley  &  Sons.  1909. 

Matthews,  J.  M.  Textile  Fibres.  New  York :  J.  Wiley 
&  Sons.  (2d  edition,  1907.) 

Morris,  William.  Hopes  and  Fears  for  Art.  Long- 
mans, Green  &  Co.  London. 

Muntz,  Eugene.  A  Short  History  of  Tapestry.  New 
York  and  London :  Cassell  &  Co.,  Ltd.  Translated 
by  Louisa  J.  Davis.  1885. 

National  Consumers'  League.  Reports.  Also  Annals  of 
American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science. 

Owen,  T.  A.  The  Dyeing  and  Cleaning  of  Textile 
Fabrics.  New  York:  J.  Wiley  £  Sons.  1909. 

Posselt,  E.  A.  Wool,  Cotton,  Silk,  from  Fibre  to  Finished 
Fabric.  Philadelphia:  E.  A.  Posselt. 

Priestman,  Howard.  Principles  of  Woolen  Spinning. 
London,  New  York :  Longmans,  Green  &  Co.  1908. 

Rock,  Rev.  Daniel.  Textile  Fabrics.  London :  Chapman 
&  Hall.  1877. 

Ross,  Denman  W.  A  Theory  of  Pure  Design.  Boston 
and  New  York:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.  1907. 

Ruskin,  John.  Pre-Raphaelitism.  New  York :  G.  P.  Put- 
nam's Sons. 

Silk  Culture.  Year-Book.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
1903. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  233 

Thompson,    Holland.     From    the    Cotton    Field    to    the 

Cotton  Mill.    New  York:  The  Macmillan  Co.    1906. 
Thorp,    F.    H.    Outline   of    Industrial    Chemistry.    New 

York:  The  Macmillan  Co.    1903. 
Triggs,  Oscar  Lovell.    Chapters  in  the  History  of  the 

Arts  and  Crafts  Movement.    The  Bohemian  Guild  of 

the  Industrial  Art  League.    1902. 
United  States  Bureau  of  Labor.    Report  on  Condition  of 

\Voman   and    Child   Wage    Earners    in   the    United 

States.    1910.    19  vols. 
\rallance,  Aymer.    William  Morris.    London :  G.  Bell  & 

Sons.    1897. 
Ward,    J.     Colour    Harmony    and    Contrast.     London: 

Chapman  &  Hall.    1903. 
Watson,  Kate  Heintz.    Textiles  and  Clothing.    Chicago: 

American  School  of  Home  Economics.    1907. 
Wilkinson,   F.    Story  of  the  Cotton   Plant.    New   York 

and  London :  D.  Appleton  &  Co.    1909. 
Wright,    Carroll    D.    The    Industrial    Evolution    of    the 

United  States.    Meadville,  Pennsylvania,  New  York : 

Flood  &  Vincent.    1895. 


INDEX 


Aboriginal  baskets,   mats,   etc.,   7 

Absorbent  cotton,  53 

Absorption  of  dyes,    124,   125 

Acid  dyes,    133,    134 

Adulteration  and  character  of 
fiber,  147  ;  of  cotton,  62,  147 ; 
of  linen,  158,  160;  methods  of, 
160;  of  silks,  155,  156;  sum- 
mary, 160;  tests  for,  161  ;  of 
woolens,  85,  150 

After-treatment,  dyeing,  133 

Alpaca,  65,  72,  86,   154 

America,  cotton  in,  47 

America,  early  factory  condi- 
tions in,  193 

American  woman  and  hygienic 
clothing,  163 

American  Bar  Association  and 
uniform  laws,  201 

Ammoniacal  copper  oxide,  225 

Aniline  dyes,  see  dyes 

Ancient  writings,   13 

Angora,  65,  86 

Angora  goat  fibers,  73 

Animal  fibers,  39  ;  nature  of,  40  ; 
structure  of,  40 

Architecture  and  textile  art,  6 

Argentina,  sheep  in,  67 

Arkwright,  Richard,  32 

Arras  tapestry,   16 

Artificial  dyes,  130;  fibers,  39; 
silk,  see  silk 

Artistic  choice,  need  of,  145  ;  use 
of  aniline  dyes,  137 

Arts  and  Crafts  in  America,  216  ; 
Boston  Society  of,  218;  and 
Carlyle,  209  ;  as  a  commercial 
enterprise,  222 ;  in  England, 
216;  and  the  machine  product, 
222;  meaning  of,  215;  move- 
ment, 20,  214,  223  ;  movement, 
scope  of,  216:  and  the  public. 
216;  and  Ruskin,  210;  and 
the  school,  221  ;  Societies,  218 


Assistants  to  dyeing,  133 
Associated  arts,  6 
Athenian  fabrics,  14 
Australia,   sheep  production,   67 

Balance  in  design,   173 

Basic  dyes,  134 

Basketry,  6,   12 

Baskets,  Hawaiian,  9 ;  mats, 
etc.,  aboriginal,  7 ;  of  Pima 
Indians,  7  ;  Samoan,  9 

Bast  fibers,  40 

Batten,   28,  29 

Bave,  98 

Beauty  and  machinery,  208  ;  and 
order,  175 

Beauvais  tapestry,   16 

Beaver,  65 

Berea  College,  19,  219 

Blanket,  Indian,  8,  9 

Bleach,  hydrogen  peroxide  for 
cotton,  127;  hydrogen  perox- 
ide for  silk  and  wool,  129; 
sodium  peroxide  for  wool,  129 

Bleaching  agents  and  linen,  1 1 1  ; 
cotton,  126;  object  of,  123; 
linen,  118,  127,  128;  powder, 
127;  silk,  103,  129;  wool,  71, 
128 

Block  printing,    138,    141 

Body  requirements  of  dress,  164 

Boiled-off  silk,  102,   129 

Bombyx  Mori,  silk,  92,  96 

Boston  Society  of  Arts  and 
Crafts,  218 

Brin,   98 

Buffalo   Exposition,   218 

Burial  customs,  3 

Burne-Jones,    Sir   Edward,    212 

Buyer,   responsibilities   of,    199 

Buyers,  women  as,    144 

Buying,  aids  in,  162;  cotton 
cloth,  62  ;  complexity  of  prob- 
lem of,  144;  difficulty  of,  146; 


234 


INDEX 


and     hygiene,     145 ;     need     of 
economical,    144;    tendency   of 
times   in,   223 
Byssus  of   Pinna,   106 

Calender,  61 

Camel,   65,   72 

Carbonization,  76 

Carding,  sec  cotton,  woolen, 
worsted,  silk 

Carlyle  and  Arts  and  Crafts,  209 

Carpet  yarns,  83 

Cartwright,  Edmund,  33 

Cellulose,  53,   123 

Centennial  Exhibition,  217 

Chardon-net  silk,  107 

Child  Bureau,  Federal,  206 

Child  and  the  factory  system, 
190 

Child  Labor  Committee,  Na- 
tional, 205 

Child  labor  in  early  factories, 
195  ;  law,  requirements  of 
humane,  206  ;  results  of,  195 

Chinese,  discovery  of  silk,  90 ; 
silks,  100,  10 1  ;  textile  art,  17 

Chlorinated  wool,   124 

Christmas  shopping,  204 

Church,  textile  art  and  the,  15 

Civilization  and  primitive  art,  n 

Cleaning  silk,   102 

Cloth,  the  effect  of  modern  dis- 
coveries on,  144;  steps  in 
manufacture  of,  46 ;  perfec- 
tion of  modern,  37  ;  Tapa,  9, 
10 

Clothing,  cleanliness  of,  168;  re- 
lation of  food  and,  170;  func- 
tion of  outer,  168 ;  hygienic, 
summary,  169;  improper,  163; 
materials,  design  in,  184,  185  ; 
modern  requirements  of,  164, 
165  ;  next  skin,  165  ;  purposes 
of,  163;  ready-made,  143; 
requirements  of,  for  warmth, 
165  ;  tropical,  167;  woman  and 
hygienic,  163 

Coal-tar  dyes,  130 

Cochineal,  131 

Cocoons,  silk,  97,  98 


Coir,  44 

Collodion,  107 

Colonial  home  industries,  18; 
industries,  194 

Colonies,  promotion  of  industry 
in,  194 

Colonists,  attitude  of  toward 
labor,  194 

Color,  i  ;  absorption  of  heat  and, 
169;  proportion  in  combina- 
tion, 182;  design  and,  175; 
production  of  harmonies,  179; 
intensity,  177;  nerves  and, 
176;  in  Oriental  rugs,  17;  re- 
flection of  heat  and,  169; 
scale,  176;  science  of,  176; 
shades,  178;  small  interval  of, 
179;  tints,  178;  tone,  177; 
warmth  and,  169;  wheel,  177 

Colors,  advancing,  182 ;  cold, 
181  ;  complementary,  179; 
modification  of  adjacent,  181  ; 
retiring,  182 ;  warm,  181 

Columbian   Exposition,   217 

Community  and  the  labor  prob- 
lem, 191 

Composition,  units  of,  172 

Conditioning,  73 

Conduction  of  heat,   166 

Conductive  power  of  fibers,    165 

Construction,   decoration  of,   182 

Consumer,  woman  as,  143 

Consumers'  League,  see  National 
Consumers'  League 

Convection  of  heat,  166 

Conventional  forms,   183 

Copper-glycerol   solution,   227 

Cotton,  absorbent,  53  ;  adultera- 
tion, 62,  147 ;  adulteration  in 
wool,  152;  in  America,  47; 
bales,  55;  bleaching,  123,  126, 
127;  burning  tests  for,  152; 
buying,  62  ;  carding,  57  ;  causes 
for  varieties,  50 ;  characteris- 
tics, 147  ;  chemical  nature,  53, 
54,  123;  classification,  50: 
cloth,  finishing,  60,  61  ;  cloth, 
qualities  of,  147;  cloth,  sizing 
in,  147:  color  of.  52;  condi- 
tions for  cultivation,  48,  49 ; 


INDEX 


cultivation,  methods  of,  50 ; 
difficulties  of  hand  processes, 
48;  distribution  of,  48;  draw- 
ing, 57',  dyestuffs  and,  54,  61  ; 
East  Indian,  50 ;  Egyptian, 
47,  48,  50  ;  English  laws  limit- 
ing use  of,  48 ;  in  Europe,  47 ; 
fiber,  composition  of,  122 ; 
fiber,  physical  structure  of,  51, 
52 ;  fibers,  ripening  of,  49 ; 
gin,  33 ;  ginning,  54 ;  Hindu 
gin,  26 ;  history,  47 ;  hygro- 
scopic moisture,  53,  167 ;  imi- 
tations, 150  ;  in  India,  47,  48  ; 
industry,  51  ;  intermediate,  57; 
linen  and,  analysis,  158,  228; 
linen  and,  fabrics,  158;  proc- 
esses in  manufacture,  56  ;  mer- 
cerized, see  mercerized  cotton ; 
in  Persia,  47;  pests,  51  ;  pick- 
ing, 54 ;  plant,  49 ;  printing, 
6 1  ;  process  of  mercerizing, 
62;  roving,  57;  scutching,  57; 
Sea  Island,  50,  52  ;  seed  prod- 
ucts, 55  ;  shoddy  and,  88  ;  silk 
and,  analysis,  227 ;  silk  and, 
fabrics,  156;  sizing,  58,  59; 
sliver,  57;  slubbing,  57;  spin- 
ning, 57;  spinning,  Hindu,  24; 
standard  materials,  148 ;  Up- 
land, 50  ;  varieties,  49  ;  wool 
and,  analysis  of,  226 ;  wool 
and,  mixture,  152;  wool  and 
hair  and,  mixture  of,  89  ;  yarn, 

57 

Crafts,  see  Arts  and  Crafts 
Crash,  linen,   160 
Crompton,   Samuel,  33 
Cylinder  printing,   139 

Deerfield  industries,  219 

Dedham  pottery,  221 

Design,  balance  in,  173;  color 
and,  175;  in  clothing  mate- 
rials, 184,  185  ;  in  dress  ac- 
cessories, 1 86;  Egyptian,  4; 
in  hanging,  187  ;  harmony  in, 
173  :  in  house-furnishing  ma- 
terials, 186;  Japanese,  188 ; 
measure  in,  172;  method  of 


producing  textile,  183;  order 
m,  173;  in  Oriental  rugs,  17; 
Peruvian,  5  ;  primitive,  7  ; 
principles  of,  172;  printed, 
184;  in  rugs,  188  ;  shape  in, 
173;  simplicity  in,  189;  tone 
in,  172;  use  of  material  and, 
183  ;  woven,  183 

Designs,  analysis  of,  173 

Direct  cotton  colors,   135 

Direct  printing,   140 

Discharge  printing,    140 

Disease,  silk  worm,  99 

Distaff,  21 

Drawing  in,  59 

Drawing,  see  cotton,  linen,  silk, 
wool 

Dress,  see  clothing  ;  accessories, 
design  in,  186;  body  require- 
ments of,  164;  field  of  hygiene 
of,  164;  good  taste  in,  184; 
living  conditions  and,  164; 
personal  equation  in,  170 

Dye,  Tyrian,   13 

Dyeing,  after-treatment,  133  ; 
assistants,  133;  cotton,  61  ; 
modern  methods  of,  122  ;  oper- 
ations preliminary  to,  125  ; 
theories,  132 

Dyer,  object  of,  130 

Dyestuffs,  cotton  and,  54  ;  linen 
and,  112;  silk  and,  96 

Dyes,  acid,  133,  134;  absorp- 
tion of,  124,  125  ;  aniline,  130, 
131,  132;  artificial,  130;  artis- 
tic use  of  aniline,  137;  basic, 
134;  classification  of,  133; 
coal-tar,  130;  in  Egypt,  130; 
household,  132;  mordant,  134, 
135;  natural,  130;  oil  paints 
as,  137,  138;  Oriental,  130; 
precaution  in  using,  136; 
printing  vs.,  139;  substantive, 
134;  sulphur,  136;  for  tapes- 
tries, 130;  topping,  136;  use 
of,  136;  vat,  135;  vegetable, 
present  use  of,  131  ;  wool  and, 


East  Indian  cotton,  50 


INDEX 


237 


Economy  and  fashion,   146 

Ecru  silk,  102,  104,  129 

Egypt,  cotton,  in,  47,  48  ;  flax  in, 
109  ;  wool  in,  65 

Egyptian  cotton,  50;  design, 
character  of,  4;  dyes,  130; 
fabrics,  12;  loom,  4,  27; 
mummy  cloths,  109;  tombs,  3; 
wall  paintings,  13 

Emigration  and  the  factory  sys- 
tem, 196 

England,  conditions  in  hand  in- 
dustries in,  36 

English  attitude  toward  export- 
ing machinery,  34 ;  labor  con- 
ditions in  1 8th  and  igth 
centuries,  192;  protection  of 
home  industries,  192;  reaction 
from  machine-made  art,  208 

Extract,  87 

Europe,  cotton  in,  47 

European  fabrics,  14 

Evaporation  and  heat,  166 

Fabrics,  Athenian,  14;  Euro- 
pean, 14;  Oriental,  13; 
Roman,  14 ;  see  cotton,  linen, 
silk,  wool,  worsted 
Factories,  child  labor  in  early, 
195  ;  living  conditions  around, 
196 

Factory,  early  conditions,  32, 
193;  inspection,  198;  "factory- 
made,"  "home-spun"  to,  143; 
owners,  improvement  by,  198 
Factory  system,  the  child  and 
the,  190;  emigration  and  the, 
196;  rise  of,  191  ;  women  and 
the,  190 ;  working  men  and 
the,  190 

Fans,  Hawaiian,  9 ;  Samoan,  9 
Fashions    "and     economy,      146 ; 

hygiene  and,  165 
Federal  Child  Bureau,  206 
Felt,   88  ;   process  of  making,  88 
Felting,  property  of  wool,  72 
Fiber,  character  of  and  adulter- 
ation, 147 

Fibers,  animal,  39  ;  artificial,  39 ; 
bast,  40 ;  comparison  of  mi- 


croscopic characteristics,  41  ; 
comparison  of  physical  struc- 
ture, 40  ;  conductive  power  of, 
165 ;  hygroscopic  power  of, 
167;  impurities  in,  45;  labora- 
tory tests  for,  224  ;  microscopic 
examination  of,  224 ;  mineral, 
39 ;  in  modern  industry,  38 ; 
qualitative  tests  for,  224 ;  re- 
quirements of,  38 ;  tendered, 
124 ;  used,  39  ;  vegetable,  39 

Fibroin,  102,  124 

Filatures,  silk,  99 

Finishing,  see  cotton,  linen,  silk, 
wool 

Flax,  1 09 ;  breaking,  115;  cul- 
ture, 112;  drawing,  116;  in 
Egypt,  109;  hackling,  116; 
plant,  112;  pulling,  113;  ret- 
ting, 113-115;  rippling^  1*13; 
scutching,  116;  spinning,  26, 
117;  "straw,  use  of "  broken, 
120  ;  wheel,  23 

Flemish  tapestry,   16 

Flocks,  87,  88 

Food  and  clothing,  relation  of, 
170 

French  tapestry,   16 

Fuchsine  stain,   225 

Fur-bearing  animals,  65 

Furs,    1 68 

Gill  boxes,  81 
Gobelin  tapestry,   16 
Gold  thread,  13 
Golden  tissues,   14 
Graves,   Peruvian,  4 
Greek  weaving,  27 
Grueby  pottery,  221 
Guilds,   15,   no,  191 

Hair,  65  ;  cotton  and  wool,  mix- 
ture of,  89  ;  and  wool,  66,  72 

Handicraft  of  Middle  Ages,  209 

Hangings,  design  in,   187 

Hargreaves,  James,  32 

Harmonies,  close,  180 ;  produc- 
tion of  color,  179 

Harmony  in  design,  173  ;  tex- 
ture and  color,  181 


238 


IJXDEX 


Harness,  30 

Heald,  28 

Hawaiian  baskets  and  fans,  9 

Heat,  color  and  absorption  of, 
169;  color  and  reflection  of, 
169;  conduction,  convection, 
1 66;  and  evaporation,  166 

Heddle,  29 

Hemp  reactions,  228 ;  source, 
use,  44 

Heraldry,   15 

Hindu  cotton  gin,  26 ;  cotton 
spinning,  24 ;  loom,  28 

Historic   textiles,    13 

Home  Industries,   Colonial,   18 

"Home-spun"  to  "factory-made," 
i43 

Homespuns,  18,  144 

Household  dyes,   132 

Hue,   177 

Hull  House,  220 

Hydrogen  peroxide  for  bleach- 
ing cotton,  127;  for  silk,  129; 
for  wool,  129 

Hygiene  and  buying,  145 ;  of 
dress,  field  of,  164;  and 
fashion,  165 

Hygienic  clothing,  summary,  169 

Hygroscopic  power  of  fibers, 
wool,  cotton,  167 ;  moisture, 
52 ;  moisture  in  cotton,  53 ; 
property  of  linen,  in  ;  prop- 
erties of  silk,  94  ;  property  of 
wool,  73 

Implements,   buried,    3 

Impurities  in  fibers,  45 

Incas,  textile  art  of,  4 

India,  cotton  in,  47,  48 ;  mus- 
lins, 1 8 

Indian  belt  loom,  28;  blanket, 
8,  9  ;  loom,  7,  27  ;  rug,  8 

Indigo,   131,   135 

Individuality,  machinery  and, 
208 

Industrial  Era,  222  ;  Revolution, 
31,  66 

Industries,  Colonial,  194 ;  Deer- 
field,  219;  English  protection 
of  home,  192;  mountain,  219; 


Ruskin  and  home,  211;  vil- 
lage, 216,  219 

Industry,  ancient,  i  ;  attitude  of 
women  in  early,  195 ;  birth 
of  textile,  2;  complication  of 
modern,  38 ;  conditions  in 
England  in  hand,  36 ;  distri- 
bution of  wool,  67 ;  fibers  in 
modern,  38 ;  foreign  encour- 
agement of  cotton,  51  ;  hand 
labor  in  linen,  119;  impor- 
tance of  cotton,  51  ;  importance 
of  linen,  no;  importance  of 
silk,  93  ;  modern,  34  ;  old  and 
new  systems  of,  191 

Inspection,  see  factory  inspection 

Inventions,  textile,  31 

Inventor,  woman  as,  2 

Iodine  and  sulphuric  acid  stain, 
225 

Irish  linen,   no 

Jacquard  loom,   104,   184 

Japanese  designs,  188;  printing, 
141  ;  textile  art,  17 

Jute,  characteristics,  43 ;  reac- 
tions, 228  ;  source,  43 ;  use,  43 

Kay,  John,  32 
Kapok,  44 
Kemps,  73 

Labor,  attitude  of  Colonists 
toward,  194;  conditions,  Eng- 
lish, in  1 8th  and  igth  cen- 
turies, 192;  see  child  labor; 
see  woman's  labor 

Labor  problem,  community  and 
the,  191  ;  nature  of  the,  191  ; 
school  and  the,  191  ;  vastness 
of,  190 

Labor  reform,  future  needs  in, 
207 

Laboratory  test  for  fibers,  224 

Lake,   132 

Law,  need  of  textile,  146;  of 
1802,  193;  textile,  162 

Laws,  American  Bar  Association 
and  uniform,  201  ;  English, 
limiting  use  of  cotton,  48 


INDEX 


239 


Legislation,  early  in  United 
States,  197;  forces  influencing, 
198;  in  last  fifteen  years,  201  ; 
increase  in,  197;  limiting  hours 
for  women,  205;  prior  to  1860, 
197 

Limitation  of  ornamentation,  182 

Line,  116 

Linen,  109;  acid  and  alkali  re- 
actions, 123;  action  of  bleach- 
ing agents,  1 1 1  ;  adulteration, 
158;  adulteration  with  sizing, 
160;  bleaching,  118,  127,  128; 
brown  finishing,  118;  composi- 
tion of,  123;  cotton  and,  anal- 
ysis, 228 ;  cotton  and,  to 
distinguish,  158;  cotton  and, 
fabrics,  158;  crash,  160;  dyed 
in  Tyre,  no;  and  dyestuffs, 
112;  fabrics,  119,  159;  fiber, 
chemical  characteristics,  no-; 
fiber,  microscopic  characteris- 
tics of,  in  ;  fiber,  physical  char- 
acteristics, no;  guilds,  no; 
history  of,  109;  hygroscopic 
property  of,  in;  importance 
of,  industry,  no;  hand  labor 
in,  industry,  119;  Irish,  no; 
Moorish,  no;  purple  and  fine, 
no;  sizing,  118;  in  SpairV, 
no;  superiority  of,  158;  tex- 
ture of,  159;  value  of,  119, 
121  ;  weaving,  117 

Linum   usitatissimum,    109 

Living  conditions  around  fac- 
tories, 196;  and  dress,  164; 
investigation  of,  205 

Llama,  65,  72 

Loewe's  reagent,   227 

Logwood,  131 

Loom,  Egyptian,  4,  27 ;  Hindu, 
28  ;  Indian,  7,  27  ;  Indian  belt, 
28;  Jacquard,  104,  184;  Peru- 
vian, 4  ;  power,  33 

Luddite  revolt  against  machin- 
ery, 34 


Machine-made    art,    English    re- 
action from,  208 


Machine-made,      importance      of 

the,   20 
Machine      product,      Arts      and 

Crafts  influence  on,  222 
Machinery      and      beauty,      208 ; 

honesty  of  material  and,  209  ; 

individuality  and,   208 
Machines  and  working  men,   33, 

34 

Madder  bleach,  127 
Manufacture,  processes  in,  45 
Materials,    factors    in   choice   of, 

172 

Measure  in  design,  172 
Mercer,  John,  62 
Mercerized     cotton,     62 ;     imita- 
tion of,  63,  148;  materials,  150 
Mercerized  wool,  70 
Mercerizing   cotton,   chemical 

process  of,  62 
Merino  sheep,  67 
Merton  Abbey,  213 
Methyl  violet  stain,  225 
Microscopic    examination    of 

fibers,  224 
Mineral  fibers,  39 
Minimum      wage      investigation, 

205 

Mohair,  86,  154 
Moire  effect  on  silk,   105 
Moorish  linen,   no 
Mordant,    132,    133;    dyes,    134, 

135 
Morris,   William,   an  inspiration, 

214;  &  Co.,  Decorative  Artists, 

213;     and    Red    House,     212; 

scope  of,  work,  214;  spirit  of, 

work,  214;  work,  212 
Mound  builders,  6 
Mountain   industries,   219 
Mule,  spinning,  80,  83 
Mummy  cloths,   Egyptian,    109 
Mungo,  87 
Muslins,  India,   18 


National  Child  Labor  Commit- 
tee, 205 

National  Consumers'  League,  ex- 
pansion of,  200;  founded,  199; 


240 


INDEX 


label,  meaning  of,  201  ;  label, 
where  found,  202 ;  method  of 
procedure,  200  ;  purpose  of,  199  ; 
undertakings  of,  200;  White 
List,  requirements  of,  203 

Natural  dyes,   130 

Nature  as  color  teacher,   182 

Nerves  and  color,  176 

Neutrality,    177 

Newcomb  College,  221 

Novelty,    155 

Oil  paints  as  dyes,   137,   138 

Order  and  beauty,  175  ;  in  de- 
sign, 173 

Organzine,    101 

Oriental  dyes,  130;  fabrics,  13; 
rugs,  1 7 ;  rugs,  design  and 
color  in,  17 

Ornamentation,  limitation  of,  182 

Pasteur,  Louis,  99 

Persia  and  aniline  dyes,  132; 
cotton  in,  47 

Perspiration,  care  of,  166 

Peruvian  designs,  5  ;  graves,  4 ; 
looms,  4;  textiles,  4,  12 

Phoenician  commerce  and  tex- 
tiles, 14 

Pictorial  decoration,  6 

Pima  Indian  baskets,  7 

Pina  cloth,  44 

Pineapple  cloth,  44 

Pinna,  byssus  of,  106 

Prehistoric  textiles,  2 

Pre-Raphaelite  Brotherhood,  211 

Primitive  art,  effect  of  civiliza- 
tion on,  1 1  ;  designs,  7  ;  peo- 
ples, textile  art  of,  7  ;  shapes,  7 

Printing,  138;  block,  138,  141; 
cotton,  6 1  ;  cylinder,  139;  de- 
fects in,  140;  developing  color 
in,  140;  early,  138;  design, 
184;  direct,  140;  discharge, 
140  ;  vs.  dyeing,  139  ;  Japanese, 
141;  machinery,  139;  methods 
of,  139;  precautions  in,  140; 
resist,  140 

Potash  from  wool,  76 


Pottery,     6;     Dedham,     221; 

Grueby,   221  ;   imprints,   6,   12  ; 

Rookwood,  221  ;  Teco,  221 
Public  health  reforms,  206 

Rabbit,  65 

Ramie,  42  ;  attempts  to  grow  in 
the  United  States,  43  ;  charac- 
teristics, 43  ;  source,  43 

Raw  silk,  100 

Ready-made  clothing,  143 

Reed,  29 

Reeling  silk,  99,  100;  yarn,  25 

Reels,  25 

Resist  printing,  140 

Retting,  chemical,  115  ;  dew,  113  ; 
running  water,  115;  stagnant 
water,  114 

Ring  spinning,   57 

Roman  fabrics,   14 

Rookwood  pottery,  221 

Rossetti,  212 

Roycrofters,  220 

Rugs,  design  in,  188;  Indian,  8; 
Oriental,  color  and  design,  17 

Ruskin  and  Arts  and  Crafts,  210  ; 
revival  of  home  industries 
and,  211 


St.  Louis  Exposition,  218 

Samoan  baskets  and  fans,  9 

School,  Arts  and  Crafts  and  the, 
221  ;  labor  problem  and,  191 

Schweitzer's  reagent,  225,  226, 
227 

Scroop,  94,   130 

Scutching  flax,  116 

Sea  Island  cotton,  50,  52 

Seed  hairs,  40 

.Sericine,   102,   124 

Sericulture,  90,  91,  92 

Shades,  color,  178 

Shape,  in  design,  173 

Shed,  28 

Sheep  in  Argentina,  67 ;  classi- 
fication, 66  ;  domestic,  65  ;  in- 
digenous to,  66  ;  merino,  67  ; 
production  in  Australia,  67 ; 
wild,  67 


INDEX 


24I 


Shoddy,  86  ;  and  cotton,  88 ;  de- 
tection of,  151;  industry,  86; 
forms  in  cloth,  151  ;  micro- 
scopic character  of,  88 ;  proc- 
ess of  making,  86 ;  value  of,  87 

Shopping,  Christmas,  204 

Shops,  women  in  retail,   196 

Shuttle,  flying,  32 

Silk,  90;  action  of  acids,  124; 
action  of  alkalies,  124;  adul- 
teration, 155;  artificial,  107, 
157;  artificial  and  Schweitzer's 
reagent,  227;  baling,  100; 
bleaching,  103,  129;  boiling, 
103;  boiled-off,  129;  Bombyx 
Mori,  92,  96  ;  burning  test,  156  ; 
carding,  106;  Chardonnet,  107; 
chemical  nature  of,  95 ;  Chi- 
nese, 100,  101  ;  Chinese  dis- 
covery of,  90;  cleaning,  102; 
cocoons,  97,  98;  composition 
of,  123;  cost  of,  156;  cotton 
and,  analysis,  227 ;  cotton  and, 
fabrics,  156;  culture,  96;  and 
dyestuffs,  96;  ecru,  102,  104, 
129;  fabrics,  155,  157;  fila- 
tures, 99;  finishing,  105;  his- 
tory of,  90 ;  hydrogen  perox- 
ide bleach,  129;  hygroscopic 
properties  of,  94  ;  industry,  im- 
portance of,  93;  loading,  156; 
processes  in,  manufacture,  101  ; 
microscopic  character,  94; 
modern  adulteration  of,  156; 
moire  effect  on,  105 ;  origin 
of,  90  ;  physical  structure,  93  ; 
raw,  100;  reeling,  99,  100; 
softening,  104;  spinning,  101  ;s 
souple,  102,  104,  129;  strip- 
ping, 102;  substitutes,  106; 

.throwing,  101  ;  underwear, 
value  of,  1 68;  ungumming, 
102;  vegetable,  44;  wearing 
quality  of,  108;  weaving,  104; 
weighting,  124;  wild,  92,  96; 
wool  and,  analysis,  227  ;  worm, 
97  ;  worm,  care  of,  98  ;  worm, 
eggs,  96 ;  worm,  moth,  98 ; 
worm,  spinning,  98 


Simplicity  in  design,  189 

Singles,   102 

Sizing,  cotton  yarns,  58 ;  dots  on 

cotton   cloth,    147,    148;    linen, 

118;  mixtures  for  cotton,   59; 

silk,  105 

Skin,  clothing  next,   165 
Slater,  Samuel,  34 
Societies,    Arts    and    Crafts,    see 

Arts  and  Crafts 
Sodium      peroxide      bleach      for 

wool,  129 

Solar  spectrum,  177 
Souple  silk,  102,  104,  129 
Souring,  127 

South  Sea  Island  textiles,  9 
Spain,  linen  in,  no 
Spindles,  21 
Spinning,  see  cotton,  flax,  wool, 

worsted,  silk 
Spinning,      definition      of,      21  ; 

frame,     32 ;     hand,     24,     26 ; 

Hindu  cotton,  24 ;  implements, 

21  ;    jenny,    32;    machine,    32, 

34;    mule,    33,    58;    origin    of, 

21  ;   process   of,   21;   ring,   57; 

wheel,  22,  24 

Spun  or  waste  silk,   105,   106 
Staining  tests,  225 
Steam  engine,  33 
Stickley  United  Crafts,  221 
Substantive   dyes,    134 
Suint,  70 
Sulphur    bleach    for    wool,    128; 

dyes,   136 

Sweat  shop,  development  of,  196 
Swifts,  26 
Swiss  lake  dwellings,  5 

Tannic  acid,   133,  137 

Tapa  cloth,  9 ;  designs,  i  o 

Tapestries,  15;  Arras,  16;  Beau- 
vais,  16;  dyes  of,  130;  Flem- 
ish, 16;  French,  16;  Gobelin, 
16;  weaving,  15;  of  wool,  66 

Teasling,  85 

Teco  pottery,  221 

Tendered  fibers,   124 

Ten  Hours  Bill,   193 


242 


INDEX 


Tests  for  adulteration,  161  ; 
burning,  for  silk,  156;  quali- 
tative, for  fibers,  224 

Textile  Art  and  Architecture, 
6;  Chinese,  17;  the  church 
and,  15;  development  of 
higher,  n;  of  Incas,  4;  Jap- 
anese, 17;  primitive  peoples,  7 

Textile  fabrics  on  market,  char- 
acter of,  143 

Textile,  definition  of,  i  ;  indus- 
try, birth  of,  2 ;  inventions, 
31  ;  law,  146,  162 

Textiles,  historic,  13;  Peruvian, 
4 ;  Phoenician  commerce  and, 
14;  prehistoric,  2;  producing 
design  on,  183;  South  Sea 
Island,  9 

Texture  of  linen,  159;  and  color 
harmony,  181  ;  of  plain  ma- 
terials, 184 

Thread,  gold,   13 

Throwing  silk,   101 

Tints,   color,    178 

Tissues,   golden,    14 

Tombs,   Egyptian,  3 

Tone,  in  color,  177 ;  in  design, 
172 

Tones,  broken,   178 

Topping  dyes,   136 

Tow,    116 

Tram,  101 

Tropical   clothing,    167 

Tyre,  commerce  in,  66 ;  linen 
dyed  in,  no 

Tyrian  dye,    13;  purple,   130 

Underwear,   168 

United    States,    early    legislation 

in,    197 

Units  of  composition,   172 
Upland  cotton,   50 

Values,  scale  of,   177 

Vat  dyes,    135 

Vegetable    dyes,    present   use   of, 

131;  fibers,   39;  silk,  44 
Velvets,   105 
Vicuna,  65 
Village   industries,   216,   219 


Wall  paintings,    Egyptian,    13 

Warmth,  clothing  for,  165  ; 
color  and,  169;  weave  and, 
1 66 

Warping,   59 

Waste   or  spun  silk,    105 

Watt,   James,   33 

Weave  and  warmth,  166 

Weaves,  basket,  plain,  rib,  twill, 
sateen,  60 

Weaving,  see  cotton,  linen,  silk, 
woolen,  worsted 

Weaving,  60 ;  early  methods, 
27 ;  evolution  of,  27 ;  Greek, 
27;  origin  of,  27;  tapestry,  15.; 
value  of  hand,  37 

Webb,   Philip,  213 

White  List,  Consumers'  League, 
203 

Whitney,   Eli,  33,  55 

Wild  silk,  92,  96 

Women,  attitude  of,  in  early 
industry,  195;  as  buyers,  144; 
as  consumers,  143  ;  the  factory 
system  and,  190;  as  inventors, 
2 ;  legislation  limiting  hours 
for,  205;  in  retail  shops,  196 

Woman's  entrance   to   mills,    194 

Wool,  65  ;  adulterations,  150, 
152;  baling,  74;  bleaching,  71, 
128;  burning  tests  for,  152; 
buying,  75  ;  chemical  proper- 
ties, 69,  70,  71,  124;  compo- 
sition of,  69,  123;  chlorinated, 
124;  cotton  and,  analysis  of, 
226  ;  hair  and,  mixture  of,  89  ; 
cotton  and,  mixture,  152; 
cultivation  of,  69 ;  demand 
for,  89  ;  drying,  76  ;  dyes  and, 
71;  in  Egypt,  65;  feltin» 
property  of,  72 ;  fibers,  hand 
preparation  of,  24 ;.  fibers, 
shrinking  of,  85  ;  hair  and, 
comparison  of,  72 ;  hair  and, 
distinction  between,  66,  72 ; 
history  of,  65  ;  hydrogen  per- 
oxide, bleach  for,  129  ;  hygro- 
scopic property  of,  73,  167;  im- 
portance of,  69  ;  industry,  dis- 
tribution of,  67  ;  luster  of,  73  ; 


INDEX 


243 


manufacture,  69 ;  mercerized, 
70  ;  oiling,  77  ;  origin  of,  65  ; 
physical  structure  of,  71  ; 
potash  from,  76 ;  quality  of, 
68 ;  scouring,  75 ;  shearing, 
74 ;  silk  and,  analysis,  227 ; 
sodium  peroxide  bleach,  129; 
sorting,  75  ;  spinning,  80 ; 

«  spinning,  hand,  24 ;  substitutes, 
86  ;  varieties  of,  67  ;  washing, 
74  ;  wheel,  22 

Woolen.  77  ;  adulteration  of,  85, 
152;  characteristics  of  cloth, 
150;  fabrics,  155;  fancy  yarns, 
79;  underwear,  need  of,  168; 
weaving,  83  ;  yarns,  process  of 
making,  79 


Worsted,  65,  77  ;  combing,  82 ; 
cotton  adulteration  of,  152; 
fabrics,  155;  finishing,  84; 
spinning,  83 ;  weaving,  83 ; 
yarn,  carding,  80 ;  yarn,  proc- 
ess of  making,  80 

Working  man  and  factory  sys- 
tem, 190;  and  machines,  33, 

34 

Woven  design,  183 
Wyatt,  John,  32 

Yarns,  carpet,  83 ;  cotton,  57 ; 
fancy  woolen,  80 ;  process  of 
making  worsted,  80 ;  reeling, 
hand,  25  ;  woolen,  process  of 
making,  79 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made 
4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 
SEXTON  ILL 

FEB  2  7  2004 

U.  C.  BERKELEY 


DD20   15M  4-02 


LIBRARY  -  U.C.  BERKELEY 


Boooais«i"a 


1 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

':,,     .